Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



FORM 10-K

ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                             to                              

Commission File Number 001-16625

BUNGE LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

GRAPHIC

Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
  98-0231912
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

50 Main Street
White Plains, New York USA

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10606
(Zip Code)

(914) 684-2800
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Shares, par value $.01 per share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:    None

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act: Large Accelerated filer  ý     Accelerated filer  o     Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)  o     Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o     No  ý

         The aggregate market value of registrant's common shares held by non-affiliates, based upon the closing price of our common shares on the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2011, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $10,049 million. Common shares held by executive officers and directors and persons who own 10% or more of the issued and outstanding common shares have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not a determination for any other purpose.

         As of February 21, 2012, 145,691,779 Common Shares, par value $.01 per share, were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Portions of the proxy statement for the 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 25, 2012 are incorporated by reference into Part III.

   


Table of Contents

 
   
  Page

PART I

Item 1.

 

Business

 
2

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 
16

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 
26

Item 2.

 

Properties

 
26

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 
27

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 
27


PART II

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 
28

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 
31

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
33

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 
65

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 
71

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 
71

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 
71

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 
72


PART III

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

 
73

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 
73

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 
73

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 
73

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 
73


PART IV

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 
74


Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts


 

E-1


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


 

F-1


SIGNATURES


 

S-1

i


Table of Contents


Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements

        The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward looking statements to encourage companies to provide prospective information to investors. This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward looking statements that reflect our current expectations and projections about our future results, performance, prospects and opportunities. Forward looking statements include all statements that are not historical in nature. We have tried to identify these forward looking statements by using words including "may," "will," "should," "could," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "plan," "intend," "estimate," "continue" and similar expressions. These forward looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors that could cause our actual results, performance, prospects or opportunities to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, these forward looking statements. These factors include the risks, uncertainties, trends and other factors discussed under the headings "Item 1A. Risk Factors," as well as "Item 1. Business," "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including:

        In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, you should not place undue reliance on any forward looking statements contained in this Annual Report. Additional risks that we may currently deem immaterial or that are not presently known to us could also cause the forward looking events discussed in this Annual Report not to occur. Except as otherwise required by federal securities law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this Annual Report.

1


Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.     Business

         References in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to "Bunge Limited," "Bunge," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Bunge Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise indicates.

Business Overview

        We are a leading global agribusiness and food company with integrated operations that stretch from the farm field to consumer foods. We believe that we are a leading:

    global oilseed processor and producer of vegetable oils and protein meals, based on processing capacity;

    producer of sugar and ethanol in Brazil and a leading global trader and merchandiser of sugar, based on volume;

    seller of packaged vegetable oils worldwide, based on sales; and

    blender and distributor of agricultural fertilizers to farmers in South America, based on volume.

        Our strategy is to grow profitably by growing our core businesses, expanding into complementary businesses where we can capitalize on our key competencies and pursuing operational excellence.

        We conduct our operations in four divisions: agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, food and ingredients and fertilizer. These divisions include five reportable business segments: agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products, milling products and fertilizer.

        Our agribusiness segment is an integrated, global business principally involved in the purchase, storage, transport, processing and sale of agricultural commodities and commodity products. Our agribusiness operations and assets are primarily located in North and South America, Europe and Asia, and we have merchandising and distribution offices throughout the world.

        Our sugar and bioenergy segment produces and sells sugar and ethanol derived from sugarcane, as well as energy derived from their production process, through our operations in Brazil. Our integrated operations in this segment also include global merchandising of sugar and ethanol, and we have minority investments in corn-based ethanol producers in the United States.

        Our food and ingredients operations consist of two reportable business segments: edible oil products and milling products. These segments include businesses that produce and sell edible oils, shortenings, margarines, mayonnaise and milled products such as wheat flours, corn-based products and rice. The operations and assets of our milling products segment are located in Brazil and the United States, and the operations and assets of our edible oil products segment are primarily located in North America, Europe, Brazil, China and India.

        Our fertilizer segment is involved in producing, blending and distributing fertilizer products for the agricultural industry primarily in South America.

History and Development of the Company

        We are a limited liability company formed under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number EC20791. We trace our history back to 1818 when we were founded as a trading company in Amsterdam, The Netherlands. During the second half of the 1800s, we expanded our grain operations in Europe and also entered the South American agricultural commodity market. In 1888, we entered the South American food products industry, and in 1938 we entered the fertilizer industry in Brazil. We started our U.S. operations in 1923. In 1997, we acquired Ceval Alimentos, a leading agribusiness company in Brazil. In 2002, with the acquisition of

2


Table of Contents

Cereol S.A., we significantly expanded our agribusiness and food and ingredients presence in Europe as well as in North America. In 2010, we significantly expanded our presence in the sugar industry with our acquisition of five sugarcane mills from the Moema Group in Brazil. We also divested our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in 2010.

        2011 Summary Highlights.     In 2011, we completed the expansion of an oilseed processing facility in China and also completed construction of an oilseed processing facility within the Phu My Port complex in Vietnam. We have acquired or completed construction of new grain export terminals in the U.S. Pacific Northwest and in Ukraine and inland grain elevators in North America to expand our grain origination capacity. We established a joint venture with Senwes Limited, a South African agribusiness company, to market grains and oilseeds in Sub-Saharan Africa. We signed an agreement to acquire a minority equity investment in PT Bumiraya Investindo, an Indonesian palm plantation company, representing our first investment in the palm oil industry. In Brazil, we acquired full ownership of our Monteverde sugarcane mill through the acquisition of the minority interest. To more fully utilize our sugarcane crushing capacity, we invested significantly in sugarcane planting. We also continued investment in agricultural machinery to increase the proportion of mechanized harvesting and to optimize agricultural operations. We continued to expand our food and ingredients businesses through complementary acquisitions in various geographies, including the margarine assets of C.F. Sauer Company in the U.S. and the food division of Hypermarcas S.A. in Brazil that produces processed tomato and other staple food products. We also entered into an agreement to acquire the edible oils and fats business of Amrit Banaspati Company Limited in India. In our fertilizer segment, we continued the transition of our operations in Brazil as a blender and distributor subsequent to the 2010 divestiture of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.

        We are a holding company, and substantially all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Our principal executive offices and corporate headquarters are located at 50 Main Street, White Plains, New York, 10606, United States of America and our telephone number is (914) 684-2800. Our registered office is located at 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

Agribusiness

        Overview.     Our agribusiness segment is an integrated business involved in the purchase, storage, transport, processing and sale of agricultural commodities and commodity products while managing risk across various product lines. The principal agricultural commodities that we handle in this segment are oilseeds and grains, primarily soybeans, rapeseed or canola, sunflower seed, wheat and corn. We process oilseeds into vegetable oils and protein meals, principally for the food and animal feed industries, as further described below. We also participate in the biodiesel industry, generally as a minority investor in biodiesel producers, primarily in Europe and Argentina. In connection with these biodiesel investments, we typically seek to negotiate arrangements to supply the vegetable oils used as raw materials in the biodiesel production process.

        In October 2011, we signed an agreement to acquire a 35% stake in PT Bumiraya Investindo, an Indonesian palm plantation subsidiary of PT Tiga Pilar Sejahtera Food Tbk, a Malaysian public company. This transaction, which closed in January 2012, represents Bunge's first investment in the palm oil industry and a first step in building an upstream presence in palm oil.

        Customers.     We sell agricultural commodities and processed commodity products to customers throughout the world. The principal purchasers of our oilseeds and grains are animal feed manufacturers, wheat and corn millers and other oilseed processors. The principal purchasers of our oilseed meal products are animal feed manufacturers and livestock, poultry and aquaculture producers. As a result, our agribusiness operations generally benefit from global demand for protein, primarily poultry and pork products. The principal purchasers of the unrefined vegetable oils produced in this segment are our own food and ingredients division and third party edible oil processing companies

3


Table of Contents

which use these oils as a raw material in the production of edible oil products for the foodservice, food processor and retail markets. In addition, we sell oil products for various non-food uses, including industrial applications and the production of biodiesel.

        Distribution and Logistics.     We have developed an extensive logistics network to transport our products, including trucks, railcars, river barges and ocean freight vessels. Typically, we either lease the transportation assets or contract with third parties for these services. To better serve our customer base and develop our global distribution and logistics capabilities, we own or operate various port logistics and storage facilities globally, including in Brazil, Argentina, Russia, Ukraine, Vietnam, Poland, Canada and the United States. In 2011, we acquired a grain export terminal in Nikolaev, Ukraine, and completed construction of our EGT, LLC joint venture export grain terminal at the Port of Longview, Washington, United States.

        Other Services and Activities.     In Brazil, where there are limited third party financing sources available to farmers for their annual production of crops, we provide financing services to farmers from whom we purchase soybeans and other agricultural commodities through prepaid commodity purchase contracts and advances. These financing arrangements are generally intended to be short-term in nature and are typically secured by the farmer's crop, as well as land and other assets to provide a means of repayment in the potential event of crop failure or shortfall. These arrangements typically carry local market interest rates. Our farmer financing activities are an integral part of our grain and oilseed origination activities as they help assure the annual supply of raw materials for our Brazilian agribusiness operations. We also participate in financial activities, such as offering trade structured finance, which leverages our international trade flows, providing risk management services to customers by helping them manage exposure to agricultural commodity prices and other risks and developing private investment vehicles to invest in businesses or assets complementary to our commodities operations.

        Raw Materials.     We purchase oilseeds and grains either directly from farmers or indirectly through intermediaries. Although the availability and price of agricultural commodities may, in any given year, be affected by unpredictable factors such as weather, government programs and policies and farmer planting decisions, our operations in major crop growing regions globally have enabled us to source adequate raw materials for our operational needs.

        Competition.     Due to their commodity nature, markets for our products are highly competitive and subject to product substitution. Competition is principally based on price, quality, product and service offerings and geographic location. Major competitors include The Archer Daniels Midland Co. (ADM), Cargill Incorporated (Cargill), Louis Dreyfus Group, large regional companies, such as Wilmar International Limited and Noble Group Limited in Asia, and other companies in various countries.

Sugar and Bioenergy

        Overview.     We are a leading, integrated producer of sugar and ethanol in Brazil, and a leading global trader and merchandiser of sugar. We wholly-own or have controlling interests in eight sugarcane mills in Brazil, the world's largest producer and exporter of sugar. As of December 31, 2011, our mills had a total crushing capacity of approximately 21 million metric tons per year. We grow and harvest sugarcane, as well as source sugarcane from third parties, which is then processed in our mills to produce sugar and ethanol. As of December 31, 2011, our overall sugarcane plantations comprised approximately 183,000 hectares under cultivation, including both land that we own and land that we manage through agricultural partnership agreements. Additionally, through cogeneration facilities at all of our sugarcane mills, we produce electricity from the burning of sugarcane bagasse in boilers, which enables our mills to meet their energy requirements and, for most mills, sell surplus electricity to the local grid or other third parties. Our trading and merchandising activities are managed through our London office, which also oversees regional trading and marketing offices in other locations and

4


Table of Contents

manages sugar price risk for our business. We also participate in the U.S. corn-based ethanol industry, primarily as a minority investor in ethanol producers. As with our investments in biodiesel producers, we typically seek to negotiate arrangements to supply the corn used in the ethanol production process, and to market the DDGS (dried distillers grits with solubles) produced as a by-product of the ethanol production process, which are used in animal feed. See "Investments in Affiliates" for more information.

        Raw materials.     Sugarcane is our principal raw material in this segment, and we procure it both from cane that we produce as well as through third party supply contracts. The annual harvesting cycle in Brazil typically begins in March and ends in December. Once planted, sugarcane may be harvested for several consecutive years, but the yield decreases with each subsequent harvest. As a result, the economic cycle is generally five or six consecutive harvests, depending on location. Additionally, the quality and yield of the harvested cane is affected by factors such as soil quality and topography, weather and agricultural practices. We have been making significant investments in sugarcane planting over the past two years to provide a greater supply of raw material for our mills.

        We grow sugarcane in Brazil on approximately 28,000 hectares of our own land and 155,000 hectares of land managed through agricultural partnership contracts with the owners of the land. The average number of years remaining under our agricultural partnership agreements was approximately eight years as of December 31, 2011. Payments under these agreements are based on volume of sugarcane per hectare, sucrose content of the sugarcane and market prices for sugarcane set by Consecana, the São Paulo state sugarcane and sugar and ethanol council. In 2011, approximately 60% of our total milled sugarcane came from land that we either own or that we manage through partnership agreements, with the remaining 40% purchased from third parties based on prices established by Consecana. The industry has adopted an index for measuring sucrose content for sugarcane, the Total Recoverable Sugar or TRS index, which measures the kilograms of sucrose content per ton of sugarcane. In 2011, the average TRS for our sugar mills was 135.2 kilograms of sugar content per ton of sugarcane. In general, TRS and sugarcane yields for the Brazilian sugar industry were adversely affected in 2011 and 2010 due to drought and other adverse weather conditions in the Center-South of Brazil.

        Our sugarcane harvesting process is currently 91% mechanized, with the remaining 9% harvested manually. Mechanized harvesting does not require burning of the cane prior to harvesting, significantly reducing environmental impact when compared to manual harvesting and resulting in improved soil condition. Mechanized harvesting is also more efficient and has lower costs than manual harvesting. We intend to increase our mechanization levels, including as required to meet applicable regulatory mandates for mechanization in certain states in Brazil.

        Logistics.     Harvested sugarcane is loaded onto trucks and trailers and transported to our mills. Since the sucrose content of the sugarcane begins to degrade rapidly after harvest, we seek to minimize the time and distance between the harvesting of the cane and its delivery to our mills for processing.

        Products.     Our mills allow us to produce ethanol, sugar and electricity, as further described below. At mills that produce both sugar and ethanol, we are able to adjust our production mix within certain capacity limits between ethanol and sugar, as well as, for certain mills, between different types of ethanol (hydrous and anhydrous) and sugar (raw and crystal). The ability to adjust our production mix allows us to respond to changes in customer demand and market prices.

         Sugar .    Our current maximum sugar production capacity is 5,750 metric tons per day which, in a normal year of 5,000 hours of milling, results in an annual maximum production capacity of approximately 1.2 million metric tons of sugar. In 2011, we produced approximately 801,000 metric tons of sugar at our mills.

5


Table of Contents

        We produce two types of sugar: very high polarity ("VHP") raw sugar and white crystal sugar. VHP sugar is similar to the raw sugar traded on major commodities exchanges, including the standard NY11 contract. Because VHP sugar has a higher sugar content than NY11 raw sugar, it commands a price premium over NY11 raw sugar. Crystal sugar is a non-refined white sugar. The VHP sugar we produce is sold almost exclusively for export, while crystal sugar is principally sold domestically in Brazil. Sugar sales comprised 42% of total sales from our mills in 2011.

         Ethanol .    Our current maximum ethanol production capacity is 5,500 cubic meters per day which, in a normal year of 5,000 hours of milling, results in an annual ethanol maximum production capacity of over 1.1 million cubic meters of ethanol. In 2011, we produced approximately 655,000 cubic meters of ethanol. We produce and sell two types of ethanol: hydrous and anhydrous. Anhydrous ethanol is blended with gasoline in transport fuels, while hydrous ethanol is itself used as transport fuel. Ethanol sales comprised 48% of total sales from our mills in 2011.

         Electricity .    We generate electricity from burning sugarcane bagasse (the fibrous portion of the sugarcane that remains after the extraction of sugarcane juice) in our mills. As of December 31, 2011, our total installed cogeneration capacity was approximately 144 megawatts, with 56 megawatts available for resale to third parties after supplying our mills' energy requirements. In 2011, we sold approximately 240,000 megawatt hours from our cogeneration facilities to the local electricity market.

        Customers.     As described above, the sugar we produce at our mills is sold either in the Brazilian or export markets. The ethanol we produce in Brazil is marketed and sold to customers primarily for use in the Brazilian market. Our sugar trading and merchandising operations purchase and sell sugar and ethanol to meet international demand.

        Competition.     We face competition from both Brazilian and international participants in the sugar industry. Our major competitors in Brazil include Cosan Limited, São Martinho S.A., LDC-SEV Bioenergia, ED&F Mann and our major international competitors include British Sugar PLC, Südzucker AG, Cargill, Tereos Group, Sucden Group and Noble Group Limited.

Food and Ingredients

        Overview.     Our food and ingredients division consists of two reportable business segments: edible oil products and milling products. We primarily sell our products to three customer types or market channels: food processors, foodservice companies and retail outlets. The principal raw materials used in our food and ingredients division are various crude and further-processed vegetable oils in our edible oil products segment, and corn and wheat in our milling products segment. These raw materials are agricultural commodities that we either produce or purchase from third parties. We seek to realize synergies between our food and ingredients division and our agribusiness operations through our raw material procurement activities, enabling us to benefit from being an integrated, global enterprise.

    Edible Oil Products

        Products.     Our edible oil products include packaged and bulk oils, shortenings, margarines, mayonnaise and other products derived from the vegetable oil refining process. We primarily use soybean, sunflower and rapeseed or canola oil that we produce in our oilseed processing operations as raw materials in this business. We are a leading seller of packaged vegetable oils worldwide, based on sales. We have edible oil refining and packaging facilities in North America, South America, Europe and Asia. We market our edible oil products under various brand names, depending on the region, and in several regions we also sell packaged edible oil products to grocery store chains for sale under their own private labels.

        In Brazil, our retail brands include Soya , the leading packaged vegetable oil brand, as well as Primor and Salada . We are also a leading player in the Brazilian margarine market with our brands

6


Table of Contents

Delicia, Soya and Primor , as well as in mayonnaise with our Primor , Soya and Salada brands. Our brand Bunge Pro is the top foodservice shortening brand in Brazil. In December 2011, we acquired the food division of Hypermarcas S.A. in Brazil, which produces processed tomato and other staple food products, including sauces, pastes, condiments and seasonings. This acquisition is intended to strengthen Bunge's presence in a growing staple food category in Brazil by adding a portfolio of strong, established brands, as well as enable Bunge to capitalize on its existing food distribution capabilities to maximize efficiency and further build scale with key grocery customers.

        In the United States, our Elite brand is a leading foodservice brand of edible oil products. In recent years, we have developed proprietary processes that allow us to offer our customers a number of products with no or low levels of trans-fatty acids and we also work with other companies to expand the trans-fat solutions we offer to customers, including Treus low linolenic soybean oil, which was developed through an alliance with DuPont. In 2011, we acquired the margarine assets of C.F. Sauer Company, which produces margarines for foodservice, food processor and retail private label customers.

        In Europe, we are the leader in consumer packaged vegetable oils, which are sold in various geographies under brand names including Venusz, Floriol, Kujawski, Olek, Unisol, Ideal, Oleina, Maslenitsa, Oliwier and Rozumnitsa and a leader in margarines, including Smakowita, Maslo Rosline, Manuel, Masmix, Deli Reform, Keiju, Evesol, Linco, Gottgott, Suvela, Holland Premium and Benecol (under license in Poland and Finland). In Asia, our primary edible oil product brands include Dalda, Chambal and Masterline in India and Douweijia brand soybean oil in China.

        In December 2011, we entered into an agreement to acquire the edible oils and fats business of Amrit Banaspati Company Limited. This acquisition, which closed in February 2012, is intended to grow our consumer food and bakery fats businesses in India and enable us to expand our distribution, manufacturing and brand portfolio to serve a growing customer base.

        Customers.     Our customers include baked goods companies, snack food producers, restaurant chains, foodservice distributors and other food manufacturers who use vegetable oils and shortenings as ingredients in their operations, as well as grocery chains, wholesalers, distributors and other retailers who sell to consumers.

        Competition.     Competition is based on a number of factors, including price, raw material procurement, brand recognition, product quality, new product introductions, composition and nutritional value and advertising and promotion. Our products may compete with widely advertised, well-known, branded products, as well as private label and customized products. In addition, consolidation in the supermarket industry has resulted in customers demanding lower prices and reducing the number of suppliers with which they do business. As a result, it is increasingly important to obtain adequate access to retail outlets and shelf space for our retail products. In the United States, Brazil and Canada, our principal competitors in the edible oil products business include ADM, Cargill, Associated British Foods plc, Stratas Foods, Unilever, Ventura Foods, LLC and Brasil Foods S.A. In Europe, our principal competitors include ADM, Cargill, Unilever and various local companies in each country.

    Milling Products

        Products.     Our milling segment activities include the production and sale of a variety of wheat flours and bakery mixes in Brazil and corn-based products derived from the corn dry milling process, as well as rice milling in North America. Our brands in Brazil include Suprema, Soberana, Primor and Lyra wheat flours and Gradina, Bentamix and Pre-Mescla bakery premixes. Our corn milling products consist primarily of dry milled corn meals, flours and grits (including flaking and brewer's grits), as well as soy-fortified corn meal, corn-soy blend and other similar products. We mill and sell bulk and packaged rice in the U.S. and also sell branded rice in Brazil under the Primor brand.

7


Table of Contents

        Customers.     In Brazil, the primary customers for our wheat milling products are industrial, bakery and foodservice companies. In North America, the primary customers for our corn milling products are companies in the food processing sector, such as cereal, snack, bakery and brewing companies, as well as the U.S. government for humanitarian relief programs. Our U.S. rice milling business sells to customers in the food service and food processing channels, as well as for export markets.

        Competition.     In Brazil, our major competitors are Predileto Alimentos, M. Dias Branco, Moinho Pacifico and Moinho Anaconda, as well as many small regional producers. Our major competitors in our North American corn milling products business include Cargill, Didion Milling Company, SEMO Milling, LLC and Life Line Foods, LLC. Our major competitors in our U.S. rice milling business include Riceland Foods, Inc., Producers Rice Mill, Inc. and Farmer's Rice Cooperative.

Fertilizer

        Overview.     We are a leading blender and distributor of crop fertilizers to farmers in South America, producing and marketing a range of solid and liquid NPK fertilizer formulations. NPK refers to nitrogen (N), phosphate (P) and potash (K), the main components of chemical fertilizers. In Brazil, we blend and distribute NPK fertilizers. In Argentina, we produce, blend and distribute NPK fertilizers, including, following our January 2010 acquisition of the fertilizer business of Petrobras Argentina S.A., liquid and solid nitrogen fertilizers. In North America, we distribute NPK fertilizer products that we source from third party producers as a wholesaler to other wholesale distributors, retailers and cooperatives. We also have a 50% interest in a joint venture with Office Chérifien des Phosphates or OCP to produce fertilizer products in Morocco.

        Brazil Fertilizer Nutrients Assets Disposition.     In May 2010, we sold our fertilizer nutrients assets in Brazil, including our phosphate mining assets and our investment in Fosfertil S.A., a publicly-traded Brazilian phosphate and nitrogen producer, to Vale S.A., a Brazil-based global mining company, which we refer to as Vale. We retained our blending and distribution operations in Brazil.

        In connection with the sale, we entered into several agreements with Vale, including a supply agreement pursuant to which Vale will supply us with certain phosphate fertilizer products, including single superphosphate (SSP), a basic phosphate fertilizer, through 2012, which was extended by us in accordance with the terms of the agreement to December 31, 2013. The purchase and sale agreement with Vale also contains non-competition provisions with respect to the production of certain fertilizer products, and Vale has agreed not to produce, distribute or commercialize certain fertilizer products, in each case, in Brazil until December 31, 2012, which was also extended by us to December 31, 2013.

        Products and Services.     In our fertilizer operations we produce, blend and distribute NPK formulations. These NPK fertilizers are used for the cultivation of a variety of crops, including soybeans, corn, sugarcane, cotton, wheat and coffee. In Brazil, we market our retail fertilizers under the IAP, Manah, Ouro Verde and Serrana brands. In Argentina, we market fertilizers under the Bunge brand, as well as the Solmix brand. Also in Argentina, we produce SSP, as well as ammonia, urea and liquid fertilizers. In North America, we are a fertilizer wholesaler. We also have a joint venture with Growmark, Inc., a North American regional agricultural cooperative, to operate a liquid and dry fertilizer storage terminal.

        Raw Materials.     Our principal raw materials in this segment are SSP, monoammonium phosphate (MAP), diammonium phosphate (DAP), triple superphosphate (TSP), urea, ammonium sulfate, potassium chloride concentrated phosphate rock, sulfuric acid and natural gas. Our Moroccan joint venture manufactures sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, TSP, MAP and DAP, which primarily serve as a source of raw material supply for our operations in Brazil and Argentina.

8


Table of Contents

        The prices of fertilizer raw materials are typically based on international prices that reflect global supply and demand factors and global transportation and other logistics costs. Each of these fertilizer raw materials is readily available in the international market from multiple sources.

        Distribution and Logistics.     We seek to reduce our logistics costs by back-hauling agricultural commodities and processed products from our inland locations to export points after delivery of imported fertilizer raw materials to our fertilizer blending plants. We also seek opportunities to enhance the efficiency of our logistics network by exporting agricultural commodities on the ocean freight vessels that we use to deliver imported fertilizer raw materials to us.

        Competition.     Competition is based on delivered price, product offering and quality, location, access to raw materials, production efficiency and customer service, including in some cases, customer financing terms. Our main competitors in our fertilizer operations in Brazil are Heringer, Fertipar, The Mosaic Company, Archer Daniels Midland Company and Yara International. In Argentina, our main competitors are Repsol YPF, The Mosaic Company and Profertil S.A.

Risk Management

        Risk management is a fundamental aspect of our business. Engaging in the hedging of risk exposures and anticipating market developments are critical to protect and enhance our return on assets. As such, we are active in derivative markets for agricultural commodities, energy, ocean freight, foreign currency and interest rates. We seek to leverage the market insights that we gain through our global operations across our businesses by actively managing our physical and financial positions on a daily basis. Our risk management decisions take place in various locations but exposure limits are centrally set and monitored. Commodity exposure limits are designed to consider notional exposure to price and relative price (or "basis") volatility, as well as value-at-risk limits. For foreign exchange, interest rate, energy and transportation risk, our risk management decisions are made in accordance with applicable company policies. Credit and counterparty risk is managed locally within our business units and monitored centrally. We have a corporate risk management group, which oversees management of various risk exposures globally, as well as local risk managers and committees in our operating companies. The finance and risk policy committee of our Board of Directors oversees and periodically reviews our overall risk management policies and risk limits. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."

Operating Segments and Geographic Areas

        We have included financial information about our reportable segments and our operations by geographic area in Note 27 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Investments in Affiliates

        We participate in several unconsolidated joint ventures and other investments accounted for using the equity method. Significant equity method investments at December 31, 2011 are described below. We allocate equity in earnings of affiliates to our reporting segments.

    Agribusiness

        Bunge-SCF Grain, LLC.     We have a 50% interest in Bunge-SCF Grain, LLC, a joint venture with SCF Agri/Fuels LLC to develop improved infrastructure for commodities transportation in the United States and export markets.

        Complejo Agroindustrial Angostura S.A.     We have a 33.33% ownership interest in this joint venture with Louis Dreyfus Commodities and Aceitera General Deheza S.A. (AGD), which is constructing an oilseed processing facility in Paraguay.

9


Table of Contents

        Diester Industries International S.A.S. (DII).     We are a party to a joint venture with Diester Industries, a subsidiary of Sofiproteol, specializing in the production and marketing of biodiesel in Europe. We have a 40% interest in DII.

        The Solae Company.     Solae is a joint venture with E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Solae is engaged in the global production and distribution of soy-based ingredients, including soy proteins and lecithins. We have a 28.06% interest in Solae.

        Terminal 6 S.A. and Terminal 6 Industrial S.A.     We have a joint venture in Argentina with Aceitera General Deheza S.A. (AGD), for the operation of the Terminal 6 port facility located in the Santa Fe province of Argentina. We are also a party to a second joint venture with AGD that operates a crushing facility located adjacent to the Terminal 6 port facility. We own 40% and 50%, respectively, of these joint ventures. In 2010, Ecofuel S.A., of which we were a 50% owner with the remaining 50% owned by AGD, merged with Terminal 6 Industrial S.A. Ecofuel manufactured biodiesel products in the Santa Fe province of Argentina.

    Sugar and Bioenergy

        Bunge-Ergon Vicksburg, LLC (BEV).     We are a 50% owner of BEV along with Ergon Ethanol, Inc. BEV operates an ethanol plant at the Port of Vicksburg, Mississippi, where we operate grain elevator facilities.

        Southwest Iowa Renewable Energy, LLC (SIRE).     We are a 25% owner of SIRE. The other owners are primarily agricultural producers located in Southwest Iowa. SIRE operates an ethanol plant near our oilseed processing facility in Council Bluffs, Iowa.

    Food and Ingredients

        Harinera La Espiga, S.A. de C.V.     We are a party to this joint venture in Mexico with Grupo Neva, S.A. de C.V. and Cerrollera, S.A. de C.V. The joint venture has wheat milling and bakery dry mix operations. We have a 31.5% interest in the joint venture.

    Fertilizers

        Bunge Maroc Phosphore S.A.     We have a 50% interest in this joint venture to produce fertilizers in Morocco with Office Cherifien Des Phosphates (OCP). The joint venture was formed to produce fertilizer products for shipment to Brazil, Argentina and certain other markets in Latin America.

Research and Development, Innovation, Patents and Licenses

        Our research and development activities are focused on developing products and improving processes that will drive growth or otherwise add value to our core business operations. In our food and ingredients division, we have research and development centers located in the United States, Brazil and Hungary to develop and enhance technology and processes associated with food and ingredients development. Additionally, the evolution of biotechnology over the last ten years has created opportunities to develop and commercialize processes related to the transformation of oilseeds, grains and other commodities. To better take advantage of related opportunities, our global innovation activities involve scouting, developing, buying, selling and/or licensing next generation technologies in food, feed, fuel and fertilizer.

        Our total research and development expenses were $22 million in 2011, $24 million in 2010 and $26 million in 2009. As of December 31, 2011, our research and development organization consisted of 132 employees worldwide.

10


Table of Contents

        We own trademarks on the majority of the brands we produce in our food and ingredients and fertilizer divisions. We typically obtain long-term licenses for the remainder. We have patents covering some of our products and manufacturing processes. However, we do not consider any of these patents to be material to our business. We believe we have taken appropriate steps to either own or license all intellectual property rights that are material to carrying out our business.

Seasonality and Working Capital Needs

        In our agribusiness segment, while there is a degree of seasonality in the growing season and procurement of our principal raw materials, such as oilseeds and grains, we typically do not experience material fluctuations in volume between the first and second half of the year since we are geographically diversified between the northern and southern hemispheres, and we sell and distribute products throughout the year. However, the first fiscal quarter of the year has in several years been our weakest in terms of financial results due to the timing of the North and South American oilseed harvests as the North American harvest peaks in the third and fourth fiscal quarters and the South American harvest peaks in the second fiscal quarter, and thus our North and South American grain merchandising and oilseed processing activities are generally at lower levels during the first quarter.

        We experience seasonality in our sugar and bioenergy division as a result of the Brazilian sugarcane growing cycle. In the Center-South of Brazil, the sugarcane harvesting period typically begins in March and ends in early December. This creates fluctuations in our sugar and ethanol inventories, which usually peak in December to cover sales between crop harvests. As a result of the above factors, there may be significant variations in our results of operations from one quarter to another.

        In our food and ingredients division, there are no significant seasonal effects on our business.

        In our fertilizer division, we are subject to seasonal trends based on the South American agricultural growing cycle as farmers typically purchase the bulk of their fertilizer needs in the second half of the year.

        Additionally, price fluctuations and availability of commodities may cause fluctuations in our financial results, inventories, accounts receivable and borrowings over the course of a given year. For example, increased availability of commodities at harvest times often causes fluctuations in our inventories and borrowings. Increases in agricultural commodity prices will also generally cause our cash flow requirements to increase as our operations require increased use of cash to acquire inventories and fund daily settlement requirements on exchange traded futures that we use to hedge our physical inventories.

Government Regulation

        We are subject to a variety of laws in each of the countries in which we operate which govern various aspects of our business, including the processing, handling, storage, transport and sale of our products; land-use and ownership of land, including laws regulating the acquisition or leasing of rural properties by certain entities and individuals; and environmental, health and safety matters. To operate our facilities, we must obtain and maintain numerous permits, licenses and approvals from governmental agencies and our facilities are subject to periodic inspection by governmental agencies. In addition, we are subject to other government laws and policies affecting the food and agriculture industries, including food and feed safety, nutritional and labeling requirements and food security policies. From time to time, agricultural production shortfalls in certain regions and growing demand for agricultural commodities for feed, food and fuel use have caused prices for soybeans, vegetable oils, sugar, corn and wheat to rise. High commodity prices and regional crop shortfalls have led, and in the future may lead, governments to impose price controls, tariffs, export restrictions and other measures designed to assure adequate domestic supplies and/or mitigate price increases in their domestic markets, as well as increase the scrutiny of competitive conditions in their markets.

11


Table of Contents

        In recent years, there has been increased interest globally in the production of biofuels as alternatives to traditional fossil fuels and as a means of promoting energy independence in certain countries. Biofuels convert crops, such as sugarcane, corn, soybeans, palm, rapeseed or canola and other oilseeds, into ethanol or biodiesel to extend, enhance or substitute for fossil fuels. Production of biofuels has increased significantly in recent years in response to high fossil fuel prices coupled with government incentives for the production of biofuels that are being offered in many countries, including the United States, Brazil, Argentina and many European countries. Furthermore, in certain countries, governmental authorities are mandating biofuels use in transport fuel at specified levels. As such, the markets for agricultural commodities used in the production of biofuels have become increasingly affected by the growth of the biofuel industry and related legislation.

        The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act") was signed into law on July 21, 2010. This new law will significantly change the regulation of financial markets. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt and implement a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The Dodd-Frank Act will have a significant impact on the derivatives market, including subjecting large derivatives users, which may include us, to extensive new oversight and regulation. While it is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations will have on us, they could impose significant additional costs on us relating to derivatives transactions, including operating and compliance costs, and could materially affect the availability, as well as the cost and terms, of certain derivatives transactions.

Environmental Matters

        We are subject to various environmental protection and occupational health and safety laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. Our operations may emit or release certain substances, which may be regulated or limited by applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we handle and dispose of materials and wastes classified as hazardous or toxic by one or more regulatory agencies. Our operations are also subject to laws relating to environmental licensing of facilities, restrictions on land-use in certain protected areas, forestry reserve requirements, limitations on the burning of sugarcane and water use. We incur costs to comply with health, safety and environmental regulations applicable to our activities and have made and expect to make substantial capital expenditures on an ongoing basis to continue to ensure our compliance with environmental laws and regulations. However, due to our extensive operations across multiple industries and jurisdictions globally, we are exposed to the risk of claims and liabilities under environmental regulations. Violation of these laws and regulations can result in substantial fines, administrative sanctions, criminal penalties, revocations of operating permits and/or shutdowns of our facilities.

        Additionally, our business could be affected in the future by regulation or taxation of greenhouse gas emissions. It is difficult to assess the potential impact of any resulting regulation of greenhouse gas emissions. Potential consequences could include increased energy, transportation and raw material costs, and we may be required to make additional investments to modify our facilities, equipment and processes. As a result, the effects of additional climate change regulatory initiatives could have adverse impacts on our business and results of operations. Compliance with environmental laws and regulations did not materially affect our earnings or competitive position in 2011.

Competitive Position

        Markets for most of our products are highly price competitive and many are sensitive to product substitution. Please see the "Competition" section contained in the discussion of each of our operating segments above for a discussion of competitive conditions, including our primary competitors in each segment.

12


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately 34,000 employees. Many of our employees are represented by labor unions, and their employment is governed by collective bargaining agreements. In general, we consider our employee relations to be good.

Risks of Foreign Operations

        We are a global business with substantial assets located outside of the United States from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue. Our operations in South America and Europe are a fundamental part of our business. In addition, a part of our strategy involves expanding our business in several emerging markets, including Eastern Europe, Asia and Africa. Volatile economic, political and market conditions in these and other emerging market countries may have a negative impact on our operating results and our ability to achieve our business strategies. For additional information, see the discussion under "Item 1A. Risk Factors."

Insurance

        In each country where we conduct business, our operations and assets are subject to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty. Bunge insures its businesses and assets in each country in a manner that it deems appropriate for a company of our size and activities, based on an analysis of the relative risks and costs. We believe that our geographic dispersion of assets helps mitigate risk to our business from an adverse event affecting a specific facility; however, if we were to incur a significant loss or liability for which we were not fully insured, it could have a materially adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Available Information

        Our website address is www.bunge.com. Through the "Investors: SEC Filings" section of our website, it is possible to access our periodic report filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), including our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports. These reports are made available free of charge. Also, filings made pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act with the SEC by our executive officers, directors and other reporting persons with respect to our common shares are made available, free of charge, through our website. Our periodic reports and amendments and the Section 16 filings are available through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after such report, amendment or filing is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.

        Through the "Investors: Corporate Governance" section of our website, it is possible to access copies of the charters for our audit committee, compensation committee, finance and risk policy committee and corporate governance and nominations committee. Our corporate governance guidelines and our code of ethics are also available in this section of our website. Each of these documents is made available, free of charge, through our website.

13


Table of Contents

        The foregoing information regarding our website and its content is for your convenience only. The information contained on or connected to our website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in this report or filed with the SEC.

        In addition, you may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 and may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically. The SEC website address is www.sec.gov.

Executive Officers and Key Employees of the Company

        Set forth below is certain information concerning the executive officers and key employees of the Company.

Name
  Positions
Alberto Weisser   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer
Andrew J. Burke   Chief Financial Officer and Global Operational Excellence Officer
Gordon Hardie   Managing Director, Food & Ingredients
Carl Hausmann   Managing Director, Global Government and Corporate Affairs
Raul Padilla   Managing Director, Bunge Global Agribusiness; Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Product Lines
D. Benedict Pearcy   Chief Development Officer and Managing Director, Sugar and Bioenergy
Vicente C. Teixeira   Chief Personnel Officer
Jean-Louis Gourbin   Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Europe, Middle East & Africa
Enrique Humanes   Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Argentina
Pedro Parente   President and Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Brazil
Soren Schroder   Chief Executive Officer, Bunge North America
Christopher White   Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Asia

        Alberto Weisser, 56.     Mr. Weisser is the Chairman of our Board of Directors and our Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Weisser has been with Bunge since July 1993. He has been a member of our Board of Directors since 1995, was appointed our Chief Executive Officer in January 1999 and became Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Weisser held the position of Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Bunge, Mr. Weisser worked for the BASF Group in various finance-related positions for 15 years. Mr. Weisser is also a member of the board of directors of International Paper Company and Pepsico Inc., a member of the North American Agribusiness Advisory Board of Rabobank and a board member of the Council of the Americas. He is a former director of Ferro Corporation. Mr. Weisser has a bachelor's degree in Business Administration from the University of São Paulo, Brazil.

        Andrew J. Burke, 56.     Mr. Burke has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2011, having served as interim Chief Financial Officer since September 2010. In addition, Mr. Burke serves as our Global Operational Excellence Officer, a position he has held since July 2010. Prior to July 2010, Mr. Burke served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Global Agribusiness and Bunge Product Lines since November 2006. Mr. Burke joined Bunge in January 2002 as Managing Director, Soy Ingredients and New Business Development and later served as Managing Director, New Business. Mr. Burke also previously served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from April to July 2007. Prior to joining Bunge, Mr. Burke served as Chief Executive Officer of the U.S. subsidiary of Degussa AG. He joined Degussa in 1983, where he held a variety of finance and marketing positions, including Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of the U.S. chemical group. Prior to joining Degussa, Mr. Burke

14


Table of Contents

worked for Beecham Pharmaceuticals and was an auditor with Price Waterhouse & Company. Mr. Burke is a graduate of Villanova University and earned an M.B.A. from Manhattan College.

        Gordon Hardie, 48.     Mr. Hardie has served as Managing Director, Food & Ingredients since July 2011. Prior to joining Bunge, Mr. Hardie founded Morningside Partners, a corporate strategy and M&A advisory firm focused on the food and beverage industries in 2009. Prior to that, from 2003 to 2009, he led the Fresh Baking Division of Goodman Fielder Ltd, the leading producer of bakery brands in Australia and New Zealand, and held leadership roles at companies in a variety of international markets, including as Group General Manager, Marketing at Southcorp Wines; Vice President, Asia Pacific, Middle East and Africa at Fosters Group International; and Regional Director, Americas & Asia Pacific at Pernod Ricard. He holds a Bachelor's degree in European Language and Psychology from the National University of Ireland, University College Cork and an M.B.A. from the University College Dublin, Michael Smurfit Graduate School of Business.

        Carl Hausmann, 65.     Mr. Hausmann has been our Managing Director, Global Government and Corporate Affairs since April 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Hausmann served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge North America since January 2004. Prior to that, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Europe from October 2002, when he joined Bunge following the acquisition of Cereol S.A., where he served as Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Hausmann was Chief Executive Officer of Cereol since its inception in July 2001 and prior to that worked in various capacities for Eridania Beghin-Say (the former parent company of Cereol) beginning in 1992. From 1978 to 1992, he worked for Continental Grain Company. Mr. Hausmann serves as Vice Chair of the Consultative Group on International Ag Research (CGIAR), Vice Chair of the International Food and Agriculture Trade Policy Council and as a member of the board of Rabo AgriFinance, a U.S. based wholly-owned subsidiary of Rabobank. He has served as Director of the National Oilseed Processors Association and as the President and Director of Fediol, the European Oilseed Processors Association. Mr. Hausmann has a B.S. degree from Boston College and an M.B.A. from INSEAD.

        Raul Padilla, 56.     Mr. Padilla has served as Managing Director, Bunge Global Agribusiness and Chief Executive Officer, Bunge Product Lines since July 2010. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Argentina since 1999. He joined the company in 1997 as Commercial Director. Mr. Padilla has approximately 30 years of experience in the oilseed processing and grain handling industries in Argentina, beginning his career with La Plata Cereal in 1977. He has served as President of the Argentine National Oilseed Crushers Association, Vice President of the International Association of Seed Crushers and Director of the Buenos Aires Cereal Exchange and the Rosario Futures Exchange. Mr. Padilla is a graduate of the University of Buenos Aires.

        D. Benedict Pearcy, 43.     Mr. Pearcy has been our Chief Development Officer and Managing Director, Sugar and Bioenergy since February 2009. Mr. Pearcy joined Bunge in 1995. Prior to his current position, he was most recently based in Europe, where he served as Vice President, South East Europe since 2007 and Vice President, Eastern Europe from 2003 to 2007. Prior to that, he served as Director of Strategic Planning for Bunge Limited from 2001 to 2003. Prior to joining Bunge, Mr. Pearcy worked at McKinsey & Co. in the United Kingdom. He holds a B.A. in Modern History and Economics from Oxford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

        Vicente C. Teixeira, 59.     Mr. Teixeira has been our Chief Personnel Officer since February 2008. Prior to joining Bunge, Mr. Teixeira served as Director of Human Resources for Latin America at Dow Chemical and Dow Agrosciences in Brazil since 2001. He joined Dow from Union Carbide, where he served as Director of Human Resources and Administration for Latin America and South Africa, starting in 1995. Previously, he had worked at Citibank in Brazil for 21 years, where he ultimately served as Human Resources Vice President for Brazil. Mr. Teixeira has an undergraduate degree in Business Communication and Publicity from Faculdade Integrada Alcantara Machado (FMU/FIAM), a Master of Business Administration from Faculdade Tancredo Neves and an Executive M.B.A. from PDG/EXEC in Brazil.

15


Table of Contents

        Jean-Louis Gourbin, 64.     Mr. Gourbin has been the Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Europe, Middle East & Africa since January 2004. Prior to that, Mr. Gourbin was with the Danone Group, where he served as Executive Vice President of Danone and President of its Biscuits and Cereal Products division since 1999. Before joining the Danone Group, Mr. Gourbin worked for more than 15 years with the Kellogg Company, where he last occupied the positions of President of Kellogg Europe and Executive Vice President of Kellogg. He has also held positions at Ralston Purina and Corn Products Company. Mr. Gourbin holds both a Bachelor's and a Master's degree in Economics from the Sorbonne.

        Enrique Humanes, 52.     Mr. Humanes has served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Argentina since February 2011 and previously served as interim Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Argentina since July 2010. He started his career at the company in 2000 as the Operations Director of Bunge Argentina. Prior to joining Bunge, he served in industrial roles at Unilever and Dow Chemical. He holds an undergraduate degree in chemical engineering from the Technology University of Rosario, a postgraduate degree in Process Management Administration from Rice University and an MBA from IDEA in Argentina.

        Pedro Parente, 59.     Mr. Parente has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Brazil since joining Bunge in January 2010. From 2003 until December 2009, Mr. Parente served as Chief Operating Officer, of Grupo RBS (RBS), a leading Brazilian multimedia company that owns several TV stations, newspapers and radio stations. Prior to joining RBS, Mr. Parente held a variety of high-level posts in the public sector in Brazil. He served as Chief of Staff to the Brazilian President from 1999 to 2002, and as Minister of Planning and Deputy Minister of Finance between 1995 and 1999. Mr. Parente has also served as a consultant to the International Monetary Fund and has worked at the Brazilian Central Bank, Banco do Brasil and in a number of other positions in the Ministry of Finance and Ministry of Planning. He is a former Chairman of the Board of Petrobras and Banco do Brasil. He holds a degree in electrical engineering from the University of Brasília, and is a fellow at the George Washington University Center of Latin American Studies.

        Soren Schroder, 50.     Mr. Schroder has been the Chief Executive Officer of Bunge North America since April 2010. Previously, he served as Vice President, Agribusiness for Bunge Europe since June 2006. Prior to that, he served in agribusiness leadership roles in the U.S. and Europe. Mr. Schroder joined Bunge in 2000. Prior to joining Bunge, he worked for over 15 years at Continental Grain and Cargill. He holds a Bachelor's degree in Economics from Connecticut College.

        Christopher White, 59.     Mr. White has served as Chief Executive Officer of Bunge Asia since 2006. He joined Bunge as Regional General Manager Asia in March 2003. Over a previous 20-year career with Bristol Myers Squibb, Mr. White served in various capacities, including President of Mead Johnson Nutritionals Worldwide, President of Mead Johnson Nutritionals and Bristol Myers Consumer Products Asia, and Vice President of Finance and Strategy of Mead Johnson. Mr. White is a graduate of Yale University.

Item 1A.     Risk Factors

Risk Factors

         Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of the risks and uncertainties described below. Additional risks not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our financial condition and business operations. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements."

16


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industries

Adverse weather conditions, including as a result of future climate change, may adversely affect the availability, quality and price of agricultural commodities and agricultural commodity products, as well as our operations and operating results.

        Adverse weather conditions have historically caused volatility in the agricultural commodity industry and consequently in our operating results by causing crop failures or significantly reduced harvests, which may affect the supply and pricing of the agricultural commodities that we sell and use in our business, reduce demand for our fertilizer products and negatively affect the creditworthiness of agricultural producers who do business with us.

        Our sugar production depends on the volume and sucrose content of the sugarcane that we cultivate or that is supplied to us by third party growers. Both sugarcane crop yields and sucrose content depend significantly on weather conditions, such as rainfall and prevailing temperatures, which can vary substantially. For example, the drought experienced in the Center-South of Brazil in 2010 and adverse weather in 2011 have had an effect on the sugarcane crop in both of the last two years which has resulted in reduced crop yields across the region. This has reduced the supply of sugarcane available to us for processing. In addition, the sucrose content in the sugarcane ultimately harvested has also been lower, further contributing to decreased productivity and greater production costs. As such, unfavorable weather conditions have had and could in the future have a material adverse effect on our sugar operations.

        Severe adverse weather conditions, such as hurricanes or severe storms, may also result in extensive property damage, extended business interruption, personal injuries and other loss and damage to us. Our operations also rely on dependable and efficient transportation services. A disruption in transportation services, as a result of weather conditions or otherwise, may also significantly adversely impact our operations.

        Additionally, the potential physical impacts of climate change are uncertain and may vary by region. These potential effects could include changes in rainfall patterns, water shortages, changing sea levels, changing storm patterns and intensities, and changing temperature levels that could adversely impact our costs and business operations, the location and costs of global agricultural commodity production, and the supply and demand for agricultural commodities. These effects could be material to our results of operations, liquidity or capital resources.

We may be adversely affected by a shortage of sugarcane or by high sugarcane costs.

        Sugarcane is our principal raw material used in the production of ethanol and sugar. Our ability to secure an adequate supply of sugarcane depends on our ability to negotiate and maintain satisfactory land rights and supply contracts with third parties. Currently, approximately 85% of the land we use for sugarcane cultivation is not owned by us, with such land typically managed through agricultural partnership agreements having an average remaining term of eight years. We cannot guarantee that these agreements will be renewed after their respective terms or that any such renewals will be on terms and conditions satisfactory to us. A significant shortage of sugarcane supply or increase in the cost of available sugarcane, including as a result of the termination or of our partnership or supply contracts or the inability to enter into alternative arrangements on economic terms, would likely have an adverse affect on our business and financial performance, and such affect could be material.

We are subject to fluctuations in agricultural commodity and other raw material prices caused by other factors outside of our control that could adversely affect our operating results.

        Prices for agricultural commodities and their by-products, including, among others, soybeans, corn, wheat, sugar and ethanol, like those of other commodities, are often volatile and sensitive to local and international changes in supply and demand caused by factors outside of our control, including farmer planting decisions, government agriculture programs and policies, global inventory levels, demand for biofuels, weather and crop conditions and demand for and supply of competing commodities and substitutes. These factors may cause volatility in our operating results.

17


Table of Contents

        Our fertilizer business may also be adversely affected by fluctuations in the prices of agricultural commodities and fertilizer raw materials, respectively, that are caused by market factors beyond our control. Increases in fertilizer prices due to higher raw material costs have in the past and could in the future adversely affect demand for our fertilizer products. Additionally, as a result of competitive conditions in our food and ingredients and fertilizer businesses, we may not be able to recoup increases in raw material costs through increases in sales prices for our products, which may adversely affect our profitability.

Fluctuations in energy prices could adversely affect our operating results.

        Our operating costs and selling prices of certain of our products are sensitive to changes in energy prices. Our industrial operations utilize significant amounts of electricity, natural gas and coal, and our transportation operations are dependent upon diesel fuel and other petroleum based products. Significant increases in the cost of these items could adversely affect our production costs and operating results.

        We also sell certain biofuel products, such as ethanol and biodiesel, which are closely related to, or may be substituted for, petroleum products. As a result, the selling prices of ethanol and biodiesel can be impacted by the selling prices of oil, gasoline and diesel fuel. In turn, the selling prices of the agricultural commodities and commodity products that we sell, such as corn and vegetable oils that are used as feedstocks for biofuels, are also sensitive to changes in the market price for biofuels, and consequently world petroleum prices as well. Therefore, a significant decrease in the price of oil, gasoline or diesel fuel could result in a significant decrease in the selling prices of ethanol, biodiesel and their raw materials, which could adversely affect our revenues and operating results. Additionally, the prices of sugar and sugarcane-based ethanol are also correlated, and therefore a decline in world sugar prices may also adversely affect the selling price of the ethanol we produce in Brazil.

We are subject to global and regional economic downturns and related risks.

        The level of demand for our products is affected by global and regional demographic and macroeconomic conditions, including population growth rates and changes in standards of living. A significant downturn in global economic growth, or recessionary conditions in major geographic regions, may lead to reduced demand for agricultural commodities, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        Additionally, weak global economic conditions and adverse conditions in global financial markets, including constraints on the availability of credit, have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, the financial condition and creditworthiness of some of our customers, suppliers and other counterparties, which in turn may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for more information.

        In 2010 and 2011, a financial crisis in Europe, triggered by a combination of factors, including high budget deficits and concerns over the sovereign creditworthiness of several European countries, has caused significant turmoil in financial and commodity markets. Despite financial assistance packages and other mitigating actions taken by European and other policymakers, uncertainty over the future of the Euro, and worries about sovereign creditworthiness persist. Risks and ongoing concerns about the crisis in Europe have had or could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries and the financial condition of European corporations and financial institutions. They may also adversely affect consumer confidence levels and spending, which may lead to reduced demand for the products that we sell. There can be no assurance that these conditions and related market turmoil will not deteriorate. To the extent uncertainty regarding the European financial crisis and its effect on the global economic recovery continues to negatively impact consumer and business confidence, our business and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

18


Table of Contents

We are vulnerable to the effects of supply and demand imbalances in our industries.

        Historically, the market for some of our agricultural commodities and fertilizer products has been cyclical, with periods of high demand and capacity utilization stimulating new plant investment and the addition of incremental processing or production capacity by industry participants to meet the demand. The timing and extent of this expansion may then produce excess supply conditions in the market, which, until the supply/demand balance is again restored, negatively impacts product prices and operating results. During times of reduced market demand, we may suspend or reduce production at some of our facilities. The extent to which we efficiently manage available capacity at our facilities will affect our profitability.

We are subject to economic and political instability and other risks of doing business globally and in emerging markets.

        We are a global business with substantial assets located outside of the United States. Our operations in South America and Europe are a fundamental part of our business. In addition, a key part of our strategy involves expanding our business in several emerging market regions, including Eastern Europe, Asia and Africa. Volatile international economic, political and market conditions may have a negative impact on our operating results and our ability to achieve our business strategies.

        Due to the international nature of our business, we are exposed to currency exchange rate fluctuations. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies, particularly the Brazilian real , the Argentine peso , the Euro and certain Eastern European currencies affect our revenues and expenses that are denominated in local currencies, affect farm economics in those regions and may also have a negative impact on the value of our assets located outside of the United States.

        We are also exposed to other risks of international operations, including:

    adverse trade policies or trade barriers on agricultural commodities and commodity products;

    inflation and adverse economic conditions resulting from governmental attempts to reduce inflation, such as imposition of wage and price controls and higher interest rates;

    changes in laws and regulations or their interpretation or enforcement in the countries where we operate, such as tax laws, including the risk of future adverse tax regulation in the United States relating to our status as a Bermuda company;

    difficulties in enforcing agreements or judgments and collecting receivables in foreign jurisdictions;

    exchange controls or other currency restrictions and limitations on the movement of funds, such as on the remittance of dividends by subsidiaries;

    inadequate infrastructure;

    government intervention, including through expropriation, or regulation of the economy or natural resources, including restrictions on foreign ownership of land or other assets;

    the requirement to comply with a wide variety of foreign and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to international operations, including, without limitation, economic sanctions regulations, labor laws, import and export regulations, anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws, as well as other laws or regulations discussed in this "Risk Factors" section;

    challenges in maintaining an effective internal control environment with operations in multiple international locations, including language differences, varying levels of U.S. GAAP expertise in international locations and multiple financial information systems; and

    labor disruptions, civil unrest, significant political instability, wars or other armed conflict or acts of terrorism.

19


Table of Contents

        These risks could adversely affect our operations, business strategies and operating results.

Government policies and regulations, particularly those affecting the agricultural sector and related industries, could adversely affect our operations and profitability.

        Agricultural commodity production and trade flows are significantly affected by government policies and regulations. Governmental policies affecting the agricultural industry, such as taxes, tariffs, duties, subsidies, import and export restrictions on agricultural commodities and commodity products and energy policies (including biofuels mandates), can influence industry profitability, the planting of certain crops versus other uses of agricultural resources, the location and size of crop production, whether unprocessed or processed commodity products are traded and the volume and types of imports and exports. In addition, international trade disputes can adversely affect agricultural commodity trade flows by limiting or disrupting trade between countries or regions.

        Increases in prices for, among other things, food, fuel and crop inputs, such as fertilizers, have become the subject of significant discussion by governmental bodies and the public throughout the world in recent years. In some countries, this has led to the imposition of policies such as price controls, tariffs and export restrictions on agricultural commodities. Additionally, efforts to change the regulation of financial markets, including the U.S. Dodd-Frank Act, may subject large users of derivatives, such as Bunge, to extensive new oversight and regulation. Such initiatives could impose significant additional costs on us, including operating and compliance costs, and could materially affect the availability, as well as the cost and terms, of certain transactions. Future governmental policies, regulations or actions affecting our industries may adversely affect the supply of, demand for and prices of our products, restrict our ability to do business and cause our financial results to suffer.

Increases in commodity prices can increase the scrutiny to which we are subject under antitrust laws.

        We are subject to antitrust and competition laws in various countries throughout the world. We cannot predict how these laws or their interpretation, administration and enforcement will change over time, particularly in periods of significant price increases in our industries. Changes or developments in antitrust laws globally, or in their interpretation, administration or enforcement, may limit our existing or future operations and growth. Increases in food and crop nutrient prices have in the past resulted in increased scrutiny of our industries under antitrust and competition laws in Europe, Brazil and other jurisdictions and increase the risk that these laws could be interpreted, administered or enforced in a manner that could affect our operations or impose liability on us in a manner that could materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We may not realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions, divestitures or joint ventures.

        We have been an active acquirer of other companies, and we have joint ventures with several partners. Part of our strategy involves acquisitions, alliances and joint ventures designed to expand and enhance our business. Our ability to benefit from acquisitions, joint ventures and alliances depends on many factors, including our ability to identify suitable prospects, access funding sources on acceptable terms, negotiate favorable transaction terms and successfully consummate and integrate any businesses we acquire. In addition, we may decide, from time to time, to divest certain of our assets or businesses. Our ability to successfully complete a divestiture will depend on, among other things, our ability to identify buyers that are prepared to acquire such assets or businesses on acceptable terms and to adjust and optimize our retained businesses following the divestiture.

        Our acquisition or divestiture activities may involve unanticipated delays, costs and other problems. If we encounter unexpected problems with one of our acquisitions, alliances or divestitures, our senior management may be required to divert attention away from other aspects of our businesses to address these problems. Additionally, we may fail to consummate proposed acquisitions or divestitures, after incurring expenses and devoting substantial resources, including management time, to such transactions.

20


Table of Contents

        Acquisitions also pose the risk that we may be exposed to successor liability relating to actions by an acquired company and its management before the acquisition. The due diligence we conduct in connection with an acquisition, and any contractual guarantees or indemnities that we receive from the sellers of acquired companies, may not be sufficient to protect us from, or compensate us for, actual liabilities. A material liability associated with an acquisition could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations and reduce the benefits of the acquisition. Additionally, acquisitions involve other risks, such as differing levels of management and internal control effectiveness at the acquired entities, systems integration risks, the risk of impairment charges relating to goodwill and intangible assets recorded in connection with acquisitions, the risk of significant accounting charges resulting from the completion and integration of a sizeable acquisition, the need to fund increased capital expenditures and working capital requirements, our ability to retain and motivate employees of acquired entities and other unanticipated problems and liabilities.

        Divestitures may also expose us to potential liabilities or claims for indemnification as we may be required to retain certain liabilities or indemnify buyers for certain matters, including environmental or litigation matters, associated with the assets or businesses that we sell. The magnitude of any such retained liability or indemnification obligation may be difficult to quantify at the time of the transaction, and its cost to us could ultimately exceed the proceeds we receive for the divested assets or businesses. Divestitures also have other inherent risks, including possible delays in closing transactions (including potential difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals), the risk of lower-than-expected sales proceeds for the divested businesses and unexpected costs or other difficulties associated with the separation of the businesses to be sold from our information technology and other systems and management processes, including the loss of key personnel. Additionally, expected cost savings or other anticipated efficiencies or benefits from divestitures may also be difficult to achieve or maximize.

        Additionally, we have several joint ventures and investments where we have limited control over the governance and operations of those investments. As a result, we face certain risks, including risks related to the financial strength of the joint venture partner, the inability to implement some actions with respect to the joint venture's activities that we may believe are favorable if the joint venture partner does not agree and the risk that we will be unable to resolve disputes with the joint venture partner. As a result, these investments may contribute significantly less than anticipated to our earnings and cash flow.

We are subject to food and feed industry risks.

        We are subject to food and feed industry risks which include, but are not limited to, spoilage, contamination, tampering or other adulteration of products, product recalls, government regulation, including regulations regarding food and feed safety, trans-fatty acids and genetically modified organisms (GMOs), shifting customer and consumer preferences and concerns, and potential product liability claims. These matters could adversely affect our business and operating results.

        In addition, certain of our products are used as, or as ingredients in, livestock and poultry feed, and as such, we are subject to demand risks relating to the outbreak of disease associated with livestock and poultry, including avian or swine influenza. A severe or prolonged decline in demand for our products as a result of the outbreak of disease could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We face intense competition in each of our businesses.

        We face significant competition in each of our businesses and we have numerous competitors, some of which are larger and have greater financial resources than we have. As many of the products we sell are global commodities, the markets for our products are highly price competitive and in many cases sensitive to product substitution. In addition, to compete effectively, we must continuously focus on improving efficiency in our production and distribution operations, as well as developing and

21


Table of Contents

maintaining appropriate market share, and customer relationships. Competition could cause us to lose market share, exit certain lines of business, increase marketing or other expenditures or reduce pricing, each of which could have an adverse effect on our business and profitability.

We are subject to environmental, health and safety regulation in numerous jurisdictions. We may be subject to substantial costs, liabilities and other adverse effects on our business relating to these matters.

        Our operations are regulated by environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the countries where we operate, including those governing the labeling, use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials. These laws and regulations require us to implement procedures for the handling of hazardous materials and for operating in potentially hazardous conditions, and they impose liability on us for the cleanup of environmental contamination. In addition to liabilities arising out of our current and future operations for which we have ongoing processes to manage compliance with regulatory obligations, we may be subject to liabilities for past operations at current facilities and in some cases to liabilities for past operations at facilities that we no longer own or operate. We may also be subject to liabilities for operations of acquired companies. We may incur material costs or liabilities to comply with environmental, health and safety requirements. In addition, our industrial activities can result in serious accidents that could result in personal injuries, facility shutdowns, reputational harm to our business and/or cause us to expend significant amounts to remediate safety issues or repair damaged facilities.

        In addition, continued government and public emphasis in countries where we operate on environmental issues, including climate change, conservation and natural resource management, have resulted in and could result in new or more stringent forms of regulatory oversight of our industries, including increased environmental controls, land-use restrictions affecting us or our suppliers and other conditions that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, certain aspects of Bunge's business and the larger food production chain generate carbon emissions. The imposition of regulatory restrictions on greenhouse gas emissions, which may include limitations on greenhouse gas emissions, other restrictions on industrial operations, taxes or fees on greenhouse gas emissions and other measures could affect land-use decisions, the cost of agricultural production and the cost and means of processing and transport of our products, which could adversely affect our business, cash flows and results of operations.

We are exposed to credit and counterparty risk relating to our customers in the ordinary course of business. In particular, we advance significant capital and provide other financing arrangements to farmers in Brazil and, as a result, our business and financial results may be adversely affected if these farmers are unable to repay the capital advanced to them.

        We have various credit terms with customers, and our customers have varying degrees of creditworthiness, which exposes us to the risk of nonpayment or other default under our contracts and other arrangements with them. In the event that we experience significant defaults on their payment obligations to us, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

        In Brazil, where there are limited third party financing sources available to farmers for their annual production of crops, we provide financing services to farmers from whom we purchase soybeans and other agricultural commodities through prepaid commodity purchase contracts and advances, which are generally intended to be short-term in nature and are typically secured by the farmer's crop and a mortgage on the farmer's land and other assets to provide a means of repayment in the potential event of crop failure or shortfall. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, we had approximately $782 million and $815 million in outstanding prepaid commodity purchase contracts and advances to farmers. We are exposed to the risk that the underlying crop will be insufficient to satisfy a farmer's obligation under the financing arrangements as a result of weather and crop growing conditions, and other factors that influence the price, supply and demand for agricultural commodities. In addition, any

22


Table of Contents

collateral held by us as part of these financing transactions may not be sufficient to fully protect us from loss.

        We also sell fertilizer on credit to farmers in Brazil. These credit sales are also typically secured by the farmer's crop. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, our total fertilizer accounts receivable in Brazil were $408 million and $438 million, respectively. During 2011, approximately 56% of our fertilizer sales were made on credit. Furthermore, in connection with our fertilizer sales, we issue guarantees to a financial institution in Brazil related to amounts owed the institution by certain of our farmer customers. For additional information on these guarantees, see Note 22 to our consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In the event that the customers default on their obligations to either us or the financial institution under these financing arrangements, we would be required to recognize the associated bad debt expense or perform under the guarantees, as the case may be. Significant defaults by farmers under these financial arrangements could adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

We are a capital intensive business and depend on cash provided by our operations as well as access to external financing to operate and expand our business.

        We require significant amounts of capital to operate our business and fund capital expenditures. In addition, our working capital needs are directly affected by the prices of agricultural commodities, with increases in commodity prices generally causing increases in our borrowing levels. We are also required to make substantial capital expenditures to maintain, upgrade and expand our extensive network of storage facilities, processing plants, refineries, mills, logistics assets and other facilities to keep pace with competitive developments, technological advances and safety and environmental standards. Furthermore, the expansion of our business and pursuit of acquisitions or other business opportunities may require us to have access to significant amounts of capital. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows or raise sufficient external financing on attractive terms to fund these activities, including as a result of a tightening in the global credit markets, we may be forced to limit our operations and growth plans, which may adversely impact our competitiveness and, therefore, our results of operations.

        As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately $3,027 million unused and available borrowing capacity under various committed short- and long-term credit facilities and $4,081 million in total indebtedness. Our indebtedness could limit our ability to obtain additional financing, limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the markets in which we compete, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged than we are and require us to dedicate more cash on a relative basis to servicing our debt and less to developing our business. This may limit our ability to run our business and use our resources in the manner in which we would like. Furthermore, difficult conditions in global credit or financial markets generally could adversely impact our ability to refinance maturing debt or the cost or other terms of such refinancing, as well as adversely affect the financial position of the lenders with whom we do business, which may reduce our ability to obtain financing for our operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources."

        Our credit ratings are important to our liquidity. While our debt agreements do not have any credit rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate the maturity of our debt, a reduction in our credit ratings would increase our borrowing costs and, depending on their severity, could impede our ability to obtain credit facilities or access the capital markets in the future on favorable terms. We may also be required to post collateral or provide third party credit support under certain agreements as a result of such downgrades. A significant increase in our borrowing costs could impair our ability to compete effectively in our business relative to competitors with higher credit ratings.

23


Table of Contents

Our risk management strategies may not be effective.

        Our business is affected by fluctuations in agricultural commodity prices, transportation costs, energy prices, interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We engage in hedging transactions to manage these risks. However, our exposures may not always be fully hedged and our hedging strategies may not be successful in minimizing our exposure to these fluctuations. In addition, our risk management strategies may seek to position our overall portfolio relative to expected market movements. While we have implemented a broad range of control procedures and policies to mitigate potential losses, they may not in all cases successfully protect us from losses that have the potential to impair our financial position. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk."

We may not be able to achieve the efficiencies, savings and other benefits anticipated from our cost reduction, margin improvement and other business optimization initiatives.

        We are continually implementing programs throughout the company to reduce costs, increase efficiencies and enhance our business. Initiatives currently in process or implemented in the past year include the outsourcing of certain administrative activities in several regions, rationalization of manufacturing operations, including the closing of facilities and the implementation of a restructuring and consolidation of our operations in Brazil. Unexpected delays, increased costs, adverse effects on our internal control environment, inability to retain and motivate employees or other challenges arising from these initiatives could adversely affect our ability to realize the anticipated savings or other intended benefits of these activities.

The loss of or a disruption in our manufacturing and distribution operations or other operations and systems could adversely affect our business.

        We are engaged in manufacturing and distribution activities on a global scale, and our business depends on our ability to execute and monitor, on a daily basis, a significant number of transactions across numerous markets or geographies in many currencies. As a result, we are subject to the risks inherent in such activities, including industrial accidents, environmental events, fires, explosions, strikes and other labor or industrial disputes, disruptions in logistics or information systems, as well as natural disasters, pandemics, acts of terrorism and other external factors over which we have no control. While we insure ourselves against many of these types of risks in accordance with industry standards, our level of insurance may not cover all losses. The loss of, or damage to, any of our facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Common Shares

We are a Bermuda company, and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us and our directors and executive officers.

        We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies or corporations incorporated in other jurisdictions, including the United States. Most of our directors and some of our officers are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those directors and officers are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the U.S. judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

24


Table of Contents

Our bye-laws restrict shareholders from bringing legal action against our officers and directors.

        Our bye-laws contain a broad waiver by our shareholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on our behalf, against any of our officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of shareholders to assert claims against our officers and directors unless the act, or failure to act, involves fraud or dishonesty.

We have anti-takeover provisions in our bye-laws that may discourage a change of control.

        Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us without the consent of our Board of Directors. These provisions provide for:

    a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;

    directors to be removed without cause at any special general meeting only upon the affirmative vote of at least 66% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution;

    restrictions on the time period in which directors may be nominated;

    our Board of Directors to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preference shares and to issue the preference shares without shareholder approval; and

    an affirmative vote of at least 66% of all votes attaching to all shares then in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on the resolution for some business combination transactions, which have not been approved by our Board of Directors.

        These provisions, as well as any additional anti-takeover measures our Board of Directors could adopt in the future, could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire us, even if the third-party's offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

We may become a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. investors.

        Adverse U.S. federal income tax rules apply to U.S. investors owning shares of a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, directly or indirectly. We will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of our assets, including goodwill (based on an annual quarterly average), are passive assets, or 75% or more of our annual gross income is derived from passive assets. The calculation of goodwill will be based, in part, on the then market value of our common shares, which is subject to change. Based on certain estimates of our gross income and gross assets and relying on certain exceptions in the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, we do not believe that we are currently a PFIC. Such a characterization could result in adverse U.S. tax consequences to U.S. investors in our common shares. In particular, absent an election described below, a U.S. investor would be subject to U.S. federal income tax at ordinary income tax rates, plus a possible interest charge, in respect of gain derived from a disposition of our common shares, as well as certain distributions by us. In addition, a step-up in the tax basis of our common shares would not be available upon the death of an individual shareholder, and the preferential U.S. federal income tax rates generally applicable to dividends on our common shares held by certain U.S. investors would not apply. Since PFIC status is determined on an annual basis and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the nature of our activities from time to time, we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC for the current or any future taxable year. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S. investors may desire to make an election to treat us as a "qualified electing fund" with respect to shares owned (a QEF election), in which case U.S. investors will be required to take

25


Table of Contents

into account a pro rata share of our earnings and net capital gain for each year, regardless of whether we make any distributions. As an alternative to the QEF election, a U.S. investor may be able to make an election to "mark-to-market" our common shares each taxable year and recognize ordinary income pursuant to such election based upon increases in the value of our common shares.

Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments

        Not applicable.

Item 2.     Properties

        The following tables provide information on our principal operating facilities as of December 31, 2011.

Facilities by Division

 
  Aggregate Daily
Production
Capacity
  Aggregate
Storage
Capacity (1)
 
 
  (metric tons)
 

Division

             

Agribusiness

    128,824     18,519,903  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    101,000     657,088  

Food and Ingredients

    51,933     985,685  

Fertilizer

    43,580     1,836,891  

Facilities by Geographic Region

 
  Aggregate Daily
Production
Capacity
  Aggregate
Storage
Capacity (1)
 
 
  (metric tons)
 

Region

             

North America

    66,629     7,727,752  

South America

    199,061     11,073,477  

Europe

    37,987     2,353,107  

Asia

    21,660     845,231  

(1)
Beginning in 2011, Agribusiness and the corresponding regional "Aggregate Storage Capacity" amounts include storage capacity at our ports.

        Our corporate headquarters in White Plains, New York, occupy approximately 58,000 square feet of space under a lease that expires in February 2013. We also lease other office space for our operations worldwide.

        We believe that our facilities are adequate to address our operational requirements.

    Agribusiness

        In our agribusiness operations, we have 179 commodity storage facilities globally that are located close to agricultural production areas or export locations. We also have 51 oilseed processing plants globally. We have 65 merchandising and distribution offices throughout the world.

    Sugar and Bioenergy

        In our sugar and bioenergy operations, we have eight mills, all of which are located in Brazil within close proximity to sugarcane production areas. We also manage land through agricultural partnership agreements for the cultivation of sugarcane as described under "Business—Sugar and Bioenergy."

26


Table of Contents

    Food and Ingredients

        In our food and ingredients operations, we have 76 refining, packaging and milling facilities dedicated to our food and ingredients operations throughout the world.

    Fertilizer

        In our fertilizer division, we currently operate 26 fertilizer processing and blending plants that are strategically located in the key fertilizer consumption regions of Brazil and Argentina, thereby reducing transportation costs to deliver our products to our customers.

Item 3.     Legal Proceedings

        We are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. Although we cannot accurately predict the amount of any liability that may ultimately arise with respect to any of these matters, we make provision for potential liabilities when we deem them probable and reasonably estimable. These provisions are based on current information and legal advice and are adjusted from time to time according to developments. We do not expect the outcome of these proceedings, net of established reserves, to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. Due to their inherent uncertainty, however, there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of current or future litigation, proceedings, investigations or claims.

        We are subject to income and other taxes in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions and we are regularly under audit by tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation or other proceedings could be materially different than that which is reflected in our tax provisions and accruals, which could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period or periods for which that determination is made. For example, our Brazilian subsidiaries are regularly audited and subject to numerous pending tax claims by Brazilian federal, state and local tax authorities. We have reserved an aggregate $65 million as of December 31, 2011 in respect of these claims. The Brazilian tax claims relate to income tax claims, value-added tax claims and sales tax claims. The determination of the manner in which various Brazilian federal, state and municipal taxes apply to our operations is subject to varying interpretations arising from the complex nature of Brazilian tax laws and changes in those laws. In addition, we have numerous claims pending against Brazilian federal, state and local tax authorities to recover taxes previously paid by us. For more information, see Notes 14 and 22 to our consolidated financial statements included as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        The Argentine tax authorities have been conducting a review of income and other taxes paid by large exporters and processors of cereals and other agricultural commodities in the country. In that regard, in October 2010, the Argentine tax authorities carried out inspections at several of our locations in Argentina relating to allegations of income tax evasion covering the periods from 2007 to 2009. More recently, in July 2011, we received a preliminary income tax audit report from the Argentine tax authorities relating to fiscal years 2006 and 2007 with an estimated claim of approximately $100 million. Additionally, in April 2011, the Argentine tax authorities conducted inspections of our locations and those of several other grain exporters with respect to allegations of evasion of liability for value-added taxes. We believe that the allegations and claims are without merit, however, we are, at this time, unable to predict the outcome.

        We are also a party to a large number of labor claims relating to our Brazilian operations. We have reserved an aggregate of $71 million as of December 31, 2011 in respect of these claims. The labor claims primarily relate to dismissals, severance, health and safety, salary adjustments and supplementary retirement benefits.

Item 4.     Mine Safety Disclosures

        Not applicable.

27


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(a)   Market Information

        Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "BG." The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices of our common shares, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

 
  High   Low  
 
  (US$)
 

2012

             

First quarter (to February 21, 2012)

  $ 67.06   $ 57.22  

2011

             

Fourth quarter

  $ 63.02   $ 55.51  

Third quarter

    73.08     56.10  

Second quarter

    75.44     65.42  

First quarter

    74.45     65.39  

2010

             

Fourth quarter

  $ 65.52   $ 57.45  

Third quarter

    61.61     46.29  

Second quarter

    61.85     47.19  

First quarter

    71.29     56.90  

2009

             

Fourth quarter

  $ 68.51   $ 57.06  

Third quarter

    72.41     54.44  

Second quarter

    67.89     46.58  

First quarter

    59.33     41.61  

(b)   Approximate Number of Holders of Common Stock

        To our knowledge, based on information provided by Mellon Investor Services LLC, our transfer agent, as of December 31, 2011, we had 145,610,029 common shares outstanding which were held by approximately 143 registered holders.

(c)   Dividends

        We intend to pay cash dividends to holders of our common shares on a quarterly basis. In addition, holders of our 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares are entitled to annual dividends per share in the amount of $4.875 per year payable quarterly when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with the terms of these shares. Any future determination to pay dividends will, subject to the provisions of Bermuda law, be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon then existing conditions, including our financial condition, results of operations, contractual and other relevant legal or regulatory restrictions, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.

        Under Bermuda law, a company's board of directors may not declare or pay dividends from time to time if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due or that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than the aggregate of its liabilities and issued share capital and share premium accounts. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our Board of Directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of the holders of any preference shares. There are no restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds

28


Table of Contents

denominated in Bermuda dollars) in or out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

        We paid quarterly dividends on our common shares of $0.23 per share in the first two quarters of 2011 and $0.25 per share in the last two quarters of 2011. We paid quarterly dividends on our common shares of $0.21 per share in the first two quarters of 2010 and $0.23 per share in the last two quarters of 2010. We have declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.25 per share payable on March 2, 2012 to shareholders of record on February 17, 2012.

(d)   Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table sets forth certain information, as of December 31, 2011, with respect to our equity compensation plans.

 
  (a)   (b)   (c)  
 
  Number of Securities
to be Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price Per
Share of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
  Number of Securities
Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under
Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding
Securities Reflected in
Column (a))
 

Plan category

                   

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders (1)

    6,630,360    (2) $ 62.45    (3)   7,622,493    (4)

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders (5)

    15,423    (6)      (7)      (8)
               

Total

    6,645,783   $ 62.45     7,622,493  
               

(1)
Includes our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, Equity Incentive Plan, Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan and 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Includes non-statutory stock options outstanding as to 5,142,247 common shares, time-based restricted stock unit awards outstanding as to 295,764 common shares, performance-based restricted stock unit awards outstanding as to 852,757 common shares and 11,102 vested and deferred restricted stock units outstanding (including, for all restricted and deferred restricted stock unit awards outstanding, dividend equivalents payable in common shares) under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Equity Incentive Plan. This number also includes non-statutory stock options outstanding as to 272,400 common shares under our Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan, 54,825 unvested restricted stock units and 1,265 vested deferred restricted stock units (including, for all restricted and deferred restricted stock unit awards outstanding, dividend equivalents payable in common shares) outstanding under our 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan. Dividend equivalent payments that are credited to each participant's account are paid in our common shares at the time an award is settled. Vested deferred restricted stock units are paid at the time the applicable deferral period lapses.

(3)
Calculated based on non-statutory stock options outstanding under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, Equity Incentive Plan and our Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan. This number excludes outstanding time-based restricted stock unit and performance-based restricted stock unit awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Equity Incentive Plan and restricted and deferred restricted stock unit awards under the 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan.

(4)
Includes dividend equivalents payable in common shares. Shares available under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan may be used for any type of award authorized under the plan. Awards under the plan may be in the form of statutory or non-statutory stock options, restricted stock units

29


Table of Contents

    (including performance-based) or other awards that are based on the value of our common shares. Our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan provides that the maximum number of common shares issuable under the plan is 10,000,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the plan. This number also includes shares available for future issuance under our 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan provides that the maximum number of common shares issuable under the plan may not exceed 600,000, subject to adjustment in accordance with the terms of the plan. No additional awards may be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan and the Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan.

(5)
Includes our Non-Employee Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan.

(6)
Includes rights to acquire 15,423 common shares under our Non-Employee Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan pursuant to elections by our non-employee directors.

(7)
Not applicable.

(8)
Our Non-Employee Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan does not have an explicit share limit.

(e)   Performance Graph

        The performance graph shown below compares the quarterly change in cumulative total shareholder return on our common shares with the Standard & Poor's (S&P) 500 Stock Index and the S&P Food Products Index from December 31, 2006 through the quarter ended December 31, 2011. The graph sets the beginning value of our common shares and the Indices at $100, and assumes that all dividends are reinvested. All Index values are weighted by the capitalization of the companies included in the Index.


Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
Assumes Initial Investment of $100
December 2011

GRAPHIC

30


Table of Contents

(f)    Purchases of Equity Securities by Registrant and Affiliated Purchasers

        On December 7, 2011, our Board of Directors approved a one-year extension of our existing share repurchase program through December 31, 2012. Under the program, which was originally established in June 2010, we are authorized to purchase up to $700 million of our common shares. As of December 31, 2011, we had repurchased approximately $474 million of our common shares, leaving approximately $226 million available for future share repurchases under the program. No shares were repurchased in the fourth quarter of 2011.

        Any repurchases may be made from time to time through a variety of means, including in the open market, in privately negotiated transactions or through other means as determined by us, and in compliance with applicable legal requirements. The timing and number of any shares repurchased will depend on a variety of factors, including share price and market conditions, and the program may be suspended or discontinued at any time at our discretion.

Item 6.     Selected Financial Data

        The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial information for each of the five periods indicated. You should read this information together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in U.S. dollars and in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (U.S. GAAP). The selected historical financial information as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$ in millions)
 

Consolidated Statements of Income Data:

                               

Net sales

  $ 58,743   $ 45,707   $ 41,926   $ 52,574   $ 37,842  

Cost of goods sold

    (56,015 )   (43,196 )   (40,722 )   (48,538 )   (35,327 )
                       

Gross profit

    2,728     2,511     1,204     4,036     2,515  

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (1,553 )   (1,558 )   (1,342 )   (1,613 )   (1,359 )

Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets

        2,440              

Interest income

    102     69     122     214     166  

Interest expense

    (302 )   (298 )   (283 )   (361 )   (353 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

        (90 )            

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (19 )   2     469     (749 )   217  

Other income (expense)—net

    (16 )   (26 )   (25 )   10     15  
                       

Income from operations before income tax

    940     3,050     145     1,537     1,201  

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (44 )   (689 )   110     (245 )   (310 )

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    44     27     80     34     33  
                       

Net income

    940     2,388     335     1,326     924  

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2     (34 )   26     (262 )   (146 )
                       

Net income attributable to Bunge

    942     2,354     361     1,064     778  

Convertible preference share dividends

    (34 )   (67 )   (78 )   (78 )   (40 )
                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 908   $ 2,287   $ 283   $ 986   $ 738  
                       

31


Table of Contents


 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (US$, except outstanding share data)
 

Per Share Data:

                               

Earnings per common share—basic (1)

                               

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 6.20   $ 16.20   $ 2.24   $ 8.11   $ 6.11  
                       

Earnings per common share—diluted (2)

                               

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 6.07   $ 15.06   $ 2.22   $ 7.73   $ 5.95  
                       

Cash dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.98   $ 0.90   $ 0.82   $ 0.74   $ 0.67  
                       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic

    146,583,128     141,191,136     126,448,071     121,527,580     120,718,134  

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—diluted  (2)

    155,209,045     156,274,814     127,669,822     137,591,266     130,753,807  

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

Consolidated Cash Flow Data:

                               

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  $ 2,614   $ (2,435 ) $ (368 ) $ 2,543   $ (411 )

Cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (1,220 )   2,509     (952 )   (1,106 )   (794 )

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (1,060 )   (30 )   774     (1,146 )   1,762  

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 835   $ 578   $ 553   $ 1,004   $ 981  

Inventories (3)

    5,733     6,635     4,862     5,653     5,924  

Working capital

    6,181     5,811     5,576     5,102     5,684  

Total assets

    23,275     26,001     21,286     20,230     21,991  

Short-term debt, including current portion of long-term debt

    733     2,330     197     551     1,112  

Long-term debt

    3,348     2,551     3,618     3,032     3,435  

Mandatory convertible preference shares (2)

            863     863     863  

Convertible perpetual preference shares (2)

    690     690     690     690     690  

Common shares and additional paid-in capital

    4,830     4,794     3,626     2,850     2,761  

Total equity

  $ 12,075   $ 12,554   $ 10,365   $ 8,128   $ 8,697  

32


Table of Contents


 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (in millions of metric tons)
 

Other Data:

                               

Volumes:

                               

Agribusiness

    117.2     108.7     111.1     113.4     114.4  

Sugar and bioenergy

    8.2     8.2     6.7     4.3      

Edible oil products

    6.0     6.0     5.7     5.7     5.5  

Milling products

    4.6     4.6     4.3     3.9     4.0  

Total food and ingredients

    10.6     10.6     10.0     9.6     9.5  

Fertilizer

    6.0     7.7     11.6     11.1     13.1  

Total volume

    142.0     135.2     139.4     138.4     137.0  

(1)
Earnings per common share-basic is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period.

(2)
Bunge's outstanding 862,455 5.125% cumulative mandatory convertible preference shares were mandatorily converted into Bunge common shares on December 1, 2010. The annual dividend on each mandatory convertible preference share was $51.25, payable quarterly. Each mandatory convertible preference share automatically converted on December 1, 2010 at a conversion rate of 9.7596 per share for a total of 8,417,215 of our common shares. Bunge has 6,900,000 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares outstanding. Each cumulative convertible preference share has an initial liquidation preference of $100 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends up to a maximum of an additional $25 per share. As a result of adjustments made to the initial conversion price because cash dividends paid on Bunge Limited's common shares exceeded certain specified thresholds, each cumulative convertible preference share is convertible, at the holder's option, at any time, into approximately 1.0991 Bunge Limited common shares (7,583,790 Bunge Limited common shares), subject to certain additional anti-dilution adjustments.

(3)
Included in inventories were readily marketable inventories of $4,075 million, $4,851 million, $3,380 million, $2,741 million, and $3,358 million at December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Readily marketable inventories are agricultural commodity inventories that are readily convertible to cash because of their commodity characteristics, widely available markets and international pricing mechanisms.

Item 7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

         The following should be read in conjunction with "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements" and our combined consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating Results

Factors Affecting Operating Results

        Bunge Limited, a Bermuda company, together with its subsidiaries is a leading global agribusiness and food company operating in the farm-to-consumer food chain. Our results of operations are affected by key factors in each of our business segments as discussed below.

    Agribusiness

        In the agribusiness segment, we purchase, store, transport, process and sell agricultural commodities and commodity products. Profitability in this segment is affected by the availability and market prices of agricultural commodities and processed commodity products and the availability and costs of energy, transportation and logistics services. Profitability in our oilseed processing operations is also impacted by capacity utilization rates. Availability of agricultural commodities is affected by many factors, including weather, farmer planting decisions, plant disease, governmental policies and

33


Table of Contents

agricultural sector economic conditions. Demand for our purchased and processed agribusiness products is affected by many factors, including global and regional economic conditions, including changes in per capita incomes, the financial condition of customers, including customer access to credit, worldwide consumption of food products, particularly pork and poultry, changes in population growth rates, the relative prices of substitute agricultural products, outbreaks of disease associated with livestock and poultry, and, in the past few years, by demand for renewable fuels produced from agricultural commodities and commodity products.

        We expect that the factors described above will continue to affect global supply and demand for our agribusiness products. We also expect that, from time to time, imbalances may exist between oilseed processing capacity and demand for oilseed products in certain regions, which impacts our decisions regarding whether, when and where to purchase, store, transport, process or sell these commodities, including whether to change the location of or adjust our own oilseed processing capacity.

    Sugar and Bioenergy

        Our sugar and bioenergy segment is an integrated business including the procurement and growing of sugarcane and the production of sugar, ethanol and electricity in our eight mills in Brazil, five of which were acquired in February 2010 in the Moema acquisition, (see Note 2 of notes to the consolidated financial statements), our global sugar trading and merchandising activities and our minority interests in U.S. corn-based ethanol producers.

        Profitability in this segment is affected by the availability and quality of sugarcane, which impacts our capacity utilization rates, and by market prices of sugarcane, sugar and ethanol. Availability and quality of sugarcane is affected by many factors, including weather, geographical factors, such as soil quality and topography, and agricultural practices. Once planted, sugarcane may be harvested for several continuous years, but the usable crop decreases with each subsequent harvest. As a result, the current optimum economic cycle is generally five or six consecutive harvests, depending on location. We own and have partnership agreements for land on which we grow and harvest sugarcane and we also purchase sugarcane from third parties. Prices of sugarcane in Brazil are established by Consecana, the São Paulo state sugarcane and sugar and ethanol council, based on the sucrose content of the cane and the market prices of sugar and ethanol. Demand for our products is affected by many factors, including changes in global or regional economic conditions, the financial condition of customers, including customer access to credit, worldwide consumption of food products, changes in population growth rates, changes in per capita incomes, and demand for and governmental support of renewable fuels produced from agricultural commodities, including sugarcane. We expect that the factors described above will continue to affect supply and demand for our sugar and bioenergy products.

    Food and Ingredients

        In the food and ingredients division, which consists of our edible oil products and milling products segments, our operating results are affected by changes in the prices of raw materials, such as crude vegetable oils and grains, the mix of products we sell, changes in eating habits, changes in per capita incomes, consumer purchasing power levels, availability of credit to commercial customers, governmental dietary guidelines and policies, changes in general economic conditions and competitive environment in our markets.

    Fertilizer

        In the fertilizer segment, demand for our products is affected by the profitability of the agricultural sectors we serve, the availability of credit to farmers, agricultural commodity prices, international fertilizer prices, the types of crops planted, the number of acres planted, the quality of the land under cultivation and weather-related issues affecting the success of the harvest. In addition, our profitability is impacted by international selling prices for imported fertilizers and fertilizer raw materials, such as phosphate, sulfur, ammonia and urea, ocean freight rates and other import fees. Due to our significant operations in South America, our results in this segment are typically seasonal, with fertilizer sales normally concentrated in the third and fourth quarters of the year due to the timing of the agricultural cycle.

        In addition to the above industry related factors which impact our business divisions, our results of operations are affected by the following factors:

34


Table of Contents

    Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

        Due to the global nature of our operations, our operating results can be materially impacted by foreign currency exchange rates. Both translation of our foreign subsidiaries' financial statements and foreign currency transactions can affect our results. On a monthly basis, for subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency subsidiary statements of income and cash flows are translated into U.S. dollars for consolidation purposes based on weighted-average exchange rates during the monthly period. As a result, fluctuations of local currencies compared to the U.S. dollar during a monthly period impact our consolidated statements of income and cash flows for that period and also affect comparisons between periods. Subsidiary balance sheets are translated using exchange rates as of the balance sheet date with the resulting translation adjustments reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other comprehensive income (loss). Included in accumulated other comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were foreign exchange net translation gains (losses) of $(1,130) million, $247 million and $1,062 million, respectively, resulting from the translation of our foreign subsidiaries' assets and liabilities.

        Additionally, we record transaction gains or losses on monetary assets and liabilities that are not denominated in the functional currency of the entity. These amounts are remeasured into their respective functional currencies at exchange rates as of the balance sheet date, with the resulting gains or losses included in the entity's statement of income and, therefore, in our consolidated statements of income as a foreign exchange gain/(loss).

        We primarily use a combination of equity and intercompany loans to finance our subsidiaries. Intercompany loans that are of an investment nature with no intention of repayment in the foreseeable future are considered permanently invested and as such are treated as analogous to equity for accounting purposes. As a result, any foreign exchange translation gains or losses on such permanently invested intercompany loans are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. In contrast, foreign exchange translation gains or losses on intercompany loans that are not of a permanent nature are recorded in our consolidated statements of income as a foreign exchange gain/(loss).

    Income Taxes

        As a Bermuda exempted company, we are not subject to income taxes on income in our jurisdiction of incorporation. However, our subsidiaries, which operate in multiple tax jurisdictions, are subject to income taxes at various statutory rates ranging from 0% to 39%. The jurisdictions that most significantly impact our effective tax rate are Brazil, the United States and Argentina. Determination of taxable income requires the interpretation of related and often complex tax laws and regulations in each jurisdiction where we operate and the use of estimates and assumptions regarding future events.

Results of Operations

    2011 Overview

        Net income attributable to Bunge for 2011 was $942 million compared to $2,354 million for 2010, which included the gain on the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in May 2010 of $1,901 million. Total segment EBIT of $1,154 million declined from $3,228 million in 2010, which included the pretax gain of $2,440 million on the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets and $90 million of expenses related to make whole payments in connection with the repayment of debt.

        Agribusiness segment EBIT increased 11% driven by improved grain origination and oilseed processing results. Grain origination results were weighted to the first half of 2011 and benefited from a large South American harvest. Oilseed processing results improved significantly over 2010 driven by stronger results in Europe and Brazil as both areas benefited from better crops, particularly the improvement in European sunflower seed following a 2010 drought in Eastern Europe. Oilseed processing operations in North America and Asia continued to face challenging environments due to excess capacity. Volumes in the segment increased 8%, reflecting larger Eastern European crops, the

35


Table of Contents

impact of the expansion of our grain origination network, primarily in North America, and the expansion of our oilseed processing operations in Asia. Additionally, a gain of $37 million was recognized on the sale of our interest in a European oilseed processing facility joint venture during 2011. Impairment and restructuring charges of $40 million were recorded in 2010.

        Sugar and bioenergy segment EBIT declined to $(20) million compared to $(13) million in 2010 as higher gross margins were offset by higher SG&A and the impact of foreign exchange results related to derivatives hedging forward sales commitments. Industrial performance improved significantly compared to 2010 but continued to be impacted by the higher fixed cost absorption resulting from reduced capacity utilization due to the effects of the 2010 drought and adverse weather in 2011 on sugarcane yields and quality. The improvements in our industrial operations were more than offset by weak results in our sugar merchandising business when compared to 2010 and foreign exchange losses of $4 million in 2011, compared with $30 million of gains in 2010 driven by volatility of the Brazilian real relative to the U.S. dollar. Transaction fees of $11 million and restructuring charges of $3 million were recorded in 2010.

        In the food and ingredients division, edible oil products segment EBIT increased to $137 million in 2011 from $80 million in 2010. Impairment and restructuring charges of $29 million and a provision of $12 million related to expiring tax credits in Brazil were recorded in the edible oil products segment in 2010. The remaining increase in segment EBIT resulted from strong packaged oil margins, primarily in North America, resulting from improved pricing and product mix and a $6 million gain in 2011 on the sale of an idled Canadian facility. Milling products segment EBIT increased to $104 million from $67 million in 2010 primarily as a result of improved margins in corn milling resulting from better milling yields and effective risk management. Rice milling operations also contributed to improved results. A gain of $6 million related to the sale of an idled wheat milling facility in Brazil and impairment and restructuring charges of $12 million related primarily to the write-down of a long-term supply agreement that accompanied a Brazil wheat mill acquisition were recorded in 2010.

        Fertilizer segment EBIT was $(1) million in 2011 compared to $2,344 million in 2010 which included the $2,440 million gain on the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets. Fertilizer blending and distribution margins and volumes improved in 2011 as our Brazilian operations continued to transition following the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in 2010 and our Argentine business continued to perform well. Restructuring charges of $4 million were recorded in 2010.

    Segment Results

        In the first quarter of 2010, Bunge began reporting the results of its sugar and bioenergy businesses as a reportable segment. Prior to 2010, sugar and bioenergy results and assets were included in the agribusiness segment. Accordingly, amounts for 2009 have been reclassified to conform to the current period segment presentation.

        Bunge has five reportable segments—agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products, milling products and fertilizer—which are organized based upon similar economic characteristics and are similar in nature of products and services offered, the nature of production processes, the type and class of customer and distribution methods. The agribusiness segment is characterized by both inputs and outputs being agricultural commodities and thus high volume and low margin. The sugar and bioenergy segment involves sugarcane growing and milling in Brazil, sugar merchandising in various countries, as well as sugarcane-based ethanol production and corn-based ethanol investments and related activities. The edible oil products segment involves the manufacturing and marketing of products derived from vegetable oils. The milling products segment involves the manufacturing and marketing of products derived primarily from wheat and corn. Following the completion of the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in May 2010, the activities of the fertilizer segment include its fertilizer distribution business in Brazil as well as its operations in Argentina and the United States (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). Additionally, we have retained our 50% interest in the fertilizer joint venture in Morocco.

36


Table of Contents

        A summary of certain items in our consolidated statements of income and volumes by reportable segment for the periods indicated is set forth below.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ in millions)
 

Volume (in thousands of metric tons):

                   

Agribusiness

    117,155     108,693     111,040  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    8,238     8,222     6,693  

Edible Oil Products

    5,989     5,976     5,688  

Milling Products

    4,617     4,605     4,332  

Fertilizer

    5,987     7,709     11,634  
               

Total

    141,986     135,205     139,387  
               

Net sales:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ 38,909   $ 30,138   $ 27,934  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    5,842     4,455     2,577  

Edible Oil Products

    8,839     6,783     6,184  

Milling Products

    2,006     1,605     1,527  

Fertilizer

    3,147     2,726     3,704  
               

Total

  $ 58,743   $ 45,707   $ 41,926  
               

Cost of goods sold:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (37,178 ) $ (28,478 ) $ (26,604 )

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (5,693 )   (4,354 )   (2,528 )

Edible Oil Products

    (8,377 )   (6,356 )   (5,772 )

Milling Products

    (1,772 )   (1,437 )   (1,375 )

Fertilizer

    (2,995 )   (2,571 )   (4,443 )
               

Total

  $ (56,015 ) $ (43,196 ) $ (40,722 )
               

Gross profit:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ 1,731   $ 1,660   $ 1,330  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    149     101     49  

Edible Oil Products

    462     427     412  

Milling Products

    234     168     152  

Fertilizer

    152     155     (739 )
               

Total

  $ 2,728   $ 2,511   $ 1,204  
               

Selling, general & administrative expenses:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (785 ) $ (789 ) $ (719 )

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (167 )   (139 )   (39 )

Edible Oil Products

    (325 )   (332 )   (296 )

Milling Products

    (132 )   (108 )   (96 )

Fertilizer

    (144 )   (190 )   (192 )
               

Total

  $ (1,553 ) $ (1,558 ) $ (1,342 )
               

Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets

  $   $ 2,440   $  
               

37


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ in millions)
 

Foreign exchange gain (loss):

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (16 ) $ (4 ) $ 216  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (4 )   30     2  

Edible Oil Products

    3         (4 )

Milling Products

        (1 )   (1 )

Fertilizer

    (2 )   (23 )   256  
               

Total

  $ (19 ) $ 2   $ 469  
               

Equity in earnings of affiliates:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ 33   $ 18   $ 15  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    2     (6 )   (12 )

Edible Oil Products

            86  

Milling Products

    5     3     4  

Fertilizer

    4     12     (13 )
               

Total

  $ 44   $ 27   $ 80  
               

Noncontrolling interest:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (22 ) $ (47 ) $ (26 )

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (2 )   9     6  

Edible Oil Products

    (6 )   (5 )   (10 )

Milling Products

             

Fertilizer

        (35 )   87  
               

Total

  $ (30 ) $ (78 ) $ 57  
               

Other income (expense):

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (7 ) $ 2   $ (4 )

Sugar and Bioenergy

    2     (8 )   2  

Edible Oil Products

    3     (10 )   (7 )

Milling Products

    (3 )   5     (1 )

Fertilizer

    (11 )   (15 )   (15 )
               

Total

  $ (16 ) $ (26 ) $ (25 )
               

Loss on extinguishment of debt:

                   

Other

  $   $ (90 ) $  
               

Segment earnings before interest and tax (1)

                   

Agribusiness

  $ 934   $ 840   $ 812  

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (20 )   (13 )   8  

Edible Oil Products

    137     80     181  

Milling Products

    104     67     58  

Fertilizer

    (1 )   2,344     (616 )

Other

        (90 )    
               

Total

  $ 1,154   $ 3,228   $ 443  
               

38


Table of Contents

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  
 
  (US$ in millions)
 

Depreciation, depletion and amortization:

                   

Agribusiness

  $ (196 ) $ (179 ) $ (179 )

Sugar and Bioenergy

    (171 )   (116 )   (15 )

Edible Oil Products

    (87 )   (78 )   (73 )

Milling Products

    (27 )   (27 )   (27 )

Fertilizer

    (45 )   (43 )   (149 )
               

Total

  $ (526 ) $ (443 ) $ (443 )
               

Net income attributable to Bunge

  $ 942   $ 2,354   $ 361  
               

(1)
Total segment earnings before interest and tax (EBIT) is an operating performance measure used by Bunge's management to evaluate its segments' operating activities. Total segment EBIT is a non-GAAP financial measure and is not intended to replace net income attributable to Bunge, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Bunge's management believes segment EBIT is a useful measure of its segments' operating profitability, since the measure allows for an evaluation of the performance of its segments without regard to its financing methods or capital structure. In addition, EBIT is a financial measure that is widely used by analysts and investors in Bunge's industries. Total segment EBIT is not a measure of consolidated operating results under U.S. GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income attributable to Bunge or any other measure of consolidated operating results under U.S. GAAP.

        A reconciliation of total segment EBIT to net income attributable to Bunge follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Total segment earnings before interest and tax

  $ 1,154   $ 3,228   $ 443  

Interest income

    102     69     122  

Interest expense

    (302 )   (298 )   (283 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (44 )   (689 )   110  

Noncontrolling interest share of interest and tax

    32     44     (31 )
               

Net income attributable to Bunge

  $ 942   $ 2,354   $ 361  
               

    2011 Compared to 2010

        Agribusiness Segment.     Agribusiness segment net sales increased 29% due primarily to an increase in average selling prices for agricultural commodities resulting from global supply and demand factors, and higher volumes. Volumes increased by 8% when compared to 2010 due to stronger origination and processing volumes in South America, higher distribution volumes, primarily in Europe due to increased availability of sunflower seed, and the expansion of our grain origination operations in North America and oilseed processing operations in Asia.

        Cost of goods sold increased 31% compared to 2010 due primarily to the increase in commodity prices and higher volumes. Cost of goods sold was also unfavorably impacted by the effect of the weaker average U.S. dollar on the translation of functional currency costs. Cost of goods sold in 2010 included $36 million of impairment and restructuring charges.

        Gross profit increased to $1,731 from $1,660 in 2010 driven by improved grain origination margins and volumes in the first half of 2011 which benefited from a large South American harvest and improved North American oilseed processing margins. Also contributing to the results were strong

39


Table of Contents

oilseed processing margins and volumes in South America resulting from better crops, and higher distribution volumes, particularly sunflower seeds in Europe, during the second half of the year. Gross profit in 2010 was reduced by $36 million of impairment and restructuring charges.

        SG&A expenses of $785 million decreased slightly when compared to 2010. Restructuring charges of $4 million were recorded in 2010.

        Foreign exchange losses were $16 million in 2011 compared to losses of $4 million in 2010, related primarily to the volatility of many global currencies relative to the U.S. dollar during both periods. Foreign exchange losses in both 2011 and 2010 were partially offset by inventory mark-to-market impacts included in cost of goods sold.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates increased to income of $33 million in 2011, primarily due to a gain of $37 million on the sale of our interest in a European oilseed processing facility joint venture. This gain was partially offset by weaker results in a European biodiesel joint venture.

        Noncontrolling interest was $22 million in 2011 and $47 million in 2010 and represents the noncontrolling interest share of period income at our non-wholly-owned subsidiaries, primarily our oilseed processing operations in China.

        Other income (expense) for 2011 was a net expense of $7 million compared to income of $2 million in 2010.

        Agribusiness segment EBIT increased 11% as a result of the factors discussed above.

        Sugar and Bioenergy Segment.     Sugar and bioenergy segment net sales increased 31% when compared to 2010 largely due to higher selling prices for sugar and ethanol. Volumes were substantially unchanged from 2010 with improved industrial volumes largely offset by lower sugar merchandising volumes.

        Cost of goods sold also increased 31% due to the impact of higher global sugar prices on our merchandising business. In addition, higher industrial volumes and the influence of higher global sugar and ethanol prices on the cost of sugarcane sourced from third parties in Brazil also contributed to the increase in cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold in 2011 included approximately $14 million of charges related to counterparty valuation adjustments as certain millers supplying a portion of our sugar merchandising volumes were not able to meet commitments as a result of the 2010 drought in Brazil.

        Gross profit increased to $149 million in 2011 from $101 million in 2010 primarily due to improved results in our industrial business which benefited from higher sales prices and volumes. These improvements were partially offset by weaker results in our sugar merchandising business.

        SG&A expenses increased to $167 million in 2011 from $139 million in 2010, primarily due to the expansion of our industrial business and the unfavorable impact of a stronger average Brazilian real on the translation of functional currency costs into U.S. dollars. SG&A expenses in 2010 included approximately $11 million of acquisition-related expenses and $3 million of restructuring charges.

        Foreign exchange losses were $4 million in 2011 compared to gains of $30 million in 2010 driven by the impact of continued volatility of the Brazilian real relative to the U.S. dollar on derivatives hedging our operations in Brazil. Equity in earnings of affiliates was $2 million in 2011 compared to a loss of $6 million in 2010 reflecting the improved results of our North American bioenergy investments.

        Noncontrolling interest of $(2) million in 2011 and $9 million in 2010 and represents the noncontrolling interest share of period (income) loss at our non-wholly-owned Brazilian sugarcane mills.

40


Table of Contents

        Segment EBIT decreased by $7 million to a loss of $20 million from a loss of $13 million in 2010 as increases in SG&A and the impact of foreign exchange losses relative to 2010 gains more than offset improvements in gross profit.

        Edible Oil Products Segment.     Net sales increased 30% primarily due to higher average selling prices of edible oil products. Volumes increased slightly when compared to 2010.

        Cost of goods sold increased 32% as a result of higher raw material costs. Cost of goods in 2010 included impairment charges of $27 million primarily related to the write-down of a European oilseed processing and refining facility.

        Gross profit increased 8% due primarily to the impact of the impairment charges which reduced 2010 gross profit. Stronger margins in 2011 for packaged oils, primarily in North America, also contributed to higher gross profit.

        SG&A decreased 2% compared to 2010, which included a provision of $12 million for expiring tax credits in Brazil and restructuring charges of $3 million. SG&A was also unfavorably impacted by the weaker average U.S. dollar on the translation of functional currency costs into U.S. dollars.

        Foreign exchange results for 2011 were a gain of $3 million compared to zero for 2010.

        Other income (expense) was $3 million of net income in 2011 compared to net expense of $10 million in 2010. Other income (expense) for 2011 included a $6 million gain related to the sale of an idled facility in Canada.

        Segment EBIT increased by $57 million to $137 million from $80 million in 2010. This increase relates primarily to the reduced 2010 segment EBIT resulting from the $29 million of impairment and restructuring charges and the $12 million provision for expiring tax credits in Brazil. The remaining increase in segment EBIT resulted from higher gross margins and the 2011 gain related to the sale of an idled facility in Canada.

        Milling Products Segment.     Milling products segment net sales increased 25% from 2010 due to higher average selling prices as global corn and wheat prices increased compared to last year. Volumes increased slightly as higher volumes in our U.S. rice milling business acquired in the fourth quarter of 2010 more than offset decreases in our corn and wheat milling volumes.

        Cost of goods sold increased 23% when compared to 2010 primarily due to the increase in raw material costs for both wheat and corn. Cost of goods sold in 2010 included impairment and restructuring charges of $12 million related primarily to the write-down of a long-term supply agreement that accompanied a wheat mill acquisition.

        Gross profit increased 39% compared to 2010. Gross profit in 2010 was reduced by $12 million of impairment and restructuring charges included in cost of goods sold as noted above. Gross profit in 2011 benefited from improved corn milling margins resulting primarily from strong milling yields on very high quality milling corn and effective risk management. A full year of rice milling operations also benefited 2011 gross profit. Wheat milling gross margins were consistent with last year.

        SG&A expenses increased 22% primarily due to higher selling expenses and $5 million of bad debts in Brazil, as well as the negative impact of the stronger average Brazilian real on the translation of functional currency costs into U.S. dollars. A full year of rice milling costs also increased expenses compared with 2010. SG&A expenses in 2010 included restructuring charges of $3 million.

        Other income (expense) was an expense of $3 million in 2011 compared to income of $5 million in 2010 which included a $6 million gain on the sale of a wheat milling facility in Brazil.

        Segment EBIT increased to $104 million in 2011 from $67 million in 2010 primarily as a result of increased gross profit as described above.

41


Table of Contents

        Fertilizer Segment.     Fertilizer segment net sales increased 15% in 2011 when compared to 2010 as a result of higher international fertilizer prices. Volumes declined 22% compared to 2010 primarily due to the sale of our Brazilian nutrients assets, including Fosfertil, in the second quarter of 2010.

        Cost of goods sold increased 16% primarily as a result of higher raw material costs despite the lower volumes. This reflects Bunge's business transition from an integrated producer of phosphates from our own mines prior to the sale of our nutrients assets to a blender and distributor of blended NPK fertilizers with raw materials purchased almost entirely from third parties. Cost of goods sold in 2010 included restructuring charges of $4 million.

        Gross profit of $152 million in 2011 declined slightly from $155 million in 2010 as a result of increases in fertilizer raw material costs.

        SG&A declined to $144 million in 2011 from $190 million in 2010 primarily as a result of the elimination of certain costs associated with the Brazilian nutrients assets.

        Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets was $2,440 million in 2010. The disposal of our Brazilian nutrients assets, including our investments in Fosfertil and Fosbrasil, a phosphoric acid joint venture, was completed during the second quarter of 2010.

        Foreign exchange losses of $2 million in 2011 decreased from losses of $23 million in 2010, primarily driven by lower U.S. dollar monetary liability positions funding working capital during 2011 when compared to 2010.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates decreased to $4 million from $12 million in 2010 due to weaker results in our Moroccan phosphate joint venture driven by the acceleration of a scheduled annual maintenance shut-down due to volatile margins.

        There was no noncontrolling interest in our fertilizer segment in 2011. Noncontrolling interest of $35 million in 2010 was the noncontrolling interest share of period income at Fosfertil. Segment EBIT decreased to $(1) million compared to $2,344 million in 2010 which included the $2,440 million gain on the sale of the Brazilian nutrients assets.

        Segment EBIT for 2011 reflects the transition of our business in Brazil, as well as continuing good performance from our liquid fertilizer business in Argentina.

        Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.     In 2010, we recorded an expense of $90 million related to make-whole payments made in connection with the early repayment of approximately $827 million of debt with a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.

        Interest.     A summary of consolidated interest income and expense for the periods indicated follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Interest income

  $ 102   $ 69  

Interest expense

    (302 )   (298 )

        Interest income increased 48% primarily due to interest income related to certain income tax prepayments, primarily in Brazil. Interest expense increased 1% as higher average borrowings resulting from increased working capital requirements during 2011 more than offset the impact of lower average interest rates when compared to 2010. Interest expense includes facility commitment fees, amortization of deferred financing costs and charges on certain lending transactions, including certain intercompany loans and foreign currency conversions in Brazil.

42


Table of Contents

        Income Tax Expense.     In 2011, we recorded income tax expense of $44 million compared to $689 million in 2010. The effective tax rate for 2011 was 5% compared to 23% in 2010. The lower effective tax rate for 2011 resulted primarily from lower taxable income in higher tax jurisdictions, particularly Brazil. The effective tax rate for 2010 resulted primarily from the tax impact of the gain on the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale in the second quarter of 2010.

        Included in our income tax expense for 2010 was $539 million of taxes on the gain from the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale. Also included was $80 million of valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets which we do not expect to fully recover prior to their expiration and $15 million of tax expense related to the new "thin capitalization" tax legislation that was enacted in Brazil in September 2010, which denies income tax deductions for interest payments with respect to certain debt to the extent a company's debt-to-equity ratio exceeds a certain threshold or the debt is with related parties located in a tax haven jurisdiction as defined under the law.

        Net Income Attributable to Bunge.     2011 net income attributable to Bunge was $942 million compared to $2,354 million in 2010 which included the $1,901 million gain on the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.

    2010 Compared to 2009

        Agribusiness Segment.     Agribusiness segment net sales increased 8% due primarily to higher agricultural commodity prices when compared to 2009. Volumes decreased by 2% from 2009 due to lower grain origination and oilseed processing volumes in Europe as a severe drought and export restrictions in Eastern Europe reduced volumes, which were partially offset by strong demand from China in the first half of 2010 and higher South American volumes compared to 2009 when South American crops were reduced due to adverse weather conditions.

        Cost of goods sold increased 7% primarily due to higher agricultural commodity prices when compared to 2009. Cost of goods sold in 2010 included $36 million in impairment and restructuring charges primarily related to the write-down of an oilseed processing and refining facility in Europe and the closure of an older, less efficient North American oilseed processing facility. 2009 included $15 million of impairment and restructuring charges.

        Gross profit increased 25% from 2009 as a result of strong margins in grain origination which more than offset lower oilseed processing margins across all of our geographies in 2010. Gross profit in 2010 included $36 million of impairment and restructuring charges. Risk management strategies performed well overall in a volatile market in 2010.

        SG&A increased 10% largely due to higher employee related costs and the unfavorable impact of the weaker average U.S. dollar on foreign local currency costs when translated to U.S. dollars. Restructuring charges of $4 million were recorded in 2010 compared to $26 million of impairment charges related to certain real estate assets and an equity investment in a North American biodiesel company in 2009.

        Foreign exchange losses were $4 million in 2010 compared to gains of $216 million in 2009, which reflected the impact of the significant Brazilian real appreciation on our net U.S. dollar monetary liability position in Brazil in 2009.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates increased in 2010 due primarily to improved results in our South American oilseed processing joint ventures.

        Noncontrolling interest was $47 million in 2010 and $26 million in 2009 and represents the noncontrolling interest share of period income at our non-wholly-owned subsidiaries, primarily our oilseed processing operations in China.

        Other income (expense) for 2010 was income of $2 million compared to a net expense of $(4) million in 2009.

43


Table of Contents

        Agribusiness segment EBIT increased 3% primarily as a result of the factors discussed above.

        Sugar and Bioenergy Segment.     Sugar and bioenergy segment net sales increased 73% when compared to 2009 due to the expansion of our sugar and ethanol production activities in Brazil, driven by our 2010 acquisition of the Moema mills. The increased net sales also reflect increased sugar and ethanol prices in 2010. Volumes increased 23%, mainly from this expansion of our sugar industrial business.

        Cost of goods sold increased 72% due to a number of factors, including the Moema acquisition and increased prices of sugarcane. In addition, cost of goods sold includes the impact of the severe drought which reduced the availability and quality of sugarcane for production. The impact of operating our facilities below capacity, including losses from settlement of certain forward contracts for which we did not have sufficient sugar production to meet related delivery obligations and higher fixed cost absorption, increased cost of goods sold. Further, the drought impact includes a charge for the loss of portions of our growing sugarcane. Increased costs and start-up challenges related to construction and expansion at certain of our mills also contributed to the increase. The unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of local currency costs to U.S. dollars also contributed to the increase.

        Gross profit increased to $101 million in 2010 from $49 million in 2009 primarily as a result of the increased volumes from acquisition of the Moema mills and improved margins in our sugar trading and merchandising business, largely offset by the impact of a drought in our primary sugarcane growing areas in Brazil and increased costs incurred in connection with construction and expansion projects at two mills that were completed in the fourth quarter of 2010.

        SG&A expenses increased to $139 million in 2010 from $39 million in 2009 primarily due to the addition of the Moema mills and the related expansion of our industrial operations. SG&A also increased by the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of local currency costs into U.S. dollars. In addition, 2010 includes transaction costs of $11 million related to the Moema acquisition and restructuring charges of $3 million related to consolidation of our Brazilian operations.

        Foreign exchange gains increased by $28 million to $30 million in 2010 compared to $2 million in 2009 driven primarily by the volatility of the Brazilian real -U.S. dollar exchange during 2010 on our expanded industrial operations in Brazil.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates was a loss of $6 million in 2010 compared to a loss of $12 million in 2009 representing the results of our North American bioenergy investments.

        Noncontrolling interest was $9 million in 2010 and $6 million in 2009 and represents the noncontrolling interest share of period losses at our non-wholly-owned Brazilian sugar cane mills.

        Segment EBIT decreased by $21 million to a loss of $13 million from income of $8 million in 2009 largely due to the impact of operating our facilities significantly below capacity, the related settlement losses on forward contracts, and the destruction of a portion of our growing sugarcane due to the severe drought conditions in Brazil. These impacts reduced gross profit to a level that was below our total selling, general and administrative expenses, contributing to the EBIT loss.

        Edible Oil Products Segment.     Edible oil products segment net sales increased 10% primarily due to higher average selling prices. Volumes increased 5% primarily driven by higher volumes in North America and Europe.

        Cost of goods sold increased 10% as a result of higher raw material prices, higher volumes and the unfavorable impact of the weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of local currency costs in Brazil into U.S. dollars. Cost of goods sold also included impairment charges of $27 million in 2010 primarily related to the write-down of a European oilseed processing and refining facility. Impairment and restructuring charges were $3 million in 2009.

44


Table of Contents

        Gross profit increased 4%, primarily as a result of improved margins resulting from a better alignment of selling prices and cost of goods sold in Europe and an improved product mix in North America in 2010, which were partially offset by the $27 million of impairment and restructuring charges.

        SG&A increased 12% primarily due to the impact of a weaker average U.S. dollar on foreign local currency costs in Brazil translated into U.S. dollars and restructuring charges of $3 million.

        Foreign exchange results for 2010 were negligible compared with losses of $4 million in 2009.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates was negligible for 2010 compared to $86 million in 2009, which included a $66 million gain related to Bunge's sale of its 33.34% interest in Saipol, a European edible oil joint venture in the fourth quarter of 2009. In addition, our share of Saipol's earnings for 2009 was $20 million.

        Noncontrolling interest decreased due to weaker results in non-wholly-owned subsidiaries, mainly in Poland.

        Other income (expense) was a net expense of $10 million in 2010 compared to net expense of $7 million in 2009.

        Segment EBIT decreased by $101 million to $80 million from $181 million in 2009. EBIT for 2010 included impairment and restructuring charges of $29 million. EBIT for 2009 included $86 million from our share of earnings in Saipol and the gain on the sale of our Saipol investment.

        Milling Products Segment.     Milling products segment net sales increased 5% from 2009 primarily due to higher volumes and higher average selling prices in wheat milling as global wheat prices increased due to drought related crop shortages in Eastern Europe.

        Cost of goods sold increased 5% when compared to 2009 primarily due to higher volumes and impairment and restructuring charges of $12 million related primarily to the write-down of a long-term supply agreement that accompanied a wheat mill acquisition.

        Gross profit increased 11% primarily as a result of better operating conditions for our wheat mills in Brazil compared to 2009, when a very large Brazilian wheat crop brought smaller, opportunistic competitors into the market for the crop season, pressuring wheat milling margins. The higher gross profit in wheat milling is partially offset by lower volumes and margins in corn milling.

        SG&A expenses increased 13% primarily due to restructuring charges of $3 million and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange translation of the Brazilian real into U.S. dollars.

        Other income of $5 million in 2010 was primarily related to a gain on the sale of a wheat milling facility in Brazil.

        Segment EBIT increased to $67 million in 2010 from $58 million in 2009 as a result of the factors described above.

        Fertilizer Segment.     Fertilizer segment net sales declined 26% during 2010 when compared to 2009 primarily due to the sale of our Brazilian nutrients assets, including our interest in Fosfertil, in the second quarter of 2010. Volumes declined 34% compared to 2009 due primarily to the sale of our Brazilian nutrients assets as well as lost sales opportunities and other disruptions as we continued to adjust our footprint and business model following the sale of these assets.

        Cost of goods sold decreased 42% primarily as a result of lower volumes and raw material costs compared to 2009. 2010 also included restructuring charges of $4 million.

        Gross profit increased to $155 million in 2010 from a loss of $739 million in 2009 as a result of improved margins resulting from lower raw material and finished product inventory costs and lower depreciation, depletion and amortization expenses as a result of the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer

45


Table of Contents

nutrients assets. Gross profit also increased as a result of our Argentine fertilizer acquisition in January, 2010.

        SG&A declined slightly to $190 million in 2010 from $192 million in 2009 primarily as a result of the elimination of certain costs associated with the Brazilian nutrients assets, which was partially offset by expenses at our Argentine operations and the unfavorable impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on functional currency expenses when translated into U.S. dollars. 2009 included a transactional tax credit of $32 million due to a law change in Brazil.

        Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets was $2,440 million in 2010. The disposal of our Brazilian nutrients assets, including our investments in Fosfertil and Fosbrasil, a phosphoric acid joint venture, was completed during the second quarter of 2010. The reported gain is net of approximately $152 million of transaction related costs.

        Foreign exchange losses of $23 million in 2010 decreased from a gain of $256 million in 2009, primarily driven by lower U.S. dollar monetary liability positions funding working capital during 2010 when compared to 2009.

        Equity in earnings of affiliates increased by $25 million to $12 million from 2009 due to improved results in our Moroccan phosphate joint venture which began operations in 2009.

        Noncontrolling interest was $(35) million in 2010, which was the noncontrolling interest share of period income at Fosfertil. In 2009, noncontrolling interest was $87 million, which was the noncontrolling interest share of period losses at Fosfertil. Our investment in Fosfertil was included in the Brazilian nutrients assets sale in the second quarter of 2010 and accordingly, Fosfertil was deconsolidated from our financial statements as of the sale date.

        Segment EBIT increased to $2,344 million as a result of the gain on the sale of the Brazilian nutrients assets and improved gross profit when compared to losses of $616 million in 2009 when results were impacted by high inventory costs in a declining price environment.

        Loss on Extinguishment of Debt.     In 2010, we recorded an expense of $90 million, primarily related to make-whole payments made in connection with the early repayment of approximately $827 million of debt with a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.

        Interest.     A summary of consolidated interest income and expense for the periods indicated follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2010   2009  

Interest income

  $ 69   $ 122  

Interest expense

    (298 )   (283 )

        Interest income decreased 43% primarily due to lower rates on interest bearing cash balances. Interest expense increased 5% due primarily to debt acquired as part of the Moema acquisition at higher average borrowing rates and higher average working capital requirements during 2010 when compared to 2009. These increases were partially offset by reduced average borrowings in the latter part of 2010 resulting from the early extinguishment of debt noted above. Interest expense includes facility commitment fees, amortization of deferred financing costs and charges on certain lending transactions, including certain intercompany loans and foreign currency conversions in Brazil.

        Income Tax Expense.     In 2010, we recorded an income tax expense of $689 million compared to an income tax benefit of $110 million in 2009. The effective tax rate for 2010 was 23% compared to a benefit of 76% for 2009. The higher effective tax rate for 2010 resulted primarily from the gain on the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale in the second quarter of 2010. The benefit for 2009 resulted primarily from a combination of losses in our Brazilian fertilizer operations altering the mix of earnings among tax jurisdictions and tax benefits of approximately $25 million primarily related to the reversal of a valuation allowance at a European subsidiary and the receipt of a favorable ruling in Brazil regarding an uncertain tax position.

46


Table of Contents

        Included in our income tax expense for 2010 was the $539 million of tax reported on the gain of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale that occurred in the second quarter of 2010 and $80 million for valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets which we currently do not expect to fully recover prior to their expiration. 2010 tax expense also included $15 million of tax expense related to the new "thin capitalization" tax legislation that was enacted in Brazil in September 2010, which denies income tax deductions for interest payments with respect to certain debt to the extent a company's debt-to-equity ratio exceeds a certain threshold or the debt is with related parties located in a tax haven jurisdiction as defined under the law.

        Net Income Attributable to Bunge.     2010 net income attributable to Bunge increased by $1,993 million to net income of $2,354 million from $361 million in 2009. Net income attributable to Bunge for 2010 included the result of the gain on the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets of $1,901 million and net impairment and restructuring charges of $76 million. Net income attributable to Bunge for 2009 included $21 million related to the reversal of a provision due to a change in Brazilian law and a gain of $66 million related to the disposition of Bunge's interest in Saipol as well as net impairment and restructuring charges of $36 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Liquidity

        Our primary financial objective is to maintain sufficient liquidity, balance sheet strength and financial flexibility in order to fund the requirements of our business efficiently. We generally finance our ongoing operations with cash flows generated from operations, issuance of commercial paper, borrowings under various revolving credit facilities and term loans, as well as proceeds from the issuance of senior notes. Acquisitions and long-lived assets are generally financed with a combination of equity and long-term debt.

        Our current ratio, which is a widely used measure of liquidity and is defined as current assets divided by current liabilities, was 1.89 and 1.58 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents.     Cash and cash equivalents were $835 million at December 31, 2011 and $578 million at December 31, 2010. Cash balances are managed in accordance with our investment policy, the objectives of which are to preserve capital, maximize liquidity and provide appropriate returns. Under our policy, cash balances have been primarily invested in bank time deposits with highly-rated financial institutions and in government securities. We received net cash proceeds of $3,500 million from the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in the second quarter of 2010. Approximately $1,500 million was used to repay short and long-term debt and $354 million to repurchase common shares under our share repurchase program. The remainder was used to fund working capital needs.

        Readily Marketable Inventories.     Readily marketable inventories are agricultural commodity inventories, such as soybeans, soybean meal, soybean oil, corn, wheat, and sugar that are readily convertible to cash because of their commodity characteristics, widely available markets and international pricing mechanisms. Readily marketable inventories in our agribusiness segment were $3,724 million at December 31, 2011 and $4,540 million at December 31, 2010, respectively. Agribusiness readily marketable inventories are valued at fair value. The sugar and bioenergy segment included readily marketable sugar inventories of $139 million and $86 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. Of these readily marketable sugar inventories, $83 million and $66 million, respectively were in our trading and merchandising business and were carried at fair value. Sugar inventories in our industrial business are readily marketable, but are carried at lower of cost or market. Readily marketable inventories at fair value in the aggregate amount of $212 million and $225 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, were included in our edible oils products and milling products segment inventories. We recorded interest expense on debt financing readily marketable inventories of $106 million and $90 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

47


Table of Contents

        Financing Arrangements and Outstanding Indebtedness.     We conduct most of our financing activities through a centralized financing structure that enables us and our subsidiaries to borrow more efficiently. This structure includes a master trust facility, the primary assets of which consist of intercompany loans made to Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries. Certain of Bunge Limited's 100% owned finance subsidiaries, Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge Finance Europe B.V. and Bunge Asset Funding Corp., fund the master trust with short and long-term debt obtained from third parties, including through our commercial paper program and certain credit facilities, as well as the issuance of senior notes. Borrowings by these finance subsidiaries carry full, unconditional guarantees by Bunge Limited.

        Revolving Credit Facilities.     At December 31, 2011, we had approximately $3,350 million of aggregate committed borrowing capacity under our commercial paper program and revolving credit facilities, of which $3,027 was unused and available. The following table summarizes these facilities as of the periods presented:

 
   
  Total
Availability
  Borrowings Outstanding  
Commercial Paper Program
and Revolving Credit Facilities
  Maturities   December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2011
  December 31,
2010
 
 
   
  (US$ in millions)
 

Commercial Paper

    2016   $ 600   $ 73   $  

Long-Term Revolving Credit Facilities  (1)

    2014-2016     2,750     250      
                     

Total

        $ 3,350   $ 323   $  
                     

(1)
Borrowings under the revolving credit facilities that have maturities greater than one year from the date of the consolidated balance sheets are classified as long-term debt, consistent with the long-term maturity of the underlying facilities. However, individual borrowings under the revolving credit facilities are generally short-term in nature, bear interest at variable rates and can be repaid or renewed as each such individual borrowing matures.

        Our commercial paper program is supported by committed back-up bank credit lines (the liquidity facility) equal to the amount of the commercial paper program provided by lending institutions that are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's Investor Services. In November 2011, the liquidity facility was amended to extend the expiration date of the banks' commitments to November 17, 2016 and to increase the total commitments under the liquidity agreement from $575 million to $600 million. The cost of borrowing under the liquidity facility would typically be higher than the cost of borrowing under our commercial paper program. Facility financing fees of $2 million were paid at inception of the credit agreement and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the agreement's five year term. At December 31, 2011, $73 million was outstanding under the commercial paper program.

        On February 15, 2012, Moody's Investor Services placed the credit ratings of certain financial institutions on negative credit watch. Among the affected institutions are three banks with an aggregate commitment of $110 million under our $600 million liquidity facility, which requires that participating banks carry a short-term credit rating of at least A-1 by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's Investor Services. If these banks' short-term credit ratings are downgraded below P-1 by Moody's, the affected banks' participation in the liquidity facility would have to be terminated, which would have the effect of reducing the maximum aggregate amount of commercial paper and/or direct borrowings that can be outstanding under the liquidity facility by the amount of the downgraded banks' commitments, unless we are able to replace the downgraded banks with other lenders that meet the minimum ratings criteria.

        In November 2011, we entered into an unsecured $1 billion revolving credit facility which matures on November 17, 2016. This credit facility replaced the then existing $1 billion three-year revolving credit agreement that had been scheduled to mature on June 1, 2012, which was terminated in

48


Table of Contents

accordance with its terms in connection with the entry into the new credit facility. Borrowings under the credit facility bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.125% to 1.75%, based generally on the credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Amounts under the credit agreement that remain undrawn are subject to a commitment fee payable each quarter based on the average undrawn portion of the credit agreement at rates ranging from 0.125% to 0.275%. Facility financing fees of approximately $6 million were paid at inception of the credit agreement and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the five-year term of the credit agreement. There was $250 million outstanding under this credit agreement at December 31, 2011.

        In March 2011, we entered into a syndicated $1,750 million revolving credit agreement that matures on April 19, 2014. The credit agreement replaced the then existing $632 million three-year and $600 million 17-month revolving credit agreements scheduled to mature on April 16, 2011, which were terminated in accordance with their terms. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.30% to 2.75%, based generally on the credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Amounts under the credit agreement that remain undrawn are subject to a commitment fee payable quarterly on the average undrawn portion of the credit agreement at 35 percent of the applicable margin. Facility financing fees of approximately $16 million were paid at inception of the credit agreement and are amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the three-year term. There were no borrowings outstanding under this credit agreement at December 31, 2011.

        In addition to the committed facilities above, from time-to-time, we enter into uncommitted short-term credit lines as necessary based on our liquidity requirements. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, $400 million and $1,075 million, respectively, was outstanding under these uncommitted short-term credit lines.

        Short and Long-Term Debt.     Our short and long-term debt decreased by $800 million at December 31, 2011 from December 31, 2010, primarily due to lower working capital levels.

        For the year ended December 31, 2011, our average short and long-term debt outstanding was approximately $5.0 billion compared to $4.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase resulted primarily from higher commodity prices. Generally, our borrowings increase in times of rising commodity prices as we borrow to acquire inventory and fund margin calls on our short futures positions hedging physical inventories. The long-term debt outstanding balance was $3,362 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $3,163 million at December 31, 2010. The following table summarizes our short-term debt activity during the year ended December 31, 2011.

(US$ in millions)
  Outstanding
Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate at
December 31,
2011
  Highest
Balance
Outstanding
During
2011  (1)
  Average
Balance
During
2011  (1)
  Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
During
2011
 

Bank Borrowings

  $ 646     4.94 % $ 1,760   $ 1,214     2.88 %

Commercial Paper

    73     0.33 %   575     89     0.33 %
                           

Total

  $ 719     4.47 % $ 2,335   $ 1,303     2.71 %
                           

(1)
Based on monthly balances.

        In March 2011, we completed the sale of $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior guaranteed notes, bearing interest at 4.10% per annum and maturing on March 15, 2016. The senior notes were issued by our 100% owned finance subsidiary, Bunge Limited Finance Corp., and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Bunge Limited. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears in March and September of each year, commencing in September 2011. The net proceeds from this offering of approximately $496 million after deducting underwriters' commissions and offering expenses were used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. Debt issuance costs of approximately $4 million were paid in conjunction with the issuance of the

49


Table of Contents

senior notes and will be amortized to interest expense on a straight-line basis over the five-year term of the senior notes.

        Our Japanese Yen 10 billion term loan and $475 million of other term loans matured and were repaid in October and August 2011, respectively.

        We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. In April 2011, we repaid $47 million of subsidiary debt, including interest and principal.

        The following table summarizes our short and long-term indebtedness:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Short-term debt:

             

Short-term debt  (1)

  $ 719   $ 1,718  

Current portion of long-term debt

    14     612  
           

Total short-term debt

    733     2,330  

Long-term debt  (2) :

             

Term loans due 2011—LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75%  (3)

        475  

Term loan due 2013—fixed interest rate of 3.32%

    300     300  

Japanese Yen term loan due 2011—Yen LIBOR plus 1.40%  (4)

        123  

Revolving credit facilities

    250      

5.875% Senior Notes due 2013

    300     300  

5.35% Senior Notes due 2014

    500     500  

5.10% Senior Notes due 2015

    382     382  

4.10% Senior Notes due 2016

    500      

5.90% Senior Notes due 2017

    250     250  

8.50% Senior Notes due 2019

    600     600  

BNDES loans, variable interest rate indexed to TJLP plus 3.20% and URTJLP plus 9.20% payable through 2017  (5)(6)(7)

    64     118  

Other

    216     115  
           

Subtotal

    3,362     3,163  
           

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

    (14 )   (612 )
           

Total long-term debt

    3,348     2,551  
           

Total debt

  $ 4,081   $ 4,881  
           

(1)
Includes $67 million of local currency borrowings in Eastern Europe at a weighted average interest rate of 27.81% as of December 31, 2011. Includes secured debt of $15 million at December 31, 2010.

(2)
Includes secured debt of $66 million and $122 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

(3)
One, three and six month LIBOR at December 31, 2011 were 0.30%, 0.58% and 0.81% per annum, respectively, and at December 31, 2010 were 0.26%, 0.30% and 0.46% per annum, respectively.

(4)
Three month Yen LIBOR at December 31, 2010 was 0.19% per annum.

(5)
Industrial development loans provided by BNDES, an agency of the Brazilian government.

50


Table of Contents

(6)
TJLP is a long-term interest rate published by the BNDES on a quarterly basis; TJLP as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 6.00% per annum for both periods.

(7)
URTJLP is a long-term interest rate derived from the TJLP interest rate published by BNDES on a quarterly basis; URTJLP as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was TJLP minus 4.03% and 6.00% per annum, respectively.

        Credit Ratings.     Bunge's debt ratings and outlook by major credit rating agency at December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 
  Short-term
Debt
  Long-term
Debt
  Outlook

Standard & Poor's

  A-1   BBB-   Stable

Moody's

  P-1   Baa2   Stable

Fitch

  Not Rated   BBB   Negative

        Our debt agreements do not have any credit rating downgrade triggers that would accelerate maturity of our debt. However, credit rating downgrades would increase our borrowing costs under our credit facilities and, depending on their severity, could impede our ability to obtain credit facilities or access the capital markets in the future on favorable terms. A significant increase in our borrowing costs could impair our ability to compete effectively in our business relative to competitors with higher credit ratings.

        Our credit facilities and certain senior notes require us to comply with specified financial covenants, including minimum net worth, minimum current ratio, a maximum debt to capitalization ratio and limitations on secured indebtedness. We were in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2011.

        Interest Rate Swap Agreements.     We may use interest rate swaps as hedging instruments and record the swaps at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value recorded contemporaneously in earnings. Additionally, the carrying amount of the associated debt is adjusted through earnings for changes in the fair value due to changes in benchmark interest rates. Ineffectiveness, as defined in ASC Topic 815 Derivatives and Hedging , is recognized to the extent that these two adjustments do not offset.

        Equity.     Our total shareholders' equity was $12,075 million at December 31, 2011, as set forth in the following table:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Equity:

             

Convertible perpetual preference shares

  $ 690   $ 690  

Common shares

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    4,829     4,793  

Retained earnings

    6,917     6,153  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (610 )   583  

Treasury shares, at cost (2011—1,933,286)

    (120 )    
           

Total Bunge shareholders' equity

    11,707     12,220  

Noncontrolling interest

    368     334  
           

Total equity

  $ 12,075   $ 12,554  
           

        Total Bunge shareholders' equity decreased to $11,707 million at December 31, 2011 from $12,220 million at December 31, 2010. The change in equity was primarily due to foreign currency translation losses of $1,130 million, treasury shares acquired for $120 million and declared dividends to common and preferred shareholders of $144 million and $34 million, respectively, partially offset by net income attributable to Bunge for the year ended December 31, 2011 of $942 million.

51


Table of Contents

        Noncontrolling interest increased to $368 million at December 31, 2011 from $334 million at December 31, 2010 due primarily to capital contributions totaling $95 million by noncontrolling interest holders, partially offset by dividends of $18 million to noncontrolling interests and a net redemption valued at $21 million by certain third-party investors in a private investment fund consolidated by Bunge. Of the contributions from noncontrolling interest holders, $59 million were related to joint venture operations that have been in process of construction or expansion and Bunge made proportionate contributions, resulting in no changes in ownership percentages related to these entities. During the fourth quarter of 2011, we entered into a joint venture to manage a crushing and refining operation in Canada. Bunge has a 51% controlling interest in the joint venture and made a capital contribution of $24 million.

        On December 1, 2010, Bunge's 5.125% cumulative mandatory convertible preference shares were converted to 8,417,215 common shares pursuant to the terms of the instrument governing these securities. Bunge utilized 6,714,573 treasury shares acquired as a result of repurchases made under Bunge's share repurchase program and issued 1,702,642 common shares to satisfy the mandatory conversion.

        At December 31, 2011, we had 6,900,000 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares outstanding with an aggregate liquidation preference of $690 million. Each convertible perpetual preference share has an initial liquidation preference of $100, which will be adjusted for any accumulated and unpaid dividends. The convertible perpetual preference shares carry an annual dividend rate of $4.875 per share. Dividends are cumulative and are payable quarterly in arrears. As a result of adjustments made to the initial conversion price because cash dividends paid on Bunge Limited's common shares exceeded certain specified thresholds, each convertible perpetual preference share is convertible, at the holder's option, at any time into approximately 1.0991 Bunge Limited common shares, based on the conversion price of $90.9802 per share, subject to certain additional anti-dilution adjustments. At any time on or after December 1, 2011, if the closing price of our common shares equals or exceeds 130% of the conversion price for 20 trading days during any consecutive 30 trading days (including the last trading day of such period), we may elect to cause the convertible perpetual preference shares to be automatically converted into Bunge Limited common shares at the then prevailing conversion price. The convertible preference shares are not redeemable by us at any time.

    Cash Flows

        Our cash flow from operations varies depending on, among other items, the market prices and timing of the purchase and sale of our inventories. Generally, during periods when commodity prices are rising, our agribusiness operations require increased use of cash to support working capital to acquire inventories and daily settlement requirements on exchange traded futures that we use to minimize price risk related to our inventories.

        2011 Compared to 2010.     In 2011, our cash and cash equivalents increased by $257 million, reflecting the net effect of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. For the year ended December 31, 2010, our cash and cash equivalents increased by $25 million, reflecting the net proceeds of $3.5 billion (included in cash provided by investing activities), net of $144 million of transaction costs and $280 million of withholding tax included as a component of cash used for operations, from our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale, offset by utilization of cash to repay debt, repurchase shares and the net impact of cash flows from other operating, investing and financing activities.

        Our operating activities generated cash of $2,614 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to cash used of $2,435 million in 2010. The positive cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulted primarily from improved cash earnings from operations.

52


Table of Contents

Operating cash inflows in 2011 also included the net proceeds of approximately $640 million from sales of accounts receivable under our new global trade receivables securitization program that we entered into in June. Cash outflows included approximately $500 million of trade accounts payable related to fertilizer imports as we can more efficiently fund fertilizer imports through internal sources, and $112 million of payments of accrued export tax obligations in Argentina. The negative cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 resulted primarily from higher average working capital needs. Operating cash outflows for 2010 also included $280 million of withholding taxes and $144 million of transaction closing costs paid related to the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets and increased working capital needs due to increase in commodity prices.

        Certain of our operating subsidiaries are primarily funded with U.S. dollar-denominated debt. The functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is generally the local currency and the financial statements are calculated in the functional currency and translated into U.S. dollars. U.S. dollar-denominated loans funding certain short-term borrowing needs of our operating subsidiaries are remeasured into their respective functional currencies at exchange rates at the applicable balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is included in our consolidated statements of income as foreign exchange gains or losses. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we recorded foreign exchange losses of $113 million and $75 million, respectively, on debt denominated primarily in U.S. dollars at our subsidiaries, which were included as adjustments to reconcile net income to cash used for operating activities in the line item "Foreign exchange loss (gain) on debt" in our consolidated statements of cash flows. This adjustment is required because the cash flow impacts of these gains or losses are recognized as financing activities when the subsidiary repays the underlying debt and therefore, have no impact on cash flows from operations.

        Cash used for investing activities was $1,220 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to cash generated of $2,509 million in 2010, reflecting the proceeds of $3.5 billion, net of $144 million transaction costs and $280 million of withholding tax included as a component of cash used for operations, from the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets. Cash used for investing activities during 2011 related primarily to capital expenditures of $1,125 million and included investments related to sugarcane planting in Brazil, the completion of our EGT, LLC export terminal in the state of Washington U.S., as well as other logistics and transportation assets, completion of oilseed processing facilities in China and Vietnam, expansion of our edible oil refining and packaging businesses in Europe, North America and Asia, and investments in management information systems. Proceeds from the sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment of $141 million in 2011 included the sale of certain buildings and other equipment.

        In addition to capital expenditures, we acquired a port terminal in Ukraine for $100 million (net of $2 million cash acquired), consisting of $83 million in cash and $17 million of obligations related to assets under construction, a tomato products business in Brazil for $97 million, consisting of $81 million in cash and $16 million in contingent liabilities, and a margarine business and grain elevator operations in North America for a total of $28 million. We also sold our investment in a European oilseed processing facility joint venture for cash proceeds of $54 million and a cost method investment in Russia for net proceeds of $16 million.

        During 2010, we paid $80 million to acquire the fertilizer business of Petrobras Argentina S.A., $48 million in cash in connection with the Moema acquisition, $64 million to acquire several grain elevators in the U.S. and $43 million to acquire a U.S. rice milling business. Payments made for capital expenditures in 2010 included investments related to our EGT, LLC export grain terminal facility in the United States, construction of oilseed processing facilities in Vietnam and China, and construction and/or expansion projects at our sugar mills in Brazil. Proceeds from the sale or disposal of property, plant and equipment in 2010 included $16 million for the sale of certain logistics assets and other equipment.

53


Table of Contents

        Investments in affiliates in 2011 included expansion of U.S. grain elevator operations and a fertilizer storage terminal, construction of an oilseed processing facility in Paraguay, as well as the establishment of a shipping joint venture. Investments in affiliates in 2010 included a $2 million investment in a biofuels joint venture.

        Cash used for financing activities was $1,060 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to cash used of $30 million in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we had a net decrease of $824 million in borrowings due primarily to debt maturities within the year which were repaid with cash generated from operations. In 2010, we had a net increase in borrowings of $480 million excluding $555 million of debt assumed in the Moema acquisition and including $496 million of Moema debt repaid following completion of the acquisition. Dividends paid to our common shareholders in the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 were $140 million and $124 million, respectively. Dividends paid to holders of our convertible preference shares in the year ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, were $34 million and $78 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2011, in connection with our common share repurchase program, we repurchased 1,933,286 common shares at a cost of $120 million. Bunge repurchased 6,714,573 common shares for $354 million from inception of the program in June 2010 through December 31, 2010.

        2010 Compared to 2009.     In 2010, our cash and cash equivalents increased $25 million, reflecting the net proceeds of $3.5 billion (included in cash provided by investing activities), net of $144 million transaction costs and $280 million of withholding tax included as a component of cash used for operations, from our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale, offset by utilization of cash to repay debt, repurchase shares and the net impact of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $451 million in 2009.

        Our operating activities used cash of $2,435 million in 2010, compared to cash used of $368 million in 2009. Our cash flow from operations varies depending on the timing of the acquisition of, and the market prices for our inventories. In 2010, the negative cash flow from operating activities was primarily due to $280 million of withholding taxes and $144 million of transaction closing costs paid related to the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets and increased working capital needs due to increase in commodity prices.

        Certain of our operating subsidiaries are funded with U.S. dollar-denominated debt. The functional currency of our operating subsidiaries is generally the local currency and the financial statements are calculated in the functional currency and translated into U.S. dollars. These U.S. dollar-denominated loans are remeasured into their respective functional currencies at exchange rates at the applicable balance sheet date. The resulting gain or loss is included in our consolidated statements of income as a foreign exchange gain or loss. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had a $75 million loss and a $606 million gain, respectively, on debt denominated in U.S. dollars at our subsidiaries, which was included as an adjustment to reconcile net income to cash (used for) provided by operating activities in the line item "Foreign exchange loss (gain) on debt" in our consolidated statements of cash flows. This adjustment is required because the cash flow impacts of these gains or losses are recognized as financing activities when the subsidiary repays the underlying U.S. dollar-denominated debt and therefore have no impact on cash flows from operations.

        Cash generated from investing activities was $2,509 million in 2010, compared to cash used of $952 million in 2009. The positive cash flow reflects net proceeds of $3.5 billion, net of $144 million transaction costs and $280 million of withholding tax included as a component of cash used for operations, received from the sale of our Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets, partially offset by cash used for acquisitions and capital expenditures. During 2010, we paid $80 million to acquire the fertilizer business of Petrobras Argentina S.A., $48 million, net of $3 million cash acquired, in connection with the Moema acquisition, $5 million representing a purchase price adjustment for the working capital true-up for our 2009 European margarine acquisition and $5 million to acquire two crushing plants in

54


Table of Contents

Turkey. In addition, we paid $64 million to acquire several grain elevators in the U.S., $43 million to acquire a U.S. rice milling business, and $7 million to acquire a Hungarian margarine business. Payments made for capital expenditures in 2010 included investments related to our export grain terminal facility in the state of Washington in the United States, construction of oilseed processing facilities in Vietnam and China, and construction and/or expansion projects at our sugar mills in Brazil.

        During 2009, we acquired a European margarine business for $115 million, net of $5 million cash acquired, a vegetable shortening business in North America for $11 million, additional ownership interest in our wholly-owned subsidiary in Poland for $4 million, provided financing to certain of our agribusiness joint ventures in the United States and provided cash as collateral in connection with our guarantee to a financial institution for a loan made by that institution to one of our biofuel joint ventures in the United States.

        Investments in affiliates in 2010 included a $2 million investment in a joint venture in our biofuels business. Investments in affiliates in 2009 included a $6 million investment in a joint venture in our fertilizer business.

        Proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment of $16 million in 2010 included the sale of certain buildings and other equipment. Proceeds received in 2009 included $36 million for the sale of certain marine assets and other equipment.

        Cash used by financing activities was $30 million in 2010, compared to cash provided of $774 million in 2009. In 2010, we had a net increase of $480 million in borrowings, which primarily financed working capital requirements. This net increase in borrowings excludes $555 million of debt assumed in the Moema acquisition but includes $496 million of Moema debt repaid following completion of the acquisition. In 2009, we had a net increase in borrowings of $166 million, which primarily financed our working capital requirements. In August 2009, we sold 12,000,000 common shares of Bunge Limited in a public equity offering, including the exercise in full of the underwriters' over-allotment option, for which we received net proceeds of approximately $761 million after deducting underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses. We used the net proceeds of this offering to repay indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes. We received $6 million and $2 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively, from the issuance of our common shares relating to the exercise of employee stock options under our employee incentive plan. Dividends paid to our common shareholders in 2010 and 2009 were $124 million and $103 million, respectively. Dividends of $78 million were paid to holders of our convertible preference shares in 2010 and 2009. Dividends of $9 million and $17 million were paid to certain noncontrolling interest shareholders in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Financing activities also included capital contributions of $60 million and $87 million from noncontrolling interests, primarily in our sugar business in 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2010, in connection with our common share repurchase program announced on June 8, 2010, we repurchased 6,714,573 of our common shares at a cost of approximately $354 million.

        Trade Receivables Securitization Programs —In January 2010, we adopted certain amendments to ASC Topic 860 Transfers and Servicings that resulted in amounts outstanding under our then existing securitization programs being accounted for as secured borrowings and reflected as short-term debt in our consolidated balance sheet. As a result of this change in accounting standards, we significantly reduced our utilization of these programs and either terminated or allowed them to expire during 2010.

        On June 1, 2011, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a trade receivables securitization program (the "Program") with a financial institution, as administrative agent, and certain commercial paper conduit purchasers and committed purchasers (collectively, the "Purchasers") that provides for funding up to $700 million against receivables sold into the program. The securitization program is designed to enhance our financial flexibility by providing an additional source of liquidity for our operations. In connection with the securitization program, certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries that originate trade receivables may sell eligible receivables in their entirety on a revolving basis to a

55


Table of Contents

consolidated bankruptcy remote special purpose entity, Bunge Securitization B.V. (BSBV) formed under the laws of The Netherlands. BSBV in turn sells such purchased trade receivables to the administrative agent (acting on behalf of the Purchasers) pursuant to a receivables transfer agreement. In connection with these sales of accounts receivable, we receive a portion of the proceeds up front and an additional amount upon the collection of the underlying receivables (a deferred purchase price), which is expected to be generally between 10 and 15 percent of the aggregate amount of receivables sold through the program.

        Bunge Finance B.V. (BFBV), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, acts as master servicer, responsible for servicing and collecting the accounts receivable for the securitization program. The securitization program terminates on June 1, 2016. However, each committed purchaser's commitment to fund trade receivables under the securitization program will terminate on May 31, 2012 unless extended for additional 364-day periods in accordance with the terms of the receivables transfer agreement. The trade receivables sold under the securitization program are subject to specified eligibility criteria, including eligible currencies and country and obligor concentration limits. BSBV purchases trade receivables from our originating subsidiaries using (i) proceeds from the sale of receivables to the administrative agent, (ii) collections of the deferred purchase price and (iii) borrowings from BFBV under a revolving subordinated loan facility.

        As of December 31, 2011, $836 million of receivables sold under the Program were derecognized from our consolidated balance sheet. Proceeds received in cash related to transfers of receivables under the program totaled $7,531 million from inception of the program through December 31, 2011. In addition, cash collections from customers on receivables previously sold were $6,872 million. As this is a revolving facility, cash collections from customers are reinvested in new receivable sales. Gross receivables sold under the program since its inception were $7,778 million. These sales resulted in a discount of $5 million. Servicing fees under the program were not significant.

        Our risk of loss following the sale of the accounts receivable is limited to the deferred purchase price, which was $192 million at December 31, 2011. The deferred purchase price will be repaid in cash as receivables are collected, generally within 30 days. Delinquencies and credit losses on accounts receivable sold under the program during 2011 were insignificant. Because the cash received up front and the deferred purchase price relate to the sale or ultimate collection of the underlying receivables, and are not subject to significant risks, other than credit risk, given their short-term nature, we have reflected all cash flows under the securitization program as operating cash flows in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, including changes in the fair value of the deferred purchase price of $4 million.

    Brazilian Farmer Credit

        Background —We advance funds to farmers, primarily in Brazil, through secured advances to suppliers and prepaid commodity purchase contracts. We also sell fertilizer to farmers, primarily in Brazil, on credit as described below. All of these activities are generally intended to be short-term in nature. The ability of our customers and suppliers to repay these amounts is affected by agricultural economic conditions in the relevant geography, which are, in turn, affected by commodity prices, currency exchange rates, crop input costs and crop quality and yields. As a result, these arrangements are typically secured by the farmer's crop and, in many cases, the farmer's land and other assets. On occasion, Brazilian farm economics in certain regions and certain years, particularly 2005 and 2006, have been adversely affected by factors including volatility in soybean prices, a steadily appreciating Brazilian real and poor crop quality and yields. As a result, certain farmers have defaulted on amounts owed. While Brazilian farm economics have improved, some Brazilian farmers continue to face economic challenges due to high debt levels and a strong Brazilian real . Upon farmer default, we generally initiate legal proceedings to recover the defaulted amounts. However, the legal recovery process through the judicial system is a long-term process, generally spanning a number of years. As a

56


Table of Contents

result, once accounts have been submitted to the judicial process for recovery, we may also seek to renegotiate certain terms with the defaulting farmer in order to accelerate recovery of amounts owed. In addition, we have tightened our credit policies to reduce exposure to higher risk accounts and have increased collateral requirements for certain customers.

        Because Brazilian farmer credit exposures are denominated in local currency, reported values are impacted by movements in the value of the Brazilian real when translated into U.S. dollars. From December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011, the Brazilian real -devalued by approximately 11%, decreasing the reported farmer credit exposure balances when translated into U.S. dollars.

        Brazilian Fertilizer Trade Accounts Receivable —In our Brazilian fertilizer operations, customer accounts receivable are intended to be short-term in nature, and are expected to be repaid either in cash or through delivery to Bunge of agricultural commodities when the related crop is harvested. As the farmer's cash flow is seasonal and is typically generated after the crop is harvested, the actual due dates of the accounts receivable are individually determined based upon when a farmer purchases our fertilizer and the anticipated date for the harvest and sale of the farmer's crop. These receivables may also be secured by the farmer's crop. We initiate legal proceedings against customers to collect amounts owed which are in default. In some cases, we have renegotiated amounts that were in legal proceedings, including to secure the subsequent year's crop.

        We periodically evaluate the collectability of our trade accounts receivable and record allowances if we determine that collection is doubtful. We base our determination of the allowance on analyses of credit quality of individual accounts, considering also the economic and financial condition of the farming industry and other market conditions as well as the value of any collateral related to amounts owed. We continuously review defaulted farmer receivables for impairment on an individual account basis. We consider all accounts in legal collections processes to be defaulted and past due. For such accounts, we determine the allowance for uncollectible amounts based on the fair value of the associated collateral, net of estimated costs to sell. For all renegotiated accounts (current and past due), we consider changes in farm economic conditions and other market conditions, our historical experience related to renegotiated accounts and the fair value of collateral in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts.

        In addition to our fertilizer trade accounts receivable, we issue guarantees to third parties in Brazil relating to amounts owed these third parties by certain of our customers. These guarantees are discussed under the heading "—Guarantees."

        The table below details our Brazilian fertilizer trade accounts receivable balances and the related allowances for doubtful accounts as of the dates indicated:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions, except percentages)
  2011   2010  

Trade accounts receivable (current)

  $ 178   $ 172  

Allowance for doubtful accounts (current)

    1     4  

Trade accounts receivable (non-current)  (1)(2)

    230     266  

Allowance for doubtful accounts (non-current)  (1)

    129     117  

Total trade accounts receivable (current and non-current)

    408     438  

Total allowance for doubtful accounts (current and non-current)

    130     121  

Total allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of total trade accounts receivable

    32 %   28 %

(1)
Recorded in other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

(2)
Includes certain amounts related to defaults on customer financing guarantees.

57


        Secured Advances to Suppliers and Prepaid Commodity Contracts.     We purchase soybeans through prepaid commodity purchase contracts (advance cash payments to suppliers against contractual obligations to deliver specified quantities of soybeans in the future) and secured advances to suppliers (advances to suppliers against commitments to deliver soybeans in the future), primarily in Brazil. These financing arrangements are typically secured by the farmer's future crop and mortgages on the farmer's land, buildings and equipment, and are generally settled after the farmer's crop is harvested and sold.

        Interest earned on secured advances to suppliers of $25 million, $25 million and $41 million for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is included in net sales in the consolidated statements of income.

        The table below shows details of prepaid commodity contracts and secured advances to suppliers outstanding at our Brazilian operations as of the dates indicated. See Note 11 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements for more information.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Prepaid commodity contracts

  $ 180   $ 255  

Secured advances to suppliers (current)

    349     248  
           

Total (current)

    529     503  

Soybeans not yet priced  (1)

    (346 )   (71 )
           

Net

    183     432  

Secured advances to suppliers (non-current)

    253     312  
           

Total (current and non-current)

    436     744  
           

Allowance for uncollectible advances (current and non-current)

  $ (73 ) $ (87 )
           

(1)
Soybeans delivered by suppliers that are yet to be priced are reflected at prevailing market prices at December 31, 2011.

    Capital Expenditures

        Our cash payments made for capital expenditures were $1,125 million, $1,072 million and $918 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We intend to make capital expenditures of approximately $1,200 million in 2012. Of this amount, we expect that approximately 25% will be used for maintenance, safety and environmental programs. The balance primarily pertains to continued investments to expand our business. We intend to fund these capital expenditures primarily with cash flows from operations.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

    Guarantees

        We have issued or were party to the following guarantees at December 31, 2011:

(US$ in millions)
  Maximum Potential
Future Payments
 

Customer financing  (1)

  $ 45  

Unconsolidated affiliates financing  (2)

    54  

Residual value guarantee  (3)

    69  
       

Total

  $ 168  
       

(1)
Bunge has issued guarantees to third parties in Brazil related to amounts owed to these third parties by certain of Bunge's customers. The terms of the guarantees are equal to the terms of the

58


    related financing arrangements, which are generally one year or less, with the exception of guarantees issued under certain Brazilian government programs, primarily from 2006 and 2007, where terms are up to five years. In the event that the customers default on their payments to the third parties and Bunge would be required to perform under the guarantees, Bunge has obtained collateral from the customers. At December 31, 2011, Bunge had approximately $34 million of tangible property that had been pledged to Bunge as collateral against certain of these refinancing arrangements. Bunge evaluates the likelihood of customer repayments of the amounts due under these guarantees based upon an expected loss analysis and records the fair value of such guarantees as an obligation in its consolidated financial statements. Bunge's recorded obligation related to these outstanding guarantees was $7 million at December 31, 2011.

(2)
Bunge issued guarantees to certain financial institutions related to debt of certain of its unconsolidated joint ventures. The terms of the guarantees are equal to the terms of the related financings which have maturity dates in 2012, 2016 and 2018. There are no recourse provisions or collateral that would enable Bunge to recover any amounts paid under these guarantees. At December 31, 2011, Bunge's recorded obligation related to these guarantees was $1 million.

(3)
Bunge issued guarantees to certain financial institutions which are party to certain operating lease arrangements for railcars and barges. These guarantees provide for a minimum residual value to be received by the lessor at conclusion of the lease term. These leases expire in 2018. At December 31, 2011, Bunge's recorded obligation related to these guarantees was $6 million.

        In addition, Bunge Limited has provided full and unconditional parent level guarantees of the indebtedness outstanding under certain senior credit facilities and senior notes entered into, or issued by, its 100% owned subsidiaries. At December 31, 2011, our consolidated balance sheet includes debt with a carrying amount of $3,482 million related to these guarantees. This debt includes the senior notes issued by two of our 100% owned finance subsidiaries, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge N.A. Finance L.P. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge N.A. Finance L.P. or any other subsidiary of ours to transfer funds to Bunge Limited.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our scheduled contractual obligations and their expected maturities at December 31, 2011, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in the future periods indicated.

 
  Payments due by period  
(US$ in millions)
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Other short-term borrowings  (1)

  $ 719   $ 719   $   $   $  

Variable interest rate obligations  (1)

    13     5     4     2     2  

Long-term debt  (1)(2)

    3,296     14     1,198     1,202     882  

Fixed interest rate obligations

    739     169     273     168     129  

Non-cancelable operating lease obligations  (3)

    695     152     200     155     188  

Freight supply agreements  (4)

    811     218     206     58     329  

Inventory purchase commitments

    52     52              

Power supply purchase commitments

    4     4              
                       

Total contractual cash obligations  (5)(6)

  $ 6,329   $ 1,333   $ 1,881   $ 1,585   $ 1,530  
                       

(1)
We also have variable interest rate obligations on certain of our outstanding borrowings.

(2)
Excludes unamortized net gains of $66 million related to terminated interest rate swap agreements recorded in long-term debt.

59


(3)
Represents future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more.

(4)
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into purchase commitments for time on ocean freight vessels and freight service on railroad lines for the purpose of transporting agricultural commodities. In addition, we sell time on these ocean freight vessels when excess freight capacity is available. Payments to be received by us under such relet agreements are anticipated to be approximately $22 million in 2012. These agreements range from two months to approximately five years in the case of ocean freight vessels and 5 to 17 years in the case of railroad services. Actual amounts paid under these contracts may differ due to the variable components of these agreements and the amount of income earned by us on the sale of excess capacity. The railroad freight services agreements require a minimum monthly payment regardless of the actual level of freight services used by us. The costs of our freight supply agreements are typically passed through to our customers as a component of the prices we charge for our products. However, changes in the market value of freight compared to the rates at which we have contracted for freight may affect margins on the sales of agricultural commodities.

(5)
Does not include estimated payments of liabilities associated with uncertain income tax positions. As of December 31, 2011, Bunge had gross unrecognized tax liabilities of $116 million, including related interest and penalties. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years in connection with these tax liabilities; therefore, such amounts are not included in the above contractual obligation table. See Note 14 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

(6)
Does not include obligations for pension and postretirement benefits for which we expect to make employer contributions of $23 million in 2012. We also expect to make a significant contribution to our plans in future years.

        At December 31, 2011, we had $159 million of contractual commitments related to construction in progress.

        In addition, we have entered into partnership agreements for the production of sugarcane. These agreements have an average life of eight years and cover approximately 155,000 hectares of land under cultivation. Amounts owed under these agreements are dependent on several variables including the quantity of sugarcane produced per hectare, the total recoverable sugar (TRS) per ton of sugarcane produced and the price for each kilogram of TRS as determined by Consecana, the São Paulo state sugarcane and sugar and ethanol council. In 2011 and 2010 Bunge made payments related to these agreements of $91 million and $61 million, respectively. Of these amounts $40 million and $23 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, were advances for future production and $51 million and $38 million were included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

    Employee Benefit Plans

        We expect to contribute $15 million to our defined benefit pension plans and $8 million to our post-retirement healthcare benefit plans in 2012.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        We believe that the application of the following accounting policies, which are important to our financial position and results of operations, requires significant judgments and estimates on the part of management. For a summary of all of our significant accounting policies, see Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

60


    Allowances for Uncollectible Accounts

        Accounts receivable and secured advances to suppliers are stated at the historical carrying amounts net of write-offs and allowances for uncollectible accounts. We establish an allowance for uncollectible trade accounts receivable and secured advances to farmers based on historical experience, farming, economic and other market conditions as well as specific identified customer collection issues. Uncollectible accounts are written off when a settlement is reached for an amount that is less than the outstanding historical balance or when we have determined that collection of the balance is unlikely.

        We adopted the accounting guidance on disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2010. This guidance requires information to be disclosed at disaggregated levels, defined as portfolio segments and classes. Based upon its analysis of credit losses and risk factors to be considered in determining the allowance for credit losses, we have determined that the long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil are a single portfolio segment.

        We evaluate this single portfolio segment by class of receivables, which is defined as a level of information (below a portfolio segment) in which the receivables have the same initial measurement attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring risk. We have identified accounts in legal collection processes and renegotiated amounts as classes of long-term receivables from farmers. Valuation allowances for accounts in legal collection processes are determined by us on individual accounts based on the fair value of the collateral provided as security for the secured advance or credit sale. The fair value is determined using a combination of internal and external resources, including published information concerning Brazilian land values by region. For determination of the valuation allowances for renegotiated amounts, we consider historical experience with the individual farmers, current weather and crop conditions, as well as the fair value of non-crop collateral.

        For both classes, a long-term receivable from farmers in Brazil is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if we determine it to be probable that all amounts due under the original terms of the receivable will not be collected. Recognition of interest income on secured advances to farmers is suspended once the farmer defaults on the originally scheduled delivery of agricultural commodities as the collection of future income is determined to not be probable. No additional interest income is accrued from the point of default until ultimate recovery, where amounts collected are credited first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.

    Inventories and Derivatives

        We use derivative instruments for the purpose of managing the exposures associated with agricultural commodity prices, transportation costs, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and energy costs and for positioning our overall portfolio relative to expected market movements in accordance with established policies and procedures. We are exposed to loss in the event of non-performance by counterparties to certain of these contracts. The risk of non-performance is routinely monitored and adjustments recorded, if necessary, to account for potential non-performance. Different assumptions, changes in economic circumstances or the deterioration of the financial condition of the counterparties to these derivative instruments could result in additional fair value adjustments and increased expense reflected in cost of goods sold, foreign exchange or interest expense. We did not have significant allowances relating to non-performance by counterparties at December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

        Our readily marketable commodity inventories, forward purchase and sale contracts, and exchange traded futures and options are valued at fair value. Readily marketable inventories are freely-traded, have quoted market prices, may be sold without significant additional processing and have predictable and insignificant disposal costs. We estimate fair values of commodity inventories and forward purchase and sale contracts based on exchange-quoted prices, adjusted for differences in local markets. Changes in the fair values of these inventories and contracts are recognized in our consolidated statements of

61


income as a component of cost of goods sold. If we used different methods or factors to estimate fair values, amounts reported as inventories and unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts in the consolidated balance sheets and cost of goods sold could differ. Additionally, if market conditions change subsequent to year-end, amounts reported in future periods as inventories, unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts and cost of goods sold could differ.

    Recoverable Taxes

        We evaluate the collectibility of our recoverable taxes and record valuation allowances if we determine that collection is doubtful. Recoverable taxes primarily represent value-added or other similar transactional taxes paid on the acquisition of raw materials and other services which can be recovered in cash or as compensation of outstanding balances against income taxes or certain other taxes we may owe. Management's assumption about the collectibility of recoverable taxes requires significant judgment because it involves an assessment of the ability and willingness of the applicable federal or local government to refund the taxes. The balance of these allowances fluctuates depending on the sales activity of existing inventories, purchases of new inventories, percentages of export sales, seasonality, changes in applicable tax rates, cash payment by the applicable government agencies and compensation of outstanding balances against income or certain other taxes owed to the applicable governments. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the allowance for recoverable taxes was $98 million and $118 million, respectively. We continue to monitor the economic environment and events taking place in the applicable countries and in cases where we determine that recovery is doubtful, recoverable taxes are reduced by allowances for the estimated unrecoverable amounts.

    Property, Plant and Equipment and Other Finite-Lived Intangible Assets

        Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment and other finite-lived intangible assets. When facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying values of property, plant and equipment assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability is performed by comparing the carrying value of the assets to the projected future cash flows to be generated by such assets. If it appears that the carrying value of our assets is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss as a charge against results of operations. Our judgments related to the expected useful lives of property, plant and equipment assets and our ability to realize undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amount of such assets are affected by factors such as the ongoing maintenance of the assets, changes in economic conditions and changes in operating performance. As we assess the ongoing expected cash flows and carrying amounts of our property, plant and equipment assets, changes in these factors could cause us to realize material impairment charges. Bunge recorded no significant impairment charges for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        In 2010, we recorded pretax non-cash impairment charges of $77 million in cost of goods sold, which consisted of $42 million related to the write-down of a European oilseed processing and refining facility, $12 million related to the closure of an older, less efficient oilseed processing facility in the United States and a co-located corn oil extraction line, $9 million related to the closure of oilseed processing and refining facilities in Europe with restructuring of our European footprint, $9 million related to a long-term supply contract acquired in connection with a wheat mill acquisition in Brazil, $3 million related to the write-down of an older and less efficient Brazilian distribution center and $2 million related to the write-down of an administrative office in Brazil. In 2009, we recorded pretax non-cash impairment charges of $5 million in cost of goods sold in our agribusiness segment, relating to the permanent closure of a smaller, older and less efficient oilseed processing and refining facility in Brazil. In addition, we recorded $16 million of pretax non-cash impairment charges in selling, general and administrative expenses in our agribusiness segment, relating to the write-down of certain real estate assets in South America. The fair values of the real estate assets were determined by using third-party valuations.

62


    Investments in Affiliates

        We continually review our equity investments to determine whether a decline in fair value below the cost basis is other-than-temporary. We consider various factors in determining whether to recognize an impairment charge, including the length of time that the fair value of the investment is less than our carrying value, the financial condition, operating performance and near term prospects of the investment, which include general market conditions specific to the investment or the industry in which it operates, and our intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery in fair value. We did not have any significant impairment charges relating to our equity investments in 2011 or 2010. In 2009, we recorded $10 million of pretax non-cash impairment charges in selling, general and administrative expenses in our agribusiness segment relating to an equity investment in a U.S. biodiesel producer. The fair value of this investment was determined utilizing projected cash flows of the biodiesel producer.

    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in a business acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever there are indicators that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable.

        We use a two step process to test goodwill at the reporting unit level. Fair value is estimated using a discounted cash flow model which considers forecasted cash flows discounted at an estimated weighted-average cost of capital for each reporting unit. We selected the discounted cash flow methodology as we believe it is comparable to what would be used by market participants. The weighted average cost of capital is an estimate of the overall after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt market participants of a business enterprise. These analyses require the use of significant judgments, including judgments about appropriate discount rates, growth rates and terminal values and the timing of expected future cash flows. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting unit. Sensitivity analyses are performed in order to assess the reasonableness of assumptions.

        The first step involves a comparison of the estimated fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the second step of the process is necessary. The second step measures the difference between the carrying value and implied fair value of goodwill. To test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment, we compare the fair value of the intangible assets with their carrying values. The fair values of indefinite-lived intangible assets are determined using estimated discount rates. If the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value, the intangible asset is considered impaired and is reduced to its fair value. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. If estimates or related projections of the fair values of reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges.

        We performed our annual impairment tests in the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009. There have been no significant impairment charges relating to goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets for any of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

    Contingencies

        We are a party to a large number of claims and lawsuits, primarily tax and labor claims in Brazil, arising in the normal course of business, and have accrued our estimate of the probable costs to resolve these claims. This estimate has been developed in consultation with in-house and outside counsel and is based on an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. Future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected

63


by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies relating to these proceedings. For more information on tax and labor claims in Brazil, see "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."

    Employee Benefit Plans

        We sponsor various U.S. and foreign (primarily in Canada, Europe and Brazil) pension and post-retirement benefit plans. In connection with the plans, we make various assumptions in the determination of projected benefit obligations and expense recognition related to pension and post-retirement obligations. Key assumptions include discount rates, long-term rates of return on plan assets, asset allocations and rates of future compensation increases. Management develops its assumptions based on its experience and by reference to market related data. All assumptions are reviewed periodically and adjusted as necessary.

        A one percentage point decrease in the aggregate in the assumed discount rate on the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension and postretirement healthcare benefit plans would increase annual expense by $7 million and $3 million, respectively, and would increase the projected benefit obligation by $78 million and $32 million, respectively. A one percentage point increase in the aggregate in the assumed discount rate on the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension and postretirement healthcare benefit plans would decrease annual expense by $6 million and $4 million, respectively, and would increase the projected benefit obligation by $63 million and $33 million, respectively. A one percentage point increase or decrease in the long-term asset return assumptions on our defined benefit pension plan assets would increase or decrease annual pension expense by $3 million and $1 million, respectively.

    Income Taxes

        We record valuation allowances to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that we are likely to realize. We consider projections of future taxable income and prudent tax planning strategies to assess the need for and the size of the valuation allowances. If we determine that we can realize a deferred tax asset in excess of our net recorded amount, we decrease the valuation allowance, thereby increasing net income. Conversely, if we determine that we are unable to realize all or part of our net deferred tax asset, we increase the valuation allowance, thereby decreasing net income.

        Prior to recording a valuation allowance, our deferred tax assets were $1,703 million and $1,884 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. However, we have recorded valuation allowances of $187 million and $245 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as a result of uncertainty regarding the recoverability of certain net operating loss carryforwards.

        We apply a "more likely than not" threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of tax benefits. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. We recognize potential liabilities and record tax liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in the U.S., Brazil, Argentina and other tax jurisdictions based on our estimate of whether it is more likely than not additional taxes will be due. We adjust these liabilities in light of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may result in a payment that is materially different from our current estimate of the tax liabilities. If our estimate of tax liabilities proves to be less than the ultimate assessment, an additional charge to expense would result. If payment of these amounts ultimately proves to be less than the recorded amounts, the reversal of the liabilities would result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when we determined the liabilities are no longer necessary. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had recorded tax liabilities of $116 million and $102 million, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets.

64


New Accounting Pronouncements

        In December and June 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income . The guidance requires that other comprehensive income be presented in either one continuous statement, or in two separate but consecutive statements. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. The amendment eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. The FASB also deferred the required presentation of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. These amendments are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of these standards is not expected to have a material impact on Bunge's consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2011, FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 210, Balance Sheet . This amendment requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This amendment is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013 and should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this standard may result in expanded disclosures but is not expected to impact Bunge's consolidated financial results.

        In September 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other. This guidance provides an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine potential impairment as a basis for determining the necessity of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this amendment is not expected to impact Bunge's consolidated financial results.

        In May 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement . This guidance is intended to result in convergence between U.S. GAAP and IFRS requirements for measurement of, and disclosures about, fair value. This amendment clarifies or changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments are to be applied prospectively and are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on Bunge's financial results but may result in expanded disclosure in Bunge's consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Risk Management

        As a result of our global operating and financing activities, we are exposed to changes in, among other things, agricultural commodity prices, transportation costs, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and energy costs which may affect our results of operations and financial position. We actively monitor and manage these various market risks associated with our business activities. Our risk management decisions take place in various locations but exposure limits are centrally set and monitored. We have a corporate risk management group which analyzes and monitors various risk exposures globally. Additionally, our Board of Directors' finance and risk policy committee overseas, reviews and periodically revises our overall risk management policies and limits.

        We use derivative instruments for the purpose of managing the exposures associated with commodity prices, transportation costs, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and energy costs and for positioning our overall portfolio relative to expected market movements in accordance with established policies and procedures. We enter into derivative instruments primarily with major financial

65


institutions, commodity exchanges in the case of commodity futures and options, or approved exchange-clearing shipping companies in the case of ocean freight. While these derivative instruments are subject to fluctuations in value, for hedged exposures those fluctuations are generally offset by the changes in fair value of the underlying exposures. The derivative instruments that we use for hedging purposes are intended to reduce the volatility on our results of operations; however, they can occasionally result in earnings volatility, which may be material.

Credit and Counterparty Risk

        Through our normal business activities, we are subject to significant credit and counterparty risks that arise through normal commercial sales and purchases, including forward commitments to buy or sell, and through various other over-the-counter (OTC) derivative instruments that we utilize to manage risks inherent in our business activities. We define credit and counterparty risk as a potential financial loss due to the failure of a counterparty to honor its obligations. The exposure is measured based upon several factors, including unpaid accounts receivable from counterparties and unrealized gains from OTC derivative instruments (including forward purchase and sale contracts). Credit and counterparty risk also includes sovereign credit risk. We actively monitor credit and counterparty risk through credit analysis by local credit staffs and review by various local and corporate committees which monitor counterparty performance. We record provisions for counterparty losses from time-to-time as a result of our credit and counterparty analysis.

        During periods of tight conditions in global credit markets, downturns in regional or global economic conditions, and/or significant price volatility, credit and counterparty risks are heightened. This increased risk is monitored through, among other things, increased communication with key counterparties, management reviews and specific focus on counterparties or groups of counterparties that we may determine as high risk. In addition, we have limited new credit extensions in certain cases and reduced our use of nonexchange-cleared derivative instruments.

Commodities Risk

        We operate in many areas of the food industry, from agricultural raw materials to the production and sale of branded food ingredients. As a result, we purchase and produce various materials, many of which are agricultural commodities, including: soybeans, soybean oil, soybean meal, softseeds (including sunflower seed, rapeseed and canola) and related oil and meal derived from them, wheat and corn. In addition, we grow and purchase sugarcane to produce sugar, ethanol and electricity. Agricultural commodities are subject to price fluctuations due to a number of unpredictable factors that may create price risk. As described above, we are also subject to the risk of counterparty non-performance under forward purchase or sale contracts. From time-to-time, we have experienced instances of counterparty non-performance, including as a result of significant declines in counterparty profitability under these contracts due to significant movements in commodity prices between the time in which the contracts were executed and the contractual forward delivery period.

        We enter into various derivative contracts with the primary objective of managing our exposure to adverse price movements in the agricultural commodities used for and produced in our business operations. We have established policies that limit the amount of unhedged fixed price agricultural commodity positions permissible for our operating companies, which are generally a combination of volume and value-at-risk (VaR) limits. We measure and review our net commodities position on a daily basis.

        Our daily net agricultural commodity position consists of inventory, forward purchase and sale contracts, over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative instruments, including those used to hedge portions of our production requirements. The fair value of that position is a summation of the fair values calculated for each agricultural commodity by valuing all of our commodity positions at quoted

66


market prices for the period where available or utilizing a close proxy. VaR is calculated on the net position and monitored at the 95% and 99% confidence intervals. In addition, scenario analysis and stress testing are performed. For example, one measure of market risk is estimated as the potential loss in fair value resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in prices. The results of this analysis, which may differ from actual results, are as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2011
  Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
(US$ in millions)
  Fair Value   Market Risk   Fair Value   Market Risk  

Highest long position

  $ 1,993   $ (199 ) $ 2,394   $ (239 )

Highest short position

    (551 )   (55 )   (912 )   (91 )

Ocean Freight Risk

        Ocean freight represents a significant portion of our operating costs. The market price for ocean freight varies depending on the supply and demand for ocean vessels, global economic conditions and other factors. We enter into time charter agreements for time on ocean freight vessels based on forecasted requirements for the purpose of transporting agricultural commodities. Our time charter agreements generally have terms ranging from two months to approximately five years. We use financial derivatives, known as freight forward agreements, to hedge portions of our ocean freight costs. The ocean freight derivatives are included in other current assets and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

Energy Risk

        We purchase various energy commodities such as bunker fuel, electricity and natural gas that are used to operate our manufacturing facilities and ocean freight vessels. The energy commodities are subject to price risk. We use financial derivatives, including exchange traded and OTC swaps and options for various purposes, including to manage our exposure to volatility in energy costs. These energy derivatives are included in other current assets and other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

Currency Risk

        Our global operations require active participation in foreign exchange markets. Our primary foreign currency exposures are the Brazilian real , the Euro and other European currencies, the Argentine peso and the Chinese yuan/renminbi . To reduce the risk arising from foreign exchange rate fluctuations, we enter into derivative instruments, such as forward contracts and swaps and foreign currency options. The changes in market value of such contracts have a high correlation to the price changes in the related currency exposures. The potential loss in fair value for such net currency position resulting from a hypothetical 10% adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates as of December 31, 2011 was not material.

        When determining our exposure, we exclude intercompany loans that are deemed to be permanently invested. The repayments of permanently invested intercompany loans are not planned or anticipated in the foreseeable future and therefore are treated as analogous to equity for accounting purposes. As a result, the foreign exchange gains and losses on these borrowings are excluded from the determination of net income and recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets. Included in other comprehensive income (loss) are foreign exchange losses of $548 million and $195 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to permanently invested intercompany loans.

67


Interest Rate Risk

        We have debt in fixed and floating rate instruments. We are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates. We may enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage our interest rate exposure related to our debt portfolio.

        The aggregate fair value of our short and long-term debt, based on market yields at December 31, 2011, was $4,395 million with a carrying value of $4,081 million.

        A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in the interest yields on our debt at December 31, 2011 would result in a decrease of approximately $113 million in the fair value of our debt. Similarly, a decrease of 100 basis points in the interest yields on our debt at December 31, 2011 would cause an increase of approximately $120 million in the fair value of our debt.

        A hypothetical 1% change in LIBOR would result in a change of approximately $16 million in our interest expense. Some of our variable rate debt is denominated in currencies other than in U.S. dollars and is indexed to non-U.S. dollar-based interest rate indices, such as EURIBOR and TJLP. As such, the hypothetical 1% change in interest rate ignores the impact from any currency movements.

    Derivative Instruments

        Interest Rate Derivatives —Interest rate swaps used by us as hedging instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value recorded contemporaneously in earnings. Certain of these swap agreements may be designated as fair value hedges. The carrying amount of the associated hedged debt is also adjusted through earnings for changes in the fair value arising from changes in benchmark interest rates. Ineffectiveness is recognized to the extent that these two adjustments do not offset. There were no outstanding interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2011.

        We recognized approximately $6 million, $9 million and $8 million as a reduction in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, relating to interest rate swap agreements outstanding during the respective periods. In addition, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, we recognized gains of approximately $13 million, $11 million and $11 million, respectively, as a reduction of interest expense in the consolidated statements of income, related to the amortization of deferred gains on termination of interest rate swap agreements.

        There were no interest rate derivates designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. We reclassified losses of approximately zero, $6 million and $2 million in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets to interest expense in our consolidated statements of income, related to settlements of certain derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges, in connection with forecasted issuances of debt financing (see Note 17 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements).

        Foreign exchange derivatives —We use a combination of foreign exchange forward and option contracts in certain of our operations to mitigate the risk from exchange rate fluctuations in connection with certain commercial and balance sheet exposures. The foreign exchange forward and option contracts may be designated as cash flow hedges. We may also use net investment hedges to partially offset the translation adjustments arising from the remeasurement of our investments in certain of our foreign subsidiaries. We assess, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedge transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the

68


hedged items. The table below summarizes the notional amounts of open foreign exchange positions as of December 31, 2011.

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Exchange Traded   Non-exchange Traded    
 
(US$ in millions)
  Net(Short) & Long  (1)   (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)   Unit of
Measure
 

Foreign Exchange:

                         

Options

  $ (6 ) $ (278 ) $ 159     Delta  

Forwards

    81     (4,227 )   11,660     Notional  

Swaps

        (96 )   42     Notional  

(1)
Exchange traded futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange traded swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

        Commodity derivatives —We use derivative instruments to manage our exposure to movements associated with agricultural commodity prices. We generally use exchange traded futures and options contracts to minimize the effects of changes in the prices of agricultural commodities on our agricultural commodity inventories and forward purchase and sale contracts, but may also from time-to-time enter into OTC commodity transactions, including swaps, which are settled in cash at maturity or termination based on exchange-quoted futures prices. Changes in fair values of exchange traded futures contracts representing the unrealized gains and/or losses on these instruments are settled daily generally through our wholly-owned futures clearing subsidiary. Forward purchase and sale contracts are primarily settled through delivery of agricultural commodities. While we consider these exchange traded futures and forward purchase and sale contracts to be effective economic hedges, we do not designate or account for the majority of our commodity contracts as hedges. Changes in fair values of these contracts and related readily marketable agricultural commodity inventories are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income. The forward contracts require performance of both us and the contract counterparty in future periods. Contracts to purchase agricultural commodities generally relate to current or future crop years for delivery periods quoted by regulated commodity exchanges. Contracts for the sale of agricultural commodities generally do not extend beyond one future crop cycle.

        The table below summarizes the volumes of open agricultural commodities derivative positions.

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Exchange Traded   Non-exchange Traded    
 
 
  Net (Short) & Long  (1)   (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)   Unit of
Measure
 

Agricultural Commodities

                         

Futures

    (8,589,982 )           Metric Tons  

Options

    (197,149 )           Metric Tons  

Forwards

        (20,448,160 )   25,790,377     Metric Tons  

Swaps

        (260,816 )       Metric Tons  

(1)
Exchange traded futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange traded swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

69


        Ocean freight derivatives —We use derivative instruments referred to as freight forward agreements, or FFAs, and FFA options to hedge portions of our current and anticipated ocean freight costs. A portion of the ocean freight derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges of our firm commitments to purchase time on ocean freight vessels. Changes in the fair value of the ocean freight derivatives that are qualified, designated and highly effective as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged firm commitments to purchase time on ocean freight vessels that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair values of ocean freight derivatives that are not designated as hedges are also recorded in earnings.

        The table below summarizes the open ocean freight positions.

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Exchange Cleared   Non-exchange Cleared    
 
 
  Net (Short) & Long  (1)   (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)   Unit of Measure  

Ocean Freight

                         

FFA

    (2,329 )           Hire Days  

FFA Options

    (80 )           Hire Days  

(1)
Exchange cleared futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange cleared options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

        Energy derivatives —We use derivative instruments for various purposes including to manage our exposure to volatility in energy costs. Our operations use substantial amounts of energy, including natural gas, coal, and fuel oil, including bunker fuel.

        The table below summarizes the open energy positions.

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
  Exchange Traded   Non-exchange Cleared    
 
 
  Net (Short) & Long  (1)   (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)   Unit of
Measure
 

Natural Gas  (3)

                         

Futures

    (1,620,000 )           MMBtus  

Swaps

            960,758     MMBtus  

Options

    2,825,515             MMBtus  

Energy-Other

                         

Futures

    41,320             Metric Tons  

Forwards

        (864,372 )   8,786,147     Metric Tons  

Swaps

        (45,461 )   15,622     Metric Tons  

Options

    537,794     (150,187 )   123,594     Metric Tons  

(1)
Exchange traded and exchange cleared futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange cleared swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

(3)
Million British Thermal Units (MMBtus) are the standard unit of measurement used to denote the amount of natural gas.

70


Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

        Our financial statements and related schedule required by this item are contained on pages F-1 through F-[85] and on page E-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Item 15(a) for a listing of financial statements provided.

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        None.

Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer's management, including the principal executive and principal financial officer, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

        As of December 31, 2011, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as that term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based upon that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Bunge Limited's management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f). Bunge Limited's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

        Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

        Based on this assessment, management concluded that Bunge Limited's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end of the fiscal year covered by this annual report.

        Deloitte & Touche LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that has audited and reported on Bunge Limited's consolidated financial statements included in this annual report, has issued its written attestation report on Bunge Limited's internal control over financial reporting, which is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

71


Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        In connection with the restructuring and consolidation of Bunge's operations in Brazil and related commercial, organizational and personnel changes, management has been and continues to review and, in some cases, implement new or enhanced systems and procedures that have led, or are expected to lead, to changes in internal control over financial reporting in Bunge's Brazilian operations.

        Except as described above, there has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

    Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

        Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Further, because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls may also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Projections of any evaluation of controls effectiveness to future periods are subject to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Item 9B.     Other Information

        None.

72


Table of Contents


PART III

        Information required by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K and will be filed in a definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders.

Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

        We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 10 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions "Election of Directors," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance—Board Meetings and Committees—Audit Committee," "Corporate Governance—Board Composition and Independence," "Audit Committee Report," "Corporate Governance—Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Ethics" and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 10 by reference. The information required by this item with respect to our executive officers and key employees is found in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers and Key Employees of the Company," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.     Executive Compensation

        We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 11 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions "Executive Compensation," "Director Compensation," "Compensation Committee Report," and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 11 by reference.

Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 12 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Share Ownership of Directors, Executive Officers and Principal Shareholders" and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 12 by reference. The information required by this item with respect to our equity compensation plan information is found in Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption "Equity Compensation Plan Information," which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

        We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 13 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the captions "Corporate Governance—Board Composition and Independence," "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 13 by reference.

Item 14.     Principal Accounting Fees and Services

        We will provide information that is responsive to this Item 14 in our definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders under the caption "Appointment of Independent Auditor" and possibly elsewhere therein. That information is incorporated in this Item 14 by reference.

73


Table of Contents


PART IV

Item 15.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

      a.
      (1) (2) Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

          See "Index to Consolidated Financial Statements" on page F-1 and Financial Statement Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts on page E-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

      a.
      (3) Exhibits

          The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Form 10-K.

          Certain of the agreements filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K contain representations and warranties by the parties to the agreements that have been made solely for the benefit of the parties to the agreement, which may have been included in the agreement for the purpose of allocating risk between the parties rather than establishing matters as facts and may have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the parties in connection with the negotiation of these agreements and not necessarily reflected in the agreements. Accordingly, the representations and warranties contained in these agreements may not describe the actual state of affairs of Bunge Limited or its subsidiaries as of the date that these representations and warranties were made or at any other time. Investors should not rely on these representations and warranties as statements of fact. Additional information about Bunge Limited and its subsidiaries may be found elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Bunge Limited's other public filings, which are available without charge through the SEC's website at www.sec.gov.

          See "Index to Exhibits" set forth below.

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  3.1   Memorandum of Association (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form F-1 (No. 333-65026) filed July 13, 2001)

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008)

 

3.3

 

Bye-laws, as amended May 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed August 11, 2008)

 

4.1

 

Form of Common Share Certificate (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 3, 2008)

 

4.2

 

Certificate of Designation for Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preference Shares (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006)

 

4.3

 

Form of Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preference Share Certificate (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed November 20, 2006)

 

4.4

 

The instruments defining the rights of holders of the long-term debt securities of Bunge and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K. Bunge hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request

74


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.1*   Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Funding Inc., Bunge Management Services Inc., as Servicer, and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee

 

10.2*

 

Fifth Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of February 28, 2004, among Bunge Funding Inc., Bunge Management Services, Inc., as Servicer, Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International," New York Branch, as Letter of Credit Agent, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Collateral Agent and Trustee, and Bunge Asset Funding Corp., as Series 2000-1 Purchaser

 

10.3

 

Ninth Amended and Restated Liquidity Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2011, among Bunge Asset Funding Corp., the financial institutions party thereto, Citibank N.A., as Syndication Agent, BNP Paribas and The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., as Documentation Agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011)

 

10.4

 

Annex X, dated as of November 17, 2011 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011)

 

10.5

 

Seventh Amended and Restated Guaranty, dated as of November 17, 2011, by Bunge Limited, as Guarantor, to Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen Boerenleenbank B.A., "Rabobank International," New York Branch, in its capacity as the letter of credit agent under the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement for the benefit of the Letter of Credit Banks, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as the administrative agent under the Liquidity Agreement, for the benefit of the Liquidity Banks and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly known as The Bank of New York), in its capacity as collateral agent under the Security Agreement and as trustee under the Pooling Agreement (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011)

 

10.6

 

Facility Agreement, dated as of March 23, 2011, among Bunge Finance Europe B.V., as Borrower, ABN AMRO Bank N.V., BNP Paribas, Crédit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, ING Bank N.V., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, Standard Chartered Bank, UniCredit Bank AG, New York Branch, SG Americas Securities LLC, Natixis, Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A. (trading as Rabobank International) and Lloyds TSB Bank plc, as Mandated Lead Arrangers, the financial institutions from time to time party thereto, and ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2011)

 

10.7

 

Guaranty, dated as of March 23, 2011, by Bunge Limited, as Guarantor, to ABN AMRO Bank N.V., as Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2011)

 

10.8

 

Five-Year Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2011, among Bunge Limited Finance Corp., as borrower, Citibank, N.A. and CoBank, ACB, as syndication agents, BNP Paribas, The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. and CoBank, ACB, as documentation agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent, and certain lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011)

75


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.9   Guaranty, dated as of November 17, 2011, by Bunge Limited to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent under the 5-Year Revolving Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011)

 

++10.10

 

Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, among Bunge Securitization B.V., as Seller, Bunge Finance B.V., as Master Servicer, the persons from time to time party thereto as Conduit Purchasers, the persons from time to time party thereto as Committed Purchasers, the persons from time to time party thereto as Purchaser Agents, Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., as Administrative and Purchaser Agent, and Bunge Limited, as Performance Undertaking Provider (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q/A filed on November 30, 2011)

 

++10.11

 

Servicing Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, among Bunge Securitization B.V., as Seller, Bunge North America Capital, Inc., as U.S. Intermediate Transferor, Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., as Italian Intermediate Transferor, Bunge Finance B.V., as Master Servicer, the persons named therein as Sub-Servicers, and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

10.12

 

Performance and Indemnity Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, between Bunge Limited, as Performance Undertaking Provider and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

10.13

 

Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, among Bunge Finance B.V., as Subordinated Lender, Bunge Securitization B.V., as Seller, Bunge Finance B.V., as Master Servicer, and Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

++10.14

 

U.S. Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, among Bunge North America, Inc., Bunge Oils, Inc., Bunge North America (East), LLC, Bunge Milling, Inc., Bunge North America (OPD West),  Inc., each as a Seller, respectively, Bunge Finance B.V., as Seller Agent, and Bunge North America Capital, Inc., as the Buyer (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

++10.15

 

U.S. Intermediate Transfer Agreement, dated June 1, 2011, among Bunge North America Capital, Inc., as the Transferor, Bunge Finance B.V., as the Transferor Agent, and Bunge Securitization B.V., as the Transferee (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

10.16

 

Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.17

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (effective as of 2005) under the Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 15, 2006)

 

10.18

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (effective as of 2005) under the Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K filed July 8, 2005)

76


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.19   Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit-Target EPS Award Agreement (effective as of 2005) under the Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 15, 2006)

 

10.20

 

Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit-Target Operating Profit Award Agreement (effective as of 2005) under the Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 15, 2006)

 

10.21

 

Bunge Limited 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 3, 2009)

 

10.22

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2009 Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2011)

 

10.23

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2009 Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2011)

 

10.24

 

Form of Performance Based Restricted Stock Unit-Target EPS Award Agreement under the 2009 Bunge Limited Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2011)

 

10.25

 

Bunge Limited Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated as of February 25, 2005) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 16, 2005)

 

10.26

 

Bunge Limited 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.27

 

Form of Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (effective as of 2007) under the Bunge Limited 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 3, 2008)

 

10.28

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Bunge Limited 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2010)

 

10.29

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement (effective as of 2005) under the Bunge Limited Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 15, 2006)

 

10.30

 

Bunge Limited Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.31

 

Bunge Excess Benefit Plan (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.32

 

Bunge Excess Contribution Plan (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.33

 

Bunge U.S. SERP (Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2011) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 1, 2011)

77


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  10.34   Bunge Limited Employee Deferred Compensation Plan (effective January 1, 2008) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.35

 

Bunge Limited Annual Incentive Plan (effective January 1, 2011) (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement filed April 16, 2010)

 

10.36*

 

Description of Non-Employee Directors' Compensation

 

10.37

 

Employment Agreement (Amended and Restated as of December 31, 2008) between Bunge Limited and Alberto Weisser (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.38

 

Offer Letter, dated as of February 1, 2008, for Vicente Teixeira (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed May 12, 2008)

 

10.39

 

Offer Letter, amended and restated as of December 31, 2008, for Andrew J. Burke (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-K filed March 2, 2009)

 

10.40

 

Compensation Letter to Andrew J. Burke, dated August 3, 2011 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

10.41

 

Offer Letter, amended and restated as of February 1, 2009, for D. Benedict Pearcy (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2010)

 

10.42

 

Offer Letter, dated as of June 14, 2011, for Gordon Hardie (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2011)

 

10.43

 

Offer Letter, dated as of September 24, 2010, for Raul Padilla (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2011)

 

10.44

 

Separation Agreement and Release of Claims by and between Bunge Limited and Archibald Gwathmey, effective as of December 31, 2010 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Form 8-K/A filed December 21, 2010)

 

12.1*

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Bunge Limited's Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Bunge Limited's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Bunge Limited's Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act

 

32.2*

 

Certification of Bunge Limited's Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act

78


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description
  101**   The following financial information from Bunge Limited's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity, (v) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and (vi) Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

*
Filed herewith.

**
Users of this interactive data file are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.


++
Portions of this exhibit have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission as part of an application for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

79


Table of Contents

BUNGE LIMITED
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(US$ in millions)

 
   
  Additions    
   
 
Description
  Balance at
beginning of
period
  Charged to
costs and
expenses
  Charged to
other
accounts (b)
  Deductions
from reserves
  Balance
at end of
period
 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2009

                               

Allowances for doubtful accounts (a)

  $ 291     75     84     (100)    (c) $ 350  

Allowance for secured advances to suppliers

  $ 37     21     17       $ 75  

Allowances for recoverable taxes

  $ 104     34     31     (5 ) $ 164  

Income tax valuation allowances

  $ 94     50     5     (33 ) $ 116  

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2010

                               

Allowances for doubtful accounts (a)

  $ 350     58     3     (111)    (c) $ 300  

Allowance for secured advances to suppliers

  $ 75     17     3     (8 ) $ 87  

Allowances for recoverable taxes

  $ 164     20     (20 )   (46)    (e) $ 118  

Income tax valuation allowances

  $ 116     128     1       $ 245  

FOR THE YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 2011

                               

Allowances for doubtful accounts (a)

  $ 300     62     (23 )   (92)    (c) $ 247  

Allowance for secured advances to suppliers

  $ 87     6     (9 )   (11 ) $ 73  

Allowances for recoverable taxes

  $ 118     14     (6 )   (28 ) $ 98  

Income tax valuation allowances

  $ 245     (11 )   (47)    (d)     $ 187  

(a)
This includes an allowance for doubtful accounts for current and non-current trade accounts receivables.

(b)
This consists primarily of foreign exchange translation adjustments.

(c)
Such amounts include write-offs of uncollectible accounts and recoveries.

(d)
This includes a deferred tax asset adjustment.

(e)
This includes $39 million related to the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.

E-1


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

  F-8

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-9

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Bunge Limited
White Plains, New York

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bunge Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bunge Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

        As disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has modified its application of the presentation and disclosure provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standard Codification 220, Comprehensive Income , and has elected to present separate consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. The consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have, accordingly, been modified to conform to the current year's presentation.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

February 27, 2012
New York, New York

F-2


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Bunge Limited
White Plains, New York

        We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Bunge Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company as stated in our report dated February 27, 2012 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company's modification of its application of the presentation and disclosure provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standard Codification 220, Comprehensive Income ).

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

February 27, 2012
New York, New York

F-3


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(U.S. dollars in millions, except per share data)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Net sales

  $ 58,743   $ 45,707   $ 41,926  

Cost of goods sold

    (56,015 )   (43,196 )   (40,722 )
               

Gross profit

   
2,728
   
2,511
   
1,204
 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    (1,553 )   (1,558 )   (1,342 )

Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets (Note 3)

        2,440      

Interest income

    102     69     122  

Interest expense

    (302 )   (298 )   (283 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt (Note 17)

        (90 )    

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (19 )   2     469  

Other income (expenses)—net

    (16 )   (26 )   (25 )
               

Income from operations before income tax

   
940
   
3,050
   
145
 

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (44 )   (689 )   110  

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    44     27     80  
               

Net income

   
940
   
2,388
   
335
 

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    2     (34 )   26  
               

Net income attributable to Bunge

   
942
   
2,354
   
361
 

Convertible preference share dividends

    (34 )   (67 )   (78 )
               

Net income available to Bunge common shareholders

 
$

908
 
$

2,287
 
$

283
 
               

Earnings per common share—basic (Note 24)

                   

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 6.20   $ 16.20   $ 2.24  
               

Earnings per common share—diluted (Note 24)

                   

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 6.07   $ 15.06   $ 2.22  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

Net income

  $ 940   $ 2,388   $ 335  

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Foreign exchange translation adjustment

    (1,161 )   223     1,252  

Unrealized gains (losses) on commodity futures and foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges, net of tax (expense) benefit $(4), $(11), $(10)

    5     21     25  

Unrealized gains (losses) on investments, net of tax (expense) benefit $0, $0, $(1)

            2  

Reclassification of realized net (gains) losses to net income, net of tax expense (benefit) $15, $11, $(30)

    (27 )   (11 )   52  

Pension adjustment, net of tax (expense) benefit $20, $(5), $11

    (41 )   5     (27 )

Other postretirement healthcare subsidy tax deduction adjustment

        2      
               

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    (1,224 )   240     1,304  
               

Total comprehensive income (loss)

    (284 )   2,628     1,639  

Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    33     (10 )   (148 )
               

Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Bunge

  $ (251 ) $ 2,618   $ 1,491  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(U.S. dollars in millions, except share data)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 835   $ 578  

Trade accounts receivable (less allowance of $113 and $177) (Note 18)

    2,459     2,901  

Inventories (Note 4)

    5,733     6,635  

Deferred income taxes (Note 14)

    305     233  

Other current assets (Note 5)

    3,796     5,468  
           

Total current assets

    13,128     15,815  

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 6)

    5,517     5,312  

Goodwill (Note 7)

    893     934  

Other intangible assets, net (Note 8)

    220     186  

Investments in affiliates (Note 10)

    600     609  

Deferred income taxes (Note 14)

    1,211     1,200  

Other non-current assets (Note 11)

    1,706     1,945  
           

Total assets

  $ 23,275   $ 26,001  
           

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Short-term debt (Note 16)

  $ 719   $ 1,718  

Current portion of long-term debt (Note 17)

    14     612  

Trade accounts payable

    3,173     3,637  

Deferred income taxes (Note 14)

    152     262  

Other current liabilities (Note 12)

    2,889     3,775  
           

Total current liabilities

    6,947     10,004  

Long-term debt (Note 17)

    3,348     2,551  

Deferred income taxes (Note 14)

    134     84  

Other non-current liabilities

    771     808  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 22)

             

Equity (Note 23):

             

Convertible perpetual preference shares, par value $.01; authorized, issued and outstanding: 2011 and 2010—6,900,000 shares (liquidation preference $100 per share)

    690     690  

Common shares, par value $.01; authorized—400,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding—2011—145,610,029 shares, 2010—146,635,083 shares

    1     1  

Additional paid-in capital

    4,829     4,793  

Retained earnings

    6,917     6,153  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (610 )   583  

Treasury shares, at cost (2011—1,933,286)

    (120 )    
           

Total Bunge shareholders' equity

    11,707     12,220  

Noncontrolling interest

    368     334  
           

Total equity

    12,075     12,554  
           

Total liabilities and equity

  $ 23,275   $ 26,001  
           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(U.S. dollars in millions)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010   2009  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

                   

Net income

  $ 940   $ 2,388   $ 335  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

                   

Foreign exchange loss (gain) on debt

    113     75     (606 )

Gain on sale of fertilizer nutrients assets

        (2,440 )    

Impairment of assets

    3     77     31  

Bad debt expense

    40     48     55  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization

    526     443     443  

Stock-based compensation expense

    49     60     17  

Recoverable taxes provision

    2     3     61  

Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

    (17 )   (7 )   (4 )

Deferred income taxes

    (217 )   160     (204 )

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    (44 )   (27 )   (80 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding the effects of acquisitions:

                   

Trade accounts receivable

    267     (1,560 )   242  

Inventories

    530     (1,894 )   1,636  

Prepaid commodity purchase contracts

    17     (65 )   86  

Secured advances to suppliers

    (126 )   35     221  

Trade accounts payable

    (295 )   1,305     (1,427 )

Advances on sales

    (15 )   70     (8 )

Net unrealized gain/loss on derivative contracts

    622     (588 )   (175 )

Margin deposits

    573     (382 )   (229 )

Recoverable and income taxes, net

    (270 )   151     (556 )

Accrued liabilities

    (67 )   15     (56 )

Other—net

    (17 )   (302 )   (150 )
               

Cash provided by (used for) operating activities

    2,614     (2,435 )   (368 )

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

                   

Payments made for capital expenditures

    (1,125 )   (1,072 )   (918 )

Acquisitions of businesses (net of cash acquired) and intangible assets

    (192 )   (252 )   (136 )

Proceeds from sales of fertilizer nutrients assets

        3,914      

Cash disposed of in sale of fertilizer nutrients assets

        (106 )    

Related party (loans) repayments, net

    3     (39 )   (22 )

Proceeds from investments

    95     50     96  

Payments for investments

    (55 )        

Proceeds from disposals of property, plant and equipment

    141     16     36  

Change in restricted cash (Note 5)

    (43 )        

Investments in affiliates, net

    (44 )   (2 )   (8 )
               

Cash provided by (used for) investing activities

    (1,220 )   2,509     (952 )

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

                   

Net change in short-term debt with maturities of 90 days or less

    (43 )   573     (342 )

Proceeds from short-term debt with maturities greater than 90 days

    710     1,669     1,140  

Repayments of short-term debt with maturities greater than 90 days

    (1,686 )   (1,070 )   (1,164 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    2,989     2,535     2,774  

Repayments of long-term debt

    (2,794 )   (3,227 )   (2,242 )

Proceeds from sale of common shares

    23     6     763  

Repurchases of common shares

    (120 )   (354 )    

Dividends paid to preference shareholders

    (34 )   (78 )   (78 )

Dividends paid to common shareholders

    (140 )   (124 )   (103 )

Dividends paid to noncontrolling interest

    (12 )   (9 )   (17 )

Capital contributions from noncontrolling interest

    94     60     87  

Return of capital to noncontrolling interest

    (21 )   (11 )   (44 )

Financing related fees

    (26 )        
               

Cash provided by (used for) financing activities

    (1,060 )   (30 )   774  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (77 )   (19 )   95  
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    257     25     (451 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    578     553     1,004  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 835   $ 578   $ 553  
               

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(U.S. dollars in millions, except share data)

 
  Convertible
Preference Shares
   
   
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
(Note 23)
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Shares    
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Shares
  Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Equity
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2009

    7,762,455   $ 1,553     121,632,456   $ 1   $ 2,849   $ 3,844   $ (811 ) $   $ 692   $ 8,128  

Net income (loss)

                        361             (26 )   335  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                            1,130         174     1,304  

Dividends on common shares

                        (131 )               (131 )

Dividends on preference shares

                        (78 )               (78 )

Dividends to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock

                                    (17 )   (17 )

Return of capital to noncontrolling interest

                                    (44 )   (44 )

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

                                    87     87  

Consolidation of subsidiary

                                    5     5  

Purchase of additional shares in subsidiary from noncontrolling interest

                    (4 )                   (4 )

Stock-based compensation expense

                    17                     17  

Tax benefits related to stock options and and award plans

                    6                     6  

Issuance of common shares:

                                                             

—public equity offering

            12,000,000         761                     761  

—stock options and award plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

            464,450         (4 )                   (4 )
                                           

Balance, December 31, 2009

    7,762,455   $ 1,553     134,096,906   $ 1   $ 3,625   $ 3,996   $ 319   $   $ 871   $ 10,365  

Net income

                        2,354             34     2,388  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                            264         (24 )   240  

Dividends on common shares

                        (130 )               (130 )

Dividends on preference shares

                        (67 )               (67 )

Dividends to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock

                                    (12 )   (12 )

Return of capital to noncontrolling interest

                                    (11 )   (11 )

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

                                    61     61  

Consolidation of subsidiary

                                    3     3  

Sale of non-wholly-owned subsidiary (Note 3)

                                    (588 )   (588 )

Stock-based compensation expense

                    60                     60  

Repurchase of common shares

            (6,714,573 )                   (354 )       (354 )

Issuance of common shares:

                                                             

—business acquisition (Note 2)

            10,315,400         600                     600  

—conversion of mandatory convertible preference shares (Note 23)

    (862,455 )   (863 )   8,417,215         509             354          

—stock options and award plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

            520,135         (1 )                   (1 )
                                           

Balance, December 31, 2010

    6,900,000   $ 690     146,635,083   $ 1   $ 4,793   $ 6,153   $ 583   $   $ 334   $ 12,554  

Net income

                        942             (2 )   940  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                            (1,193 )       (31 )   (1,224 )

Dividends on common shares

                        (144 )               (144 )

Dividends on preference shares

                        (34 )               (34 )

Dividends to noncontrolling interest on subsidiary common stock

                                    (18 )   (18 )

Return of capital to noncontrolling interest

                                    (21 )   (21 )

Capital contribution from noncontrolling interest

                                    95     95  

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

                    (31 )               11     (20 )

Stock-based compensation expense

                    49                     49  

Repurchases of common shares

            (1,933,286 )                   (120 )       (120 )

Issuance of common shares:

                                                             

—stock options and award plans, net of shares withheld for taxes

            908,232         18                     18  
                                           

Balance, December 31, 2011

    6,900,000   $ 690     145,610,029   $ 1   $ 4,829   $ 6,917   $ (610 ) $ (120 ) $ 368   $ 12,075  
                                           

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies

        Description of Business —Bunge Limited, a Bermuda holding company, together with its consolidated subsidiaries through which its businesses are conducted (collectively, "Bunge"), is an integrated, global agribusiness and food company. Bunge's common shares trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol "BG." Bunge operates in four divisions, which include five reportable segments: agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products, milling products and fertilizer.

        Agribusiness —Bunge's agribusiness segment is an integrated business involved in the purchase, storage, transport, processing and sale of agricultural commodities and commodity products. Bunge's agribusiness operations and assets are located in North America, South America, Europe and Asia, with merchandising and distribution offices throughout the world.

        Bunge's agribusiness segment also participates in related financial activities, such as offering trade structured finance, which leverages our international trade flows, providing risk management services to customers by assisting them with managing price exposure to agricultural commodities and developing private investment vehicles to invest in businesses complementary to Bunge's commodities operations.

        Sugar and Bioenergy —Bunge's sugar and bioenergy segment includes the results of its sugar and ethanol production activities in Brazil, global sugar merchandising and distribution, as well as ethanol production investments and related activities. This reportable segment is an integrated business involved in the growing and harvesting of sugarcane from owned land or land managed through agricultural partnership agreements and additional sourcing of sugarcane from third parties to be processed in its eight mills in Brazil to produce sugar, ethanol and electricity. Five of these sugarcane mills were acquired in 2010. The sugar and bioenergy segment is also a merchandiser and distributor of sugar and ethanol within Brazil and a global merchandiser and distributor of sugar through its office in London. In addition, the segment includes minority investments in the U.S. corn-based ethanol industry.

        Edible oil products —Bunge's edible oil products segment consists of producing and selling edible oil products, such as packaged and bulk oils, shortenings, margarine, mayonnaise and other products derived from the vegetable oil refining process. Bunge's edible oil products operations are located in North America, Europe, Brazil, China and India.

        Milling products —Bunge's milling products segment include its wheat, corn and rice milling businesses, which purchase wheat, corn and rice directly from growers and dealers and process them into milled products for food processors, bakeries, brewers, snack food producers and other customers. Bunge's wheat milling activities are primarily in Brazil. Corn and rice milling activities are located in the United States.

        Fertilizer —Bunge's fertilizer segment sells blended NPK (nitrogen, phosphate and potassium) fertilizer formulas, mixed nutrients and liquid fertilizer products to farmers and distributors primarily in Brazil, Argentina and the United States. Historically, Bunge was involved in every stage of the fertilizer business in Brazil, from mining of phosphate-based raw materials to the sale of blended fertilizer products. In May 2010, Bunge sold its fertilizer nutrients assets in Brazil, including its phosphate mining assets and its investment in Fosfertil S.A., a phosphate and nitrogen producer (see Note 3). In addition, in 2010, Bunge acquired the Argentine fertilizer business of Petrobras Energia S.A., which produces liquid and solid nitrogen fertilizers (see Note 2). In the United States, Bunge is developing a

F-9


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

wholesale business that leverages its established agribusiness network and logistics expertise. Bunge also has a joint venture with Office Chérifien des Phosphates, or OCP, to produce fertilizer products in Morocco (see Note 10).

        Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Bunge, its subsidiaries and variable interest entities in which Bunge is considered to be the primary beneficiary. The financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and include the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of all entities over which Bunge exercises control. Equity investments in which Bunge has the ability to exercise significant influence but does not control and is not the primary beneficiary are accounted for by the equity method of accounting. Investments in which Bunge does not exercise significant influence are accounted for by the cost method of accounting. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

    Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

        In its interim reporting for the third quarter of 2011, Bunge modified its application of the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income , as allowed under this standard. Bunge has also elected in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to present a separate consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 have accordingly been modified to conform to the current period presentation.

        Noncontrolling interest related to Bunge's ownership interests of less than 100% is reported as noncontrolling interest in subsidiaries in the consolidated balance sheets. The noncontrolling ownership interest in Bunge's earnings, net of tax, is reported as net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest in the consolidated statements of income.

        Use of Estimates —In preparing its accompanying consolidated financial statements, there are certain accounting policies that may involve substantial judgment or estimation in their application that require management to make certain estimates and assumptions. These may affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. They may also affect reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These include allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation allowances for recoverable taxes and deferred tax assets, impairment of long-lived assets, restructuring charges, useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, contingent liabilities, liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits and pension plan obligations. In addition, significant management estimates and assumptions are required in allocating the purchase price paid in business acquisitions to the assets and liabilities acquired (see Note 2) and the determination of fair values of Level 3 assets and liabilities (see Note 15). Actual amounts may vary from these estimates.

        Certain Concentrations of Risk —The availability and price of agricultural commodities used in Bunge's operations are subject to wide fluctuations due to unpredictable factors such as weather, plantings, government (domestic and foreign) programs and policies, and changes in global demand and production of similar and competitive crops. The markets for Bunge's products are highly price competitive and are sensitive to product substitution. Bunge purchases the majority of its raw materials directly from growers or dealers. Bunge competes against large multinational, regional and national

F-10


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

suppliers, processors and distributors and farm cooperatives. Competition is based on price, product and service offerings and geographic location. In addition, Bunge has significant commercial activities related to logistics as it moves commodities around the world and also related to energy as agricultural commodities and commodity products have become key components of ethanol and other biofuels. Bunge also enters into over-the-counter derivative instruments with financial counterparties, primarily related to management of interest rate and foreign currency risk. As a result of these activities, Bunge also has concentrations of risk with counterparties in the agribusiness, shipping, energy and finance industries.

        Translation of Foreign Currency Financial Statements —Bunge's reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the majority of Bunge's foreign subsidiaries is their local currency and, as such, amounts included in the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), cash flows and changes in equity are translated using average exchange rates during each period. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates and resulting foreign exchange translation adjustments are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

        Foreign Currency Transactions —Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured into their respective functional currencies at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. The resulting exchange gain or loss is included in Bunge's consolidated statements of income as foreign exchange gain (loss).

        Cash and Cash Equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include time deposits and readily marketable securities with original maturity dates of three months or less at the time of acquisition.

        Trade Accounts Receivable and Secured Advances to Suppliers —Accounts receivable and secured advances to suppliers are stated at the historical carrying amounts net of write-offs and allowances for uncollectible accounts. Bunge establishes an allowance for uncollectible trade accounts receivable and secured advances to farmers based on historical experience, farming economic and other market conditions as well as specific identified customer collection issues. Uncollectible accounts are written off when a settlement is reached for an amount that is less than the outstanding historical balance or when Bunge has determined that collection of the balance is unlikely.

        Secured advances to suppliers bear interest at contractual amounts which reflect current market interest rates at the time of the transaction. There are no deferred fees or costs associated with these receivables. As a result of these factors, there are no imputed interest amounts to be amortized under the interest method. Interest income is calculated based on the terms of the individual agreements and is recognized on an accrual basis.

        Bunge adopted the accounting guidance on disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2010. This guidance requires information to be disclosed at disaggregated levels, defined as portfolio segments and classes. Based upon its analysis of credit losses and risk factors to be considered in determining the allowance for credit losses, Bunge has determined that the long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil is a single portfolio segment.

        Bunge evaluates this single portfolio segment by class of receivables, which is defined as a level of information (below a portfolio segment) in which the receivables have the same initial measurement

F-11


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring risk. Bunge has identified accounts in legal collection processes and renegotiated amounts as classes of long-term receivables from farmers. Valuation allowances for accounts in legal collection processes are determined by Bunge on individual accounts based on the fair value of the collateral provided as security for the secured advance or credit sale. The fair value is determined using a combination of internal and external resources, including published information concerning Brazilian land values by region. For determination of the valuation allowances for renegotiated amounts, Bunge considers historical experience with the individual farmers, current weather and crop conditions, as well as the fair value of non-crop collateral.

        For both classes, a long-term receivable from farmers in Brazil is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if Bunge determines it to be probable that all amounts due under the original terms of the receivable will not be collected. Recognition of interest income on secured advances to farmers is suspended once the farmer defaults on the originally scheduled delivery of agricultural commodities as the collection of future income is determined to not be probable. No additional interest income is accrued from the point of default until ultimate recovery, where amounts collected are credited first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.

        Inventories —Readily marketable inventories are agricultural commodity inventories that are readily convertible to cash because of their commodity characteristics, widely available markets and international pricing mechanisms. The majority of Bunge's readily marketable inventories are valued at fair value. These agricultural commodity inventories have quoted market prices in active markets, may be sold without significant further processing and have predictable and insignificant disposal costs. Changes in the fair values of merchandisable agricultural commodities inventories are recognized in earnings as a component of cost of goods sold. Also included in readily marketable inventories is sugar produced by our sugar mills in Brazil. These inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market. They are readily convertible to cash because of their commodity characteristics, widely available markets and international pricing mechanisms.

        Inventories other than readily marketable inventories are principally stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using primarily the weighted-average cost method.

        Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities —Bunge enters into derivative instruments that are related to its business and financial exposures as a multinational agricultural commodities and food company. Bunge uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to movements associated with agricultural commodity prices, transportation costs, foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and energy costs. Bunge's use of these instruments is generally intended to mitigate the exposure to market variables (see Note 15).

        Bunge may enter into interest rate swap agreements for the purpose of managing certain of its interest rate exposures. The interest rate swaps used by Bunge as hedging instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value recorded contemporaneously in earnings. Certain swap agreements may be designated as fair value hedges. The carrying amount of the associated debt is adjusted through earnings for changes in the fair value arising from changes in benchmark interest rates. Ineffectiveness is recognized to the extent that these adjustments do not offset.

        Bunge uses a combination of foreign exchange forward and option contracts in certain of its operations to mitigate the risk from exchange rate fluctuations in connection with anticipated sales

F-12


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

denominated in foreign currencies. These derivative instruments are designated as cash flow hedges. The changes in the fair values on the contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable taxes, and are reclassified into earnings when the anticipated sales occur. The ineffective portion of these hedges is recorded as foreign exchange gain or loss in the consolidated statements of income. Bunge also may use net investment hedges to partially offset the translation adjustments arising from the remeasurement of its investment in certain of its subsidiaries. Bunge records the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instruments designated and qualifying as net investment hedges in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable taxes, as an offset to the foreign currency translation adjustment.

        Bunge generally uses exchange traded futures and options contracts to minimize the effects of changes in agricultural commodity prices on its agricultural commodity inventories, including produced sugar, future sugar production and forward purchase and sale contracts, but may also from time-to-time enter into over-the-counter ("OTC") commodity transactions, including swaps, which are settled in cash at maturity or termination based on exchange-quoted futures prices. Changes in fair values of exchange traded futures contracts representing the unrealized gains and/or losses on these instruments are settled daily generally through Bunge's wholly-owned futures clearing subsidiary. Forward purchase and sale contracts are primarily settled through delivery of agricultural commodities. While Bunge considers these exchange traded futures and forward purchase and sale contracts to be effective economic hedges, Bunge does not designate or account for the majority of its commodity contracts as hedges. Changes in fair values of these contracts and related readily marketable agricultural commodity inventories are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income. The forward contracts require performance of both Bunge and the contract counterparty in future periods. Contracts to purchase agricultural commodities generally relate to current or future crop years for delivery periods quoted by regulated commodity exchanges. Contracts for the sale of agricultural commodities generally do not extend beyond one future crop cycle. In addition, Bunge may use exchange traded futures and options as economic hedges of portions of its forecasted oilseed processing production requirements, including forecasted purchases of soybeans and sales of soy commodity products.

        Bunge is exposed to loss in the event of the non-performance by counterparties to OTC derivative instruments and forward purchase and sale contracts. Adjustments are made to fair values of derivative instruments on occasions when non-performance risk is determined to represent a significant input in fair value determination. These adjustments are based on Bunge's estimate of the potential loss in the event of counterparty non-performance.

        Bunge enters into time charter agreements for utilization of ocean freight vessels for the purpose of transporting agricultural commodities based on forecasted requirements. In addition, Bunge sells through relet agreements the right to use these ocean freight vessels when excess freight capacity is available. The market price for ocean freight varies depending on the supply and demand for ocean freight vessels and global economic and trade conditions. Bunge's time charter agreements, which represent unrecognized firm commitments for utilization of ocean freight vessels, have terms ranging from two months to five years. Bunge uses derivative instruments to hedge both time charter agreements and other portions of its anticipated ocean freight costs. A portion of the ocean freight derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges of Bunge's time charter agreements.

F-13


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Bunge uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to volatility in energy costs. Bunge's operations use substantial amounts of energy, including natural gas, coal, steam and fuel oil, including bunker fuel.

        Generally, derivative instruments are recorded at fair value in other current assets or other current liabilities in Bunge's consolidated balance sheets. Bunge assesses, both at the inception of a hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives designated as hedges are highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged items. The effective and ineffective portions of changes in fair values of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, along with the gains or losses on the related hedged items are recorded in earnings in the consolidated statements of income in the same caption as the hedged items. The effective portion of changes in fair values of derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are reclassified to earnings when the hedged cash flows are realized or when the hedge is no longer considered to be effective. In addition, Bunge may designate certain derivative instruments as net investment hedges to hedge the exposure associated with its equity investments in foreign operations. The effective portions of changes in the fair values of net investment hedges, which are evaluated based on spot rates, are recorded in the foreign exchange translation adjustment component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated balance sheets and the ineffective portions of such derivative instruments are recorded in foreign exchange gains or losses in the consolidated statements of income.

        Recoverable Taxes —Recoverable taxes include value-added taxes paid upon the acquisition of raw materials and taxable services and other transactional taxes which can be recovered in cash or as compensation against income taxes or other taxes owed by Bunge, primarily in Brazil. These recoverable tax payments are included in other current assets or other non-current assets based on their expected realization. In cases where Bunge determines that recovery is doubtful, recoverable taxes are reduced by allowances for the estimated unrecoverable amounts.

        Property, Plant and Equipment, Net —Property, plant and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and depletion. Major improvements that extend the life, capacity or efficiency or improve the safety of an asset are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. Costs related to legal obligations associated with the future retirement of capitalized assets are also capitalized as part of the cost of the related asset. Interest costs on borrowings during the construction periods of major capital projects are also capitalized.

        Included in property, plant and equipment are biological assets, primarily sugarcane, that are stated at cost less accumulated depletion. The remaining useful lives of Bunge's biological assets range from one to six years. Depletion is calculated using the estimated units of production based on the remaining useful life of the growing sugarcane. Depreciation is computed based on the straight line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

        Useful lives for property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 
  Years  

Buildings

    10-50  

Machinery and equipment

    7-20  

Furniture, fixtures and other

    3-20  

F-14


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Goodwill —Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of net assets acquired in a business acquisition. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or between annual tests if events or circumstances indicate potential impairment. Bunge's annual impairment testing is generally performed during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year.

        Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. For the majority of Bunge's recorded goodwill, the reporting unit is equivalent to Bunge's reportable segments. A discounted cash flow model is used to estimate the fair value of each reporting unit, which considers forecasted cash flows discounted at an estimated weighted-average cost of capital. Bunge selected the discounted cash methodology as it believes it is comparable to what would be used by market participants. The weighted average cost of capital is an estimate of the overall after-tax rate of return required by equity and debt market participants of a business enterprise. These analyses require the use of significant judgments, including judgments about appropriate discount rates, growth rates and terminal values and the timing of expected future cash flows. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the respective reporting unit. Sensitivity analyses are performed in order to assess the reasonableness of assumptions.

        Bunge's reporting segments in which it has recorded goodwill are agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products, milling products and fertilizer (see Note 7). Impairment losses are generally included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income, unless the goodwill is associated with acquired marketing or brand assets, in which case impairment losses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

        Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Other Finite-Lived Intangible Assets —Other intangible assets that have finite useful lives include brands, trademarks and other assets which are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition. Other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized but are tested annually for impairment utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology consistent with that described above for goodwill. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 2 to 50 years (see Note 8).

        Bunge reviews its property, plant and equipment and other finite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of an asset may not be recoverable. In performing the review for recoverability, Bunge bases its evaluation on such indicators as the nature, future economic benefits and geographic locations of the assets, historical or future profitability measures and other external market conditions. If these indicators result in the expected non-recoverability of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group, Bunge determines whether impairment has occurred by analyzing estimates of undiscounted future cash flows. If the estimates of undiscounted future cash flows during the expected useful life of the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset, a loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its estimated fair value, measured by the present value of the estimated future cash flows or by third-party appraisal. Bunge records impairments related to property, plant and equipment and other finite-lived intangible assets used in the processing of its products in cost of goods sold in its consolidated statements of income. The impairment of marketing or brand assets is recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 9).

        Property, plant and equipment and other finite-lived intangible assets to be sold or otherwise disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.

F-15


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Impairment of Investments in Affiliates —Bunge reviews its investments in affiliates annually or when an event or circumstances indicate that a potential decline in fair value may be other than temporary. Bunge considers various factors in determining whether to recognize an impairment charge, including the length of time that the fair value of the investment is expected to be below its carrying value, the financial condition, operating performance and near-term prospects of the affiliate, and Bunge's intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to allow for the recovery in fair value. Impairment charges for investments in affiliates are included as a reduction in Bunge's reported equity in earnings of affiliates in the consolidated statements of income.

        Stock-Based Compensation —Bunge maintains equity incentive plans for its employees and non-employee directors, which are described in Note 25. Bunge accounts for stock-based compensation using the modified prospective transition method. Under the modified prospective transition method, compensation cost recognized for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 includes (1) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value in accordance with ASC Topic 718 Compensation—Stock Compensation that provides guidance for recognizing transactions under share-based payment arrangements with employees, and (2) compensation cost for all share-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of the FASB standard.

        Income Taxes —Income tax expenses and benefits are recognized based on the tax laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which Bunge's subsidiaries operate. Under Bermuda law, Bunge is not required to pay taxes in Bermuda on either income or capital gains. The provision for income taxes includes income taxes currently payable and deferred income taxes arising as a result of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in Bunge's financial statements and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

        The calculation of tax liabilities involves management's judgments concerning uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in the many jurisdictions in which Bunge operates and involves consideration of potential liabilities for potential tax audit issues in those many jurisdictions based on estimates of whether it is more likely than not those additional taxes will be due. Investment tax credits are recorded in income tax expenses in the period in which such credits are granted.

        Revenue Recognition —Sales of agricultural commodities, fertilizers and other products are recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is determinable, the product has been delivered, title to the product and risk of loss transfer to the customer, which is dependent on the agreed upon sales terms with the customer, and when collection of the sale price is reasonably assured. Sales terms provide for passage of title either at the time and point of shipment or at the time and point of delivery of the product being sold. Net sales consist of gross sales less discounts related to promotional programs and sales taxes. Interest income on secured advances to suppliers is included in net sales due to its operational nature (see Note 5). Sales of a primarily financial nature, such as trade structured financing activities, are recorded net, and margins earned on such transactions are included in net sales. Shipping and handling charges billed to customers are included in net sales and related costs are included in cost of goods sold.

F-16


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation and Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Research and Development —Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses were $22 million, $24 million and $26 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        New Accounting Pronouncements —In December and June 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income . The guidance requires that other comprehensive income be presented in either one continuous statement, or in two separate but consecutive statements. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. The amendment eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. The FASB also deferred the required presentation of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the face of the financial statements. These amendments are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoptions of these standards are not expected to have a material impact on Bunge's consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2011, FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 210, Balance Sheet . This amendment requires an entity to disclose both gross and net information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and/or subject to a master netting arrangement or similar agreement. The amendment is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on January 1, 2013 and should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this standard would expand Bunge's disclosures but is not expected to impact Bunge's consolidated financial results.

        In September 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other . This guidance provides an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine potential impairment as a basis for determining the necessity of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The amendments are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The adoption of this standard is not expected to impact Bunge's consolidated financial results.

        In May 2011, the FASB amended the guidance in ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement . This guidance is intended to result in convergence between U.S. GAAP and IFRS requirements for measurement of, and disclosures about, fair value. The amendment clarifies or changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for Level 3 fair value measurements. The amendments are to be applied prospectively and are effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on Bunge's financial results but may require expanded disclosure in Bunge's consolidated financial statements.

2. Business Acquisitions

        In December 2011, Bunge acquired a tomato products business in its edible oils segment in Brazil for $97 million consisting of $81 million in cash and a $16 million contingent obligation. The preliminary purchase price allocation includes approximately $10 million of inventory, $39 million of finite-lived intangible assets, primarily trademarks, $21 million of property, plant and equipment, $41 million of goodwill, $1 million of current liabilities and $13 million of deferred tax liabilities.

F-17


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Business Acquisitions (Continued)

        In August 2011, Bunge acquired a North American margarine business in its edible oils segment for a total purchase price of $18 million. The purchase price allocation has been completed resulting in $14 million allocated to property, plant and equipment and $4 million allocated to inventory. Also, in August 2011, Bunge acquired grain elevator operations in its agribusiness segment in North America for a total purchase price of $10 million. The purchase price allocation has been completed resulting in $7 million allocated to property, plant and equipment and $3 million to the fair value of commercial purchase and sale contracts acquired.

        In February 2011, Bunge acquired a port facility in its agribusiness segment in Ukraine for a total purchase price of $100 million, net of $2 million cash acquired, consisting of $83 million in cash and $17 million of assumed short-term debt related to assets under construction. The purchase price allocation has been completed resulting in $5 million of current assets, $48 million of property, plant and equipment, $32 million of other finite-lived intangible assets, $34 million of goodwill, $10 million of capital lease obligations, $6 million of deferred tax liabilities and $3 million of other liabilities.

        In February 2010, Bunge acquired a 100% interest in five Brazilian sugarcane mills in São Paulo and Minas Gerais states that were formerly part of the Moema Group through the acquisition of Usina Moema Particpacãoes S.A. (Moema Par) and remaining interests in four mills that were not wholly-owned by Moema Par. Bunge collectively refers to the acquired entities as Moema. The purchase consideration for the Moema acquisition was as follows:

(US$ in millions)
   
 

Fair value of 10,315,400 Bunge Limited common shares issued

  $ 600  

Cash paid

    52  
       

Total purchase price

  $ 652  
       

        Acquisition related expenses of $11 million were included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2010.

F-18


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Business Acquisitions (Continued)

        The table below summarizes Bunge's assessment of the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired and resulting determination of goodwill:

(US$ in millions)
  December 31,
2010
 

Assets acquired:

       

Cash

  $ 3  

Inventories

    187  

Other current assets

    69  

Property, plant and equipment

    657  

Other intangible assets

    44  

Other non-current assets

    127  
       

Total assets

    1,087  
       

Liabilities acquired:

       

Short-term debt

    378  

Other current liabilities

    286  

Long-term debt

    177  

Other non-current liabilities

    34  
       

Total liabilities

    875  
       

Goodwill

    440  
       

Total purchase price

  $ 652  
       

Other Intangible assets consist of the following:

(US$ in millions)
  Useful Life    
 

Agricultural partnership agreements

  7 years   $ 43  

Other

  2-20 years     1  
           

Total

      $ 44  
           

        The fair value assigned to intangible assets associated with partnership agreements for the production of sugarcane was determined using the income approach. The fair value of the other intangibles was primarily determined using the market approach. The intangible assets have no expected residual value at the end of their useful lives and are subject to amortization on a straight-line basis. The fair values of tangible assets were derived using a combination of the income approach, the market approach and the cost approach as considered appropriate for the specific assets being valued. None of the acquired assets or liabilities will be measured at fair value on a recurring basis in periods subsequent to the initial recognition.

        Moema is a party to a number of claims and lawsuits, primarily civil, labor and environmental claims arising out of the normal course of business. Included in other non-current liabilities is $14 million related to Moema's probable contingencies.

        Moema is included in the sugar and bioenergy segment and the goodwill from this acquisition has been assigned to that segment. The acquisition complements Bunge's existing sugarcane milling and

F-19


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Business Acquisitions (Continued)

trading and merchandising activities and increases Bunge's presence in the sugar and sugarcane-based ethanol industry in Brazil, substantially increasing Bunge's annual sugarcane crushing capacity. The acquired mills form a cluster within a highly productive region for sugarcane in Brazil. The Moema management team's experience in sugarcane agricultural and industrial processes is expected to complement Bunge's expertise in trade and financial risk management. Bunge also expects synergies with its fertilizer business and logistics efficiencies from the acquisition. Goodwill of $489 million is deductible for tax purposes. In addition, the tax deductible goodwill exceeds the recorded goodwill by approximately $95 million resulting in total tax deductible goodwill of approximately $584 million. As a result, a long-term deferred tax asset of $49 million relating to the excess tax deductible goodwill and a corresponding reduction in goodwill were recorded in the purchase price allocation.

        Included in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2010 are Moema's net sales and losses from operations before income taxes of $496 million and $22 million, respectively.

        In the first quarter of 2010, Bunge acquired the Argentine fertilizer business of Petrobras Energía S.A., a subsidiary of Petroleo Brasileiro S.A. (Petrobras), for $80 million. The acquired business is included in Bunge's fertilizer segment. This acquisition expands Bunge's presence in the Argentine retail fertilizer market, allowing it to further develop synergies with its grain origination operations through the sale of products to farmers from whom it may purchase commodities. Based on the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired, $66 million of the purchase price was allocated to property, plant and equipment, $6 million to other current assets, $7 million to other intangible assets, primarily a non-compete agreement and $1 million to goodwill.

        In the third quarter of 2010, Bunge acquired two oilseed processing facilities in its agribusiness segment in Turkey in separate transactions for a total purchase price of $24 million, consisting of $5 million in cash and $19 million of other prepayments related to existing contractual arrangements. The preliminary purchase price allocations for the combined transactions included $20 million allocated to property, plant and equipment and $4 million to goodwill. There were no changes to the purchase price allocation upon finalization in 2011.

        In 2010, Bunge acquired the North American rice milling business of Pacific International Rice Mills, LLC (PIRM) in its milling products segment for a total purchase price of $43 million in cash. The 2010 preliminary purchase price allocation included allocations of $17 million to property, plant and equipment, $33 million to current assets and $7 million to current liabilities. Upon finalization of the purchase price allocation in 2011, current assets were reduced by $3 million with $1 million allocated to finite-lived intangibles for brands and trademarks and $2 million allocated to current liabilities.

        In the fourth quarter of 2010, Bunge acquired the Hungarian margarine businesses of Royal Brinkers in its edible oil products segment for 5 million Euros in cash which equated to approximately $7 million. The 2010 preliminary purchase price allocation included $2 million of property, plant and equipment, $1 million of other intangible assets and $4 million of goodwill. Upon finalization of the purchase price allocation in 2011, property, plant and equipment was reduced by $1 million which was reallocated to inventory.

        In the fourth quarter of 2010, Bunge completed the acquisitions of several grain elevators in its agribusiness segment in the United States in two separate transactions for a total purchase price of

F-20


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

2. Business Acquisitions (Continued)

$64 million in cash. The preliminary purchase price allocations of the combined transactions included $30 million of property, plant and equipment, $54 million of current assets, $25 million of current liabilities and $5 million of goodwill. Upon completion of the purchase price allocation in 2011, goodwill was reduced by $5 million with $1 million reallocated to current assets, $3 million to property, plant and equipment and a $1 million reduction to current liabilities.

        Pro forma financial information is not presented as these acquisitions individually and in aggregate are not material.

3. Business Divestitures

        In January 2010, Bunge and two of its wholly-owned subsidiaries entered into a definitive agreement (as amended, the Agreement) with Vale S.A., a Brazil-based global mining company (Vale), and an affiliate of Vale, pursuant to which Vale acquired Bunge's fertilizer nutrients assets in Brazil, including its interest in Fertilizantes Fosfatados S.A. (Fosfertil) when the transaction closed on May 27, 2010. Final settlement of a post-closing adjustment occurred on August 13, 2010. Bunge received total cash proceeds of $3,914 million and recognized a gain of $2,440 million ($1,901 million, net of tax) in its fertilizer segment related to this transaction. Included in the calculation of the gain was $152 million of transaction costs incurred in connection with the divestiture. Total income tax expense associated with the transaction was $539 million, of which approximately $280 million was paid during the year ended December 31, 2010 and approximately $259 million was offset by deferred tax assets and other tax credits and, therefore, did not result in cash tax payments. The sale of these assets did not result in accounting for our Brazil fertilizer business as a discontinued operations as Bunge retained the merchandising and distribution portion of the business, which is expected to continue with a similar level of cash flows as it procures raw materials from Vale and remains a major seller of blended fertilizer products to farmers in Brazil.

        Approximately $144 million of transaction costs and $280 million of withholding taxes are included as a component of cash used for operating activities in Bunge's consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010. Gross proceeds of $3,914 million and cash disposed of $106 million related to the sale of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets are included as a component of cash provided by investing activities in Bunge's consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010.

F-21


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

4. Inventories

        Inventories by segment are presented below. Readily marketable inventories refers to inventories that are readily convertible to cash because of their commodity characteristics, widely available markets and international pricing mechanisms.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Agribusiness  (1)

  $ 4,080   $ 5,137  

Sugar and Bioenergy  (2)

    465     359  

Edible Oil Products  (3)

    489     460  

Milling Products  (4)

    130     163  

Fertilizer  (4)

    569     516  
           

Total

  $ 5,733   $ 6,635  
           

(1)
Includes readily marketable agricultural commodity inventories carried at fair value of $3,724 million and $4,540 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. All other agribusiness segment inventories are carried at lower of cost or market.

(2)
Includes readily marketable sugar inventories of $139 million and $86 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of these sugar inventories, $83 million and $66 million are carried at fair value at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in Bunge's merchandising business. Sugar and ethanol inventories in Bunge's industrial production business are carried at lower of cost or market.

(3)
Edible oil products inventories are generally carried at lower of cost or market, with the exception of readily marketable inventories of bulk soybean oil which is carried at fair value in the aggregate amount of $212 million and $225 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(4)
Milling products and fertilizer inventories are carried at lower of cost or market.

F-22


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

5. Other Current Assets

        Other current assets consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Prepaid commodity purchase contracts  (1)

  $ 206   $ 267  

Secured advances to suppliers, net  (2)

    349     245  

Unrealized gains on derivative contracts at fair value

    1,283     2,619  

Recoverable taxes, net

    528     500  

Margin deposits  (3)

    352     926  

Marketable securities

    50     39  

Deferred purchase price receivable  (4)

    192      

Prepaid expenses

    369     220  

Restricted cash  (5)

    43      

Other

    424     652  
           

Total

  $ 3,796   $ 5,468  
           

(1)
Prepaid commodity purchase contracts represent advance payments against fixed priced contracts for future delivery of specified quantities of agricultural commodities. These contracts are recorded at fair value based on prices of the underlying agricultural commodities.

(2)
Bunge provides cash advances to suppliers, primarily Brazilian farmers of soybeans and other agricultural commodities, to finance a portion of the suppliers' production costs. Bunge does not bear any of the costs or risks associated with the related growing crops. The advances are largely collateralized by future crops and physical assets of the suppliers, carry a local market interest rate and settle when the farmer's crop is harvested and sold. The secured advances to farmers are reported net of allowances of $3 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Changes in the allowance for 2011 included an increase of $2 million for additional bad debt provisions and a reduction in the allowance for recoveries of $2 million. Changes in the allowance for 2010 included an increase of $1 million for additional bad debt provisions and a reduction in the allowance for recoveries of $1 million.

Interest earned on secured advances to suppliers of $25 million, $25 million and $41 million for 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively, is included in net sales in the consolidated statements of income.

(3)
Margin deposits include U.S. treasury securities at fair value and cash.

(4)
Deferred purchase price receivable represents additional credit support for the investment conduits in Bunge's accounts receivables sales program (see Note 18) and is recognized at its estimated fair value.

(5)
Restricted cash includes an escrowed cash deposit related to a pending equity investment.

F-23


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

        Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Land

  $ 468   $ 483  

Biological assets

    383     313  

Buildings

    1,794     1,743  

Machinery and equipment

    4,461     4,270  

Furniture, fixtures and other

    376     488  
           

    7,482     7,297  

Less: accumulated depreciation and depletion

    (3,163 )   (2,983 )

Plus: construction in progress

    1,198     998  
           

Total

  $ 5,517   $ 5,312  
           

        Bunge capitalized expenditures of $1,061 million, $1,117 million and $1,001 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In addition, included in these capitalized expenditures was capitalized interest on construction in progress of $16 million, $21 million and $26 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Depreciation and depletion expense was $497 million, $420 million and $427 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

7. Goodwill

        Bunge performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2010, there was an impairment of $3 million in the milling products segment (see Note 9). There were no impairments of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2011 or 2009.

F-24


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

7. Goodwill (Continued)

        Changes in the carrying value of goodwill by segment at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows:

(US$ in millions)
  Agribusiness   Sugar and
Bioenergy  (1)
  Edible Oil
Products
  Milling
Products
  Fertilizer   Total  

Balance, January 1, 2010

  $ 204   $ 130   $ 83   $ 10   $   $ 427  

Goodwill acquired  (2)

    9     440     4         1     454  

Reallocation of acquired goodwill  (2)

            (4 )           (4 )

Impairment

                (3 )       (3 )

Tax benefit on goodwill amortization  (3)

    (6 )       (1 )           (7 )

Foreign exchange translation

    8     61     (2 )           67  
                           

Balance, December 31, 2010

    215     631     80     7     1     934  

Goodwill acquired  (2)

    34         41             75  

Reallocation of acquired goodwill  (2)

    (5 )                   (5 )

Tax benefit on goodwill amortization  (3)

    (7 )                   (7 )

Foreign exchange translation

    (21 )   (71 )   (11 )   (1 )       (104 )
                           

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ 216   $ 560   $ 110   $ 6   $ 1   $ 893  
                           

(1)
See Notes 1 and 2.

(2)
See Note 2.

(3)
Bunge's Brazilian subsidiary's tax deductible goodwill is in excess of its book goodwill. For financial reporting purposes for goodwill acquired prior to 2009, the tax benefits attributable to the excess tax goodwill are first used to reduce associated goodwill and then other intangible assets to zero, prior to recognizing any income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of income.

F-25


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

8. Other Intangible Assets

        Other intangible assets consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Trademarks/brands, finite-lived

  $ 162   $ 127  

Licenses

    13     11  

Other

    154     115  
           

    329     253  

Less accumulated amortization:

             

Trademarks/brands  (1)

    (53 )   (54 )

Licenses

    (4 )   (3 )

Other

    (58 )   (39 )
           

    (115 )   (96 )

Trademarks/brands, indefinite-lived

    6     29  
           

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

  $ 220   $ 186  
           

(1)
Bunge's Brazilian subsidiary's tax deductible goodwill in the agribusiness segment is in excess of its book goodwill. For financial reporting purposes, for other intangible assets acquired prior to 2009, before recognizing any income tax benefit of tax deductible goodwill in excess of its book goodwill in the consolidated statements of income and after the related book goodwill has been reduced to zero, any such remaining tax deductible goodwill in excess of its book goodwill is used to reduce other intangible assets to zero.

        In 2011, Bunge acquired assets including $23 million of trademarks and $48 million of other intangible assets including customer lists of $16 million and port usage rights of $32 million. These amounts were allocated $32 million to the agribusiness segment and $39 million to the edible oil products segment. Finite lives of these assets range from 5 to 20 years.

        In 2010, Bunge assigned a total of $52 million to other intangible assets acquired in business acquisitions. These assets primarily relate to agricultural partnership agreements for the production of sugarcane acquired as part of the Moema acquisition (see Note 2). These amounts were allocated $44 million, $7 million and $1 million to the sugar and bioenergy, fertilizer and edible oil products segments, respectively. Finite lives of these assets range from 2 to 20 years.

        Bunge performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarters of 2011, 2010 and 2009. There were no impairments of indefinite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

        The aggregate amortization expense was $29 million, $23 million and $16 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The annual estimated aggregate amortization expense for 2012 is approximately $32 million with approximately $29 million estimated per year for 2013 through 2016.

F-26


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Impairment and Restructuring Charges

        Impairment —In 2011, Bunge recorded no significant impairment charges.

        In 2010, Bunge recorded pretax non-cash impairment charges of $77 million in cost of goods sold, which consisted of $42 million related to the write-down of a European oilseed processing and refining facility, $12 million related to the closure of an older, less efficient oilseed processing facility in the United States and a co-located corn oil extraction line, $9 million related to the closure of processing and refining facilities in Europe with restructuring of Bunge's European footprint, $9 million related to a long-term supply contract acquired in connection with a wheat mill acquisition in Brazil and $5 million for additional assets in Brazil. These pretax impairment charges were allocated $35 million to the agribusiness segment, $28 million to the edible oil products segment and $14 million to the milling products segment. The fair values of the processing facilities and distribution center were determined utilizing projected discounted cash flows for these facilities. The fair values of the office facility and the long-term supply contract were determined using third party valuations.

        In 2009, Bunge recorded pretax non-cash impairment charges of $5 million in cost of goods sold in its agribusiness segment, relating to the permanent closure of a smaller, older and less efficient oilseed processing and refining facility in Brazil. In addition, Bunge recorded $26 million of pretax non-cash impairment charges in selling, general and administrative expenses in its agribusiness segment, relating to the write-down of certain real estate assets in South America and an equity investment in a U.S. biodiesel production and marketing company. The fair values of the real estate assets were determined by using third party valuations. The fair value of the U.S. biodiesel investment was determined utilizing projected cash flows of the biodiesel production and marketing company.

        Restructuring —In 2011, Bunge recorded no significant restructuring charges.

        In 2010, Bunge recorded pretax restructuring charges of $19 million in cost of goods sold, which related primarily to the oilseed processing facility closure in the United States, the consolidation of administrative functions in Brazil and restructuring of certain European operations. These restructuring charges were allocated $10 million to the agribusiness segment, $1 million to the sugar and bioenergy segment, $4 million to the edible oil products segment and $4 million to the fertilizer segment. In addition, restructuring charges consisting primarily of termination benefits related to the consolidation of Bunge's Brazilian operations and the closure of certain European oilseed processing and refining facilities were recorded as selling, general and administrative expenses with $3 million, $3 million, $3 million and $1 million allocated to the agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products and milling products segments, respectively.

        Termination benefit costs in the agribusiness segment for the year ended December 31, 2010 related to benefit obligations associated with approximately 90 employees related to the closure of the U.S. oilseed processing facility and the consolidation of our operations in Brazil. This consolidation of Brazilian operations also impacted the sugar and bioenergy, fertilizer, edible oil products and milling products segments. Termination benefit costs in our edible oil products segment related to 411 employees in connection with the reorganization of certain of our operations in Europe. Bunge accrued $11 million in its consolidated balance sheet related to the Brazilian restructuring as of December 31, 2010. Substantially all of these costs were paid in 2011 under severance plans that were defined and communicated in 2010. Funding for the payments was provided by cash flows from operations.

F-27


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

9. Impairment and Restructuring Charges (Continued)

        In 2009, Bunge recorded pretax restructuring charges of $16 million in cost of goods sold related to its European and Brazilian businesses. These charges consisted of termination benefit costs of $10 million, $3 million and $3 million in the agribusiness, edible oil products and fertilizer segments, respectively. In the agribusiness segment, termination costs related to benefit obligations associated with approximately 48 plant employees related to the closure of a European oilseed processing facility and approximately 47 employees related to the consolidation of our administrative activities in Brazil. In the edible oil products segment, such charges related to benefits due to approximately 405 employees as a result of the reorganization of certain of our operations in Europe and approximately 24 employees as a result of the consolidation of our administrative activities in Brazil. In the fertilizer segment, such charges related to benefits due to approximately 96 employees related to the consolidation of our administrative activities in Brazil. Approximately $11 million of these costs were paid in 2010 under severance plans that were defined and communicated in 2009. Funding for the payments was provided by cash flows from operations.

        The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value (all of which utilized Level 3 inputs) on a nonrecurring basis subsequent to initial recognition. For additional information on Level 1, 2 and 3 inputs see Note 15.

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements Using    
 
 
  Year Ended
December 31, 2010
  Impairment Losses
Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 
(US$ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Property, plant and equipment

  $ 96   $   $   $ 96   $ (65 )
                       

Other intangible assets

  $ 3   $   $   $ 3   $ (9 )
                       

Goodwill

  $   $   $   $   $ (3 )
                       

10. Investments in Affiliates

        Bunge participates in several unconsolidated joint ventures and other investments accounted for using the equity method. Significant equity method investments at December 31, 2011 are described below. Bunge allocates equity in earnings of affiliates to its reporting segments.

Agribusiness

        Bunge-SCF Grain, LLC.     Bunge has a 50% interest in Bunge-SCF Grain, LLC, a joint venture with SCF Agri/Fuels LLC. that provides improved infrastructure for commodities in the United States and export markets.

        Complejo Agroindustrial Angostura S.A.     Bunge has a 33.33% ownership interest in this joint venture with Louis Dreyfus Commodities and Aceitera General Deheza S.A. (AGD), which is constructing an oilseed processing facility in Paraguay.

        Diester Industries International S.A.S. (DII).     Bunge is a party to a joint venture with Diester Industries, a subsidiary of Sofiproteol, specializing in the production and marketing of biodiesel in Europe. Bunge has a 40% interest in DII.

F-28


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. Investments in Affiliates (Continued)

        The Solae Company.     Solae is a joint venture with E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. Solae is engaged in the global production and distribution of soy-based ingredients, including soy proteins and lecithins. Bunge has a 28.06% interest in Solae.

        Terminal 6 S.A. and Terminal 6 Industrial S.A.     Bunge has a joint venture in Argentina with Aceitera General Deheza S.A. (AGD), for the operation of the Terminal 6 port facility located in the Santa Fe province of Argentina. Bunge is also a party to a second joint venture with AGD that operates a crushing facility located adjacent to the Terminal 6 port facility. Bunge owns 40% and 50%, respectively, of these joint ventures. In 2010, Ecofuel S.A., of which Bunge was a 50% owner with the remaining 50% owned by AGD, merged with Terminal 6 Industrial S.A. Ecofuel manufactured biodiesel products in the Santa Fe province of Argentina.

Sugar and Bioenergy

        Bunge-Ergon Vicksburg, LLC (BEV).     Bunge is a 50% owner of BEV along with Ergon Ethanol, Inc. BEV operates an ethanol plant at the Port of Vicksburg, Mississippi, where Bunge operates grain elevator facilities.

        Southwest Iowa Renewable Energy, LLC (SIRE).     Bunge is a 25% owner of SIRE. The other owners are primarily agricultural producers located in Southwest Iowa. SIRE operates an ethanol plant near Bunge's oilseed processing facility in Council Bluffs, Iowa.

Food Products

        Harinera La Espiga, S.A. de C.V.     Bunge is a party to this joint venture in Mexico with Grupo Neva, S.A. de C.V. and Cerrollera, S.A. de C.V. The joint venture has wheat milling and bakery dry mix operations. Bunge has a 31.5% interest in the joint venture.

Fertilizers

        Bunge Maroc Phosphore S.A.     Bunge has a 50% interest in this joint venture to produce fertilizers in Morocco with Office Cherifien Des Phosphates (OCP). The joint venture was formed to produce fertilizer products for shipment to Brazil, Argentina and certain other markets in Latin America.

F-29


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

10. Investments in Affiliates (Continued)

        Summarized combined financial information reported for all equity method affiliates and a summary of the amounts recorded in Bunge's consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 follows:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Combined financial position:

             

Current assets

  $ 1,135   $ 1,269  

Non-current assets

    1,988     2,004  
           

Total assets

  $ 3,123   $ 3,273  
           

Current liabilities

  $ 665   $ 778  

Non-current liabilities

    590     600  

Stockholders' equity

    1,868     1,895  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 3,123   $ 3,273  
           

Amounts recorded by Bunge:

             

Investments  (1)

  $ 600   $ 609  

 

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Combined results of operations:

                   

Revenues

  $ 3,540   $ 2,902   $ 5,407  

Gross profit

    311     330     505  

Income before income tax and noncontrolling interest

    27     82     94  

Net income

    65     66     82  

Amounts recorded by Bunge:

                   

Equity in earnings of affiliates  (2)

  $ 44   $ 27   $ 80  

(1)
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, Bunge's investment of $365 million and $367 million, respectively, equaled its underlying equity in the net assets of Solae.

(2)
In 2011, equity in earnings of affiliates includes a $37 million gain on sale of our interest in an oilseed processing facility joint venture. In 2009, equity in earnings of affiliates includes a $66 million (net of tax of $3 million) gain on the sale of Saipol S.A.S., a European edible oils joint venture.

F-30


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Other Non-Current Assets

        Other non-current assets consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Recoverable taxes, net

  $ 386   $ 964  

Long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil, net

    284     377  

Judicial deposits

    167     172  

Other long-term receivables

    10     129  

Income taxes receivable

    565      

Affiliate loan receivable

    63     65  

Other

    231     238  
           

Total

  $ 1,706   $ 1,945  
           

        Recoverable taxes —Recoverable taxes are reported net of valuation allowances of $41 million and $38 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

        Long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil —Bunge provides financing to farmers in Brazil, primarily through secured advances against farmer commitments to deliver agricultural commodities (primarily soybeans) upon harvest of the then-current year's crop and through credit sales of fertilizer to farmers. These are commercial transactions that are intended to be short-term in nature with amounts expected to be repaid either in cash or through delivery to Bunge of agricultural commodities when the related crops are harvested. These arrangements are typically secured by the farmer's expected current year crop and liens on land, buildings and equipment to ensure recoverability in the event of crop failure. The terms of fertilizer credit sales do not include interest. The secured advances against commitments to deliver soybeans provide for interest between the advance date and the scheduled soybean delivery date. The credit factors considered by Bunge in evaluating farmers before initial advance or extension of credit include, among other things, the credit history of the farmer, financial strength, available agricultural land and available collateral in addition to the expected crop.

        From time to time, weather conditions in certain regions of Brazil and farming economics in general, are adversely affected by factors including volatility in soybean prices, movements in the Brazilian real relative to the U.S. dollar and crop quality and yield issues. In the event of a farmer default resulting from these or other factors, Bunge considers these secured advance and credit sale amounts as past due immediately when the expected soybeans are not delivered as scheduled against advances or when the credit sale amounts are not paid when they come due at the end of the harvest. A large portion of these defaulted accounts resulted from poor crops in certain regions of Brazil in 2005 and 2006. While Brazilian farm economics have improved from those consecutive crop failures, some farmers have continued to face economic challenges due to high debt levels and a strong Brazilian real .

        Upon farmer default, Bunge generally initiates legal proceedings to recover the defaulted amounts. However, the legal recovery process through the judicial system is a long-term process, generally spanning a number of years. As a result, once accounts have been submitted to the judicial process for recovery, Bunge may also seek to renegotiate certain terms with the defaulting farmer in order to accelerate recovery.

F-31


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Other Non-Current Assets (Continued)

        Credit quality and allowance for uncollectible accounts —Bunge adopted the accounting guidance on disclosure about the credit quality of financing receivables and the allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2010. This guidance requires information to be disclosed at disaggregated levels, defined as portfolio segments and classes. Based upon its analysis of credit losses and risk factors to be considered in determining the allowance for credit losses, Bunge has determined that the long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil represents a single portfolio segment.

        Bunge evaluates this single portfolio segment by class of receivables, which is defined as a level of information (below a portfolio segment) in which the receivables have the same initial measurement attribute and a similar method for assessing and monitoring risk. Bunge has identified accounts in legal collection processes and renegotiated amounts as classes of long-term receivables from farmers. Valuation allowances for accounts in legal collection processes are determined by Bunge on individual accounts based on the fair value of the collateral provided as security for the secured advance or credit sale. The fair value is determined using a combination of internal and external resources, including published information concerning Brazilian land values by region. For determination of the valuation allowances for renegotiated amounts, Bunge considers historical experience with the individual farmers, current weather and crop conditions, as well as the fair value of non-crop collateral.

        Impairment —For both classes, a long-term receivable from farmers in Brazil is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if Bunge determines it to be probable that all amounts due under the original terms of the receivable will not be collected. Recognition of interest income on secured advances to farmers is suspended once the farmer defaults on the originally scheduled delivery of agricultural commodities as the collection of future income is determined to not be probable. No additional interest income is accrued from the point of default until ultimate recovery, where amounts collected are credited first against the receivable and then to any unrecognized interest income.

        The table below summarizes Bunge's recorded investment in long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil for amounts in the legal collection process and renegotiated amounts.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Legal collection process  (1)

  $ 358   $ 441  

Renegotiated amounts:

             

Current on repayment terms

    125     137  
           

Total

  $ 483   $ 578  
           

(1)
All amounts in legal process are considered past due upon initiation of legal action.

        The average recorded investment in long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $561 million and $582 million, respectively. The table below

F-32


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Other Non-Current Assets (Continued)

summarizes Bunge's recorded investment in long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil and the related allowance amounts.

 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
(US$ in millions)
  Recorded
Investment
  Allowance   Recorded
Investment
  Allowance  

For which an allowance has been provided:

                         

Renegotiated amounts

  $ 64   $ 52   $ 66   $ 39  

Legal collection process

    162     147     180     162  

For which no allowance has been provided:

                         

Renegotiated amounts

    61         71      

Legal collection process

    196         261      
                   

Total

  $ 483   $ 199   $ 578   $ 201  
                   

        The table below summarizes the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts related to long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Beginning balance

  $ 201   $ 232  

Bad debt provision

    32     31  

Recoveries

    (17 )   (15 )

Write-offs

        (57 )

Transfers  (1)

    6     4  

Foreign exchange translation

    (23 )   6  
           

Ending balance

  $ 199   $ 201  
           

(1)
Represents reclassifications from allowance for doubtful accounts-current for secured advances to suppliers.

        Judicial deposits —Judicial deposits are funds that Bunge has placed on deposit with the courts in Brazil. These funds are held in judicial escrow relating to certain legal proceedings pending legal resolution and bear interest at the SELIC rate (benchmark rate of the Brazilian central bank).

        Other long-term receivables —Other long-term receivables at December 31, 2010 primarily include installment payments to be received from Bunge's sale of its 33.34% interest in Saipol S.A.S. in December 2009 for 145 million Euros, or its equivalent at that date of approximately $209 million. The sale agreement provided for payment in four equal annual installments, two of which had been received as of January 2011. In the second quarter 2011, Bunge sold this receivable and a loss of $2 million is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011.

        Income taxes receivable —Income taxes receivable at December 31, 2011 includes overpayments of current income taxes plus accrued interest. These income tax prepayments are expected to be utilized

F-33


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

11. Other Non-Current Assets (Continued)

for settlement of future income tax obligations. Income taxes receivable in Brazil bear interest at the SELIC rate (benchmark rate of the Brazilian central bank).

        Affiliate loans receivable —Affiliate loans receivable are primarily interest bearing receivables from unconsolidated affiliates with an initial maturity of greater than one year.

12. Other Current Liabilities

        Other current liabilities consist of the following:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Accrued liabilities

  $ 1,179   $ 1,268  

Unrealized losses on derivative contracts at fair value

    1,370     2,105  

Advances on sales

    283     323  

Other

    57     79  
           

Total

  $ 2,889   $ 3,775  
           

13. Asset Retirement Obligations

        Bunge has asset retirement obligations with carrying amounts totaling $19 million and $43 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Asset retirement obligations relate to the restoration of leased land to its original state and removal of the plants upon termination of the leases, and in its edible oil products segment, related to the removal of certain storage tanks associated with edible oil refining facilities.

        The change in carrying value of asset retirement obligations in 2011 consisted of a $22 million decrease of the initial obligation, related to fair value adjustments, primarily in the agribusiness segment, an increase of $4 million for accretion expense and a decrease of $6 million related to currency translation. The decrease in the initial obligation resulted in a reduction of property, plant and equipment of $6 million and recognition of approximately $12 million of reduction in cost of goods sold in Bunge's consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2011. The change in carrying value of asset retirement obligations in 2010 consisted of additions of $6 million in the sugar and bioenergy segment related to the acquisition of Moema, a $3 million increase of the initial obligation, which resulted from a decrease in the discount rate used to calculate the present value ($2 million in the fertilizer segment and $1 million in the agribusiness segment), an increase of $3 million for accretion expense, an increase of $2 million related to currency translation and a decrease of $42 million in the fertilizer segment due to the sale of the nutrients assets (see Note 3).

14. Income Taxes

        Bunge operates globally and is subject to the tax laws and regulations of numerous tax jurisdictions and authorities, as well as tax agreements and treaties among these jurisdictions. Bunge's tax provision is impacted by, among other factors, changes in tax laws, regulations, agreements and treaties, currency exchange rates and Bunge's profitability in each taxing jurisdiction.

F-34


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Bunge records valuation allowances when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of its deferred tax assets might not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets depends primarily on Bunge's ability to generate sufficient timely future income of the appropriate character in the appropriate taxing jurisdiction.

        Bunge has elected to use the U.S. federal income tax rate to reconcile the actual provision for income taxes.

        The components of income from operations before income tax are as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

United States

  $ 71   $ 42   $ 184  

Non-United States

    869     3,008     (39 )
               

Total

  $ 940   $ 3,050   $ 145  
               

        The components of the income tax (expense) benefit are:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Current:

                   

United States

  $ (7 ) $ (33 ) $ (58 )

Non-United States

    (236 )   (499 )   (39 )
               

    (243 )   (532 )   (97 )
               

Deferred:

                   

United States

    (29 )   (12 )   (13 )

Non-United States

    246     (148 )   217  
               

    217     (160 )   204  
               

Non-current:

                   

United States

    (5 )   (1 )   (2 )

Non-United States

    (13 )   4     5  
               

    (18 )   3     3  
               

Total

  $ (44 ) $ (689 ) $ 110  
               

F-35


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Reconciliation of the income tax benefit (expense) if computed at the U.S. Federal income tax rate to Bunge's reported income tax benefit (expense) is as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Income from operations before income tax

  $ 940   $ 3,050   $ 145  

Income tax rate

    35 %   35 %   35 %
               

Income tax expense at the U.S. Federal tax rate

    (329 )   (1,068 )   (51 )

Adjustments to derive effective tax rate:

                   

Foreign earnings taxed at different statutory rates

    258     515     163  

Changes in valuation allowances

    7     (129 )   (17 )

Goodwill amortization

    43     44     31  

Fiscal incentives (1)

    46     27     22  

Foreign exchange on monetary items

    1     (9 )   (11 )

Non-deductible expenses

    (3 )   (68 )   (35 )

Uncertain tax positions

    (18 )   3     3  

Other

    (49 )   (4 )   5  
               

Income tax benefit (expense)

  $ (44 ) $ (689 ) $ 110  
               

(1)
Fiscal incentives predominantly relate to investment incentives in Brazil that are exempt from Brazilian income tax.

        The primary components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the related valuation allowances are as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Deferred income tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 1,020   $ 1,098  

Excess of tax basis over financial statement basis of property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets

    69     34  

Accrued retirement costs (pension and postretirement healthcare cost) and other accrued employee compensation

    61     115  

Tax credit carryforwards

    8     12  

Inventories

    4      

Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes

    541     625  
           

Total deferred income tax assets

    1,703     1,884  

Less valuation allowances

    (187 )   (245 )
           

Deferred tax income assets, net of valuation allowance

    1,516     1,639  
           

Deferred income tax liabilities:

             

Excess of tax basis over financial statement basis of property, plant and equipment and other long-lived assets

    137     179  

Undistributed earnings of affiliates not considered permanently reinvested

    20     30  

Inventories

    68     11  

Other temporary differences

    61     332  
           

Total deferred income tax liabilities

    286     552  
           

Net deferred income tax assets

  $ 1,230   $ 1,087  
           

F-36


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

        With respect to our unremitted earnings that are not considered to be indefinitely reinvested, we have provided a deferred tax liability totaling $20 million and $30 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, unremitted earnings considered to be indefinitely reinvested included $6,030 million of earnings that would not generate any income tax (including withholding tax) upon a remittance to the Bermuda parent company. After a review of our position, and given the neutral impact on our tax position, we no longer consider those amounts to be indefinitely reinvested. As of December 31, 2011, we have determined the company has unremitted earnings that are considered to be indefinitely reinvested of approximately $1,015 million and, accordingly, no provision for income taxes has been made. If these earnings were distributed in the form of dividends or otherwise, Bunge would be subject to income taxes either in the form of withholding taxes or income taxes to the recipient; however, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of taxes that would be payable upon remittance of these earnings.

        At December 31, 2011, Bunge's pretax loss carryforwards totaled $3,561 million, of which $2,430 million have no expiration, including loss carryforwards of $2,119 million in Brazil. While loss carryforwards in Brazil can be carried forward indefinitely, annual utilization is limited to 30% of taxable income calculated on an entity by entity basis as Brazil tax law does not provide for a consolidated return concept. Management expects the Brazil tax loss carryforwards to be utilized at various periods beginning in 2012 through approximately 2031. This estimate is based on Management forecasts and if those forecasts are not met, the utilization period will be longer. This forecasted utilization period reflects the impact of the 30% limitation as well as allowable deductions for goodwill, including that arising from recent acquisitions, and the impact of various federal and state tax incentives. The remaining tax loss carryforwards expire at various periods beginning in 2012 through the year 2027.

        Income Tax Valuation Allowances —Bunge continually assesses the adequacy of its valuation allowances and recognizes tax benefits only when it is more likely than not that the benefits will be realized. In evaluating its ability to realize its deferred tax assets, Bunge considers all available positive and negative evidence including historical and projected operating results and taxable income, the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, and ongoing tax planning on a jurisdiction by jurisdiction or entity by entity basis, as appropriate under existing tax laws of its operating jurisdictions. The utilization of deferred tax assets depends on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the related temporary differences become deductible.

        In 2011, income tax expense decreased $11 million for net valuation allowances.

        Uncertain Tax Liabilities —ASC Topic 740 requires applying a "more likely than not" threshold to the recognition and de-recognition of tax benefits. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, Bunge had recorded tax liabilities of $109 million and $98 million in other non-current liabilities and $7 million and $4 million in current liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, Bunge recognized $(3) million, $(2) million and $8 million in interest and

F-37


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

penalties in income tax benefit (expense) in the consolidated statements of income. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows:

(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Balance at January 1,

  $ 102   $ 111   $ 138  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    13     1     1  

Additions based on tax positions related to prior years

    17     7     42  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

             

Settlement or clarification from tax authorities

    (7 )   (2 )   (81 )

Expiration of statute of limitations

    (3 )   (7 )   (3 )

Sale of Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets

        (6 )    

Foreign currency translation

    (6 )   (2 )   14  
               

Balance at December 31,

  $ 116   $ 102   $ 111  
               

        Interest and penalties are included in the balance of uncertain tax positions reported in the above table. Bunge recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. Accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line in the consolidated balance sheets.

        Substantially all of the unrecognized tax benefits balance, if recognized, would affect Bunge's effective income tax rate. Bunge believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $7 million of its unrecognized tax benefits, each of which are individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2012 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations or settlement with the tax authorities.

        The net reduction of $27 million in 2009 includes settlements of $39 million under a Brazilian tax amnesty program, a reversal of $7 million due to a favorable ruling from applicable tax authorities, $14 million of currency translation adjustments and various smaller items totaling $4 million.

        Bunge, through its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the United States (federal and various states) and non-United States jurisdictions. The table below reflects the tax years for which Bunge is subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities:

 
  Open Tax Years

North America

  1996-2011

South America

  2005-2011

Europe

  2005-2011

Asia

  2002-2011

        During 2011, the Brazilian IRS commenced an examination of the income tax returns of one of Bunge's Brazilian subsidiaries for the years 2005-2009 and proposed adjustments totaling approximately $160 million plus applicable interest and penalties. Management, in consultation with external legal advisors, has reviewed and responded to the proposed adjustments and believes that it is more likely than not that it will prevail and therefore, has not recorded an uncertain tax liability.

        In 2010, the Brazilian IRS had proposed certain significant adjustments to the income tax returns for one of Bunge's Brazilian subsidiaries for the years 2005 to 2007. The proposed adjustments totaled approximately $525 million plus applicable interest and penalties. In late 2011, Bunge received a decision from the Tax Inspector that dismissed approximately $170 million of the Brazilian IRS's case

F-38


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

14. Income Taxes (Continued)

against Bunge. Management is appealing the remainder of the case, and has not changed its position that it is more likely than not that it will prevail and therefore, has not recorded an uncertain tax liability.

        Bunge paid income taxes, net of refunds received, of $592 million, $398 million, and $205 million during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These net payments include payments of estimated income taxes in accordance with applicable tax laws, primarily in Brazil, requiring such interim estimated payments. For 2011 and 2009, estimated tax payments during those years exceeded the annual amounts ultimately determined to be owed for the full years by $88 million and $168 million, respectively. In accordance with applicable tax laws, these overpayments may be recoverable from future income taxes or non-income taxes payable.

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements

        Bunge's various financial instruments include certain components of working capital such as cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable and trade accounts payable. Additionally, Bunge uses short and long-term debt to fund operating requirements. Cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable and short-term debt are stated at their carrying value, which is a reasonable estimate of fair value. See Note 18 for deferred purchase price receivable (DPP) related to sales of trade receivables. See Note 11 for long-term receivables from farmers in Brazil, net and see Note 17 for long-term debt. Bunge's financial instruments also include derivative instruments and marketable securities, which are stated at fair value.

        Fair value is the expected price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in Bunge's principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Bunge determines the fair values of its readily marketable inventories, derivatives and certain other assets based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820 Fair Value Measurement , which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are inputs based on market data obtained from sources independent of Bunge that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are inputs that are developed based on the best information available in circumstances that reflect Bunge's own assumptions based on market data and on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The standard describes three levels within its hierarchy that may be used to measure fair value.

        Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities include exchange traded derivative contracts.

        Level 2: Observable inputs, including Level 1 prices (adjusted); quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are less active than traded exchanges; and other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include readily marketable inventories and over-the-counter (OTC) commodity purchase and sale contracts and other OTC derivatives whose value is determined using pricing models with inputs that are generally based on exchange traded prices, adjusted for location specific inputs that are primarily observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

F-39


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are a significant component of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. In evaluating the significance of fair value inputs, Bunge gives consideration to items that individually, or when aggregated with other inputs, generally represent more than 10% of the fair value of the assets or liabilities. For such identified inputs, judgments are required when evaluating both quantitative and qualitative factors in the determination of significance for purposes of fair value level classification and disclosure. Level 3 assets and liabilities include assets and liabilities whose value is determined using proprietary pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as assets and liabilities for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

        The majority of Bunge's exchange traded agricultural commodity futures are settled daily generally through its clearing subsidiary and therefore such futures are not included in the table below. Assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is a significant component of the fair value measurement. The lowest level of input is considered Level 3. Bunge's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment, and may affect the classification of fair value assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy levels. The following table sets forth by level Bunge's assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.

 
  Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date  
 
  December 31, 2011   December 31, 2010  
(US$ in millions)
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total  

Assets:

                                                 

Readily marketable inventories (Note 4)

  $   $ 3,736   $ 283   $ 4,019   $   $ 4,567   $ 264   $ 4,831  

Unrealized gain on designated derivative contracts  (1) :

                                                 

Foreign Exchange

        13         13         22         22  

Unrealized gain on undesignated derivative contracts  (1) :

                                                 

Interest Rate

                        4         4  

Foreign Exchange

        451     1     452     2     209     1     212  

Commodities

    75     586     125     786     114     1,754     454     2,322  

Freight

    5         1     6     1     22     3     26  

Energy

    11     13     2     26     9     11     16     36  

Deferred Purchase Price Receivable (Note 18)

        192         192                  

Other  (2)

    146     34         180     252     88         340  
                                   

Total assets

  $ 237   $ 5,025   $ 412   $ 5,674   $ 378   $ 6,677   $ 738   $ 7,793  
                                   

Liabilities:

                                                 

Unrealized loss on designated derivative contracts  (3) :

                                                 

Foreign Exchange  (4)

  $   $ 45   $   $ 45   $   $ 22   $   $ 22  

Unrealized loss on undesignated derivative contracts  (3) :

                                                 

Interest Rate

        2         2         1         1  

Foreign Exchange

        617         617         69         69  

Commodities

    147     417     116     680     692     1,167     162     2,021  

Freight

    1             1                  

Energy

    4     6     15     25     8     1     5     14  
                                   

Total liabilities

  $ 152   $ 1,087   $ 131   $ 1,370   $ 700   $ 1,260   $ 167   $ 2,127  
                                   

(1)
Unrealized gains on designated and undesignated derivative contracts are generally included in other current assets. There are no such amounts included in other non-current assets at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)
Other assets include primarily the fair values of U.S. Treasury securities held as margin deposits.

(3)
Unrealized losses on designated and undesignated derivative contracts are generally included in other current liabilities. There are no such amounts included in other non-current liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(4)
Included in current portion of long-term debt are unrealized losses of zero and $22 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-40


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Derivatives —Exchange traded futures and options contracts are valued based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets and are classified within Level 1. Bunge's forward commodity purchase and sale contracts are classified as derivatives along with other OTC derivative instruments relating primarily to freight, energy, foreign exchange and interest rates, and are classified within Level 2 or Level 3 as described below. Bunge estimates fair values based on exchange quoted prices, adjusted as appropriate for differences in local markets. These differences are generally valued using inputs from broker or dealer quotations, or market transactions in either the listed or OTC markets. In such cases, these derivative contracts are classified within Level 2. Changes in the fair values of these contracts are recognized in the consolidated financial statements as a component of cost of goods sold, foreign exchange gains (losses), interest income (expense), other income (expense), net or other comprehensive income (loss).

        OTC derivative contracts include swaps, options and structured transactions that are valued at fair value generally determined using quantitative models that require the use of multiple market inputs including quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets which are not highly active, other observable inputs relevant to the asset or liability, and market inputs corroborated by correlation or other means. These valuation models include inputs such as interest rates, prices and indices to generate continuous yield or pricing curves and volatility factors. Where observable inputs are available for substantially the full term of the asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in Level 2. Certain OTC derivatives trade in less active markets with less availability of pricing information and certain structured transactions can require internally developed model inputs that might not be observable in or corroborated by the market. When unobservable inputs have a significant impact on the measurement of fair value, the instrument is categorized in Level 3.

        Bunge designates certain derivative instruments as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges and assesses, both at inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether derivatives that are designated as hedges are highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged items or anticipated cash flows.

        Readily marketable inventories —The majority of Bunge's readily marketable commodity inventories are valued at fair value. These agricultural commodity inventories are readily marketable, have quoted market prices and may be sold without significant additional processing. Changes in the fair values of these inventories are recognized in the consolidated statements of income as a component of cost of goods sold.

        Readily marketable inventories reported at fair value are valued based on commodity futures exchange quotations, broker or dealer quotations, or market transactions in either listed or OTC markets with appropriate adjustments for differences in local markets where Bunge's inventories are located. In such cases, the inventory is classified within Level 2. Certain inventories may utilize significant unobservable data related to local market adjustments to determine fair value. In such cases, the inventory is classified as Level 3.

        If Bunge used different methods or factors to determine fair values, amounts reported as unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts and readily marketable inventories at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income could differ. Additionally, if market conditions change subsequent to the reporting date, amounts reported in future periods as

F-41


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

unrealized gains and losses on derivative contracts and readily marketable inventories at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of income could differ.

        Level 3 Valuation —Bunge's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the classification of assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. In evaluating the significance of fair value inputs, Bunge gives consideration to items that individually, or when aggregated with other inputs, represent more than 10% of the fair value of the asset or liability. For such identified inputs, judgments are required when evaluating both quantitative and qualitative factors in the determination of significance for purposes of fair value level classification and disclosure. Because of differences in the availability of market pricing data over their terms, inputs for some assets and liabilities may fall into any one of the three levels in the fair value hierarchy or some combination thereof. While FASB guidance requires Bunge to classify these assets and liabilities in the lowest level in the hierarchy for which inputs are significant to the fair value measurement, a portion of that measurement may be determined using inputs from a higher level in the hierarchy.

        Transfers in and/or out of Level 3 represent existing assets or liabilities that were either previously categorized as a higher level for which the inputs to the model became unobservable or assets and liabilities that were previously classified as Level 3 for which the lowest significant input became observable during the period.

        Level 3 Derivatives —Level 3 derivative instruments utilize both market observable and unobservable inputs within the fair value measurements. These inputs include commodity prices, price volatility factors, interest rates, volumes and locations. In addition, with the exception of the exchange cleared instruments where Bunge clears trades through an exchange, Bunge is exposed to loss in the event of the non-performance by counterparties on over-the-counter derivative instruments and forward purchase and sale contracts. Adjustments are made to fair values on occasions when non-performance risk is determined to represent a significant input in Bunge's fair value determination. These adjustments are based on Bunge's estimate of the potential loss in the event of counterparty non-performance. Bunge did not have significant allowances related to non-performance by counterparties at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

        Level 3 Readily marketable inventories —Readily marketable inventories are considered Level 3 when at least one significant assumption or input is unobservable. These assumptions or unobservable inputs include certain management estimations regarding costs of transportation and other local market or location-related adjustments.

        The tables below present reconciliations for all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. Level 3 instruments presented in the tables include readily marketable inventories and

F-42


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

derivatives. These instruments were valued using pricing models that, in management's judgment, reflect the assumptions that would be used by a marketplace participant to determine fair value.

 
  Level 3 Instruments:  
 
  Fair Value Measurements  
(US$ in millions)
  Derivatives,
Net  (1)
  Readily
Marketable
Inventories
  Total  

Balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 307   $ 264   $ 571  

Total gains and losses (realized/unrealized) included in cost of goods sold

    (181 )   139     (42 )

Total gains and losses (realized/unrealized) included in foreign exchange gains (losses)

    (1 )       (1 )

Purchases

    108     2,162     2,270  

Sales

    17     (2,734 )   (2,717 )

Issuances

    (129 )       (129 )

Settlements

    (94 )       (94 )

Transfers into Level 3

    14     559     573  

Transfers out of Level 3

    (43 )   (107 )   (150 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ (2 ) $ 283   $ 281  
               

(1)
Derivatives, net include Level 3 derivative assets and liabilities.

 
  Level 3 Instruments:  
 
  Fair Value Measurements  
(US$ in millions)
  Derivatives,
Net  (1)
  Readily
Marketable
Inventories
  Total  

Balance, January 1, 2010

  $ 31   $ 109   $ 140  

Total gains and losses (realized/unrealized) included in cost of goods sold

    385     408     793  

Total gains and losses (realized/unrealized) included in foreign exchange gains (losses)

    (1 )       (1 )

Purchases, issuances and settlements

    (156 )   (257 )   (413 )

Transfers into Level 3

    59     6     65  

Transfers out of Level 3

    (11 )   (2 )   (13 )
               

Balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 307   $ 264   $ 571  
               

(1)
Derivatives, net include Level 3 derivative assets and liabilities.

F-43


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The table below summarizes changes in unrealized gains or (losses) recorded in earnings during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 for Level 3 assets and liabilities that were held at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 
  Level 3 Instruments:  
 
  Fair Value Measurements  
(US$ in millions)
  Derivatives,
Net  (1)
  Readily
Marketable
Inventories
  Total  

Changes in unrealized gains and (losses) relating to assets and liabilities held at December 31, 2011:

                   

Cost of goods sold

  $ (6 ) $ 112   $ 106  
               

Foreign exchange gains (losses)

  $ (1 ) $   $ (1 )
               

Changes in unrealized gains and (losses) relating to assets and liabilities held at December 31, 2010:

                   

Cost of goods sold

  $ 421   $ 239   $ 660  
               

Foreign exchange gains (losses)

  $ (1 ) $   $ (1 )
               

(1)
Derivatives, net include Level 3 derivative assets and liabilities.

Derivative Instruments

        Interest rate derivatives —Interest rate swaps used by Bunge as hedging instruments are recorded at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets with changes in fair value recorded contemporaneously in earnings. Certain of these swap agreements may be designated as fair value hedges. The carrying amount of the associated hedged debt is also adjusted through earnings for changes in the fair value arising from changes in benchmark interest rates. Ineffectiveness is recognized to the extent that these two adjustments do not offset. Bunge may enter into interest rate swap agreements for the purpose of managing certain of its interest rate exposures. Bunge may also enter into interest rate basis swap agreements that do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes. Changes in fair value of such interest rate basis swap agreements are recorded in earnings. There are no outstanding interest rate swap agreements as of December 31, 2011.

        Bunge recognized approximately $6 million, $9 million and $8 million as a reduction in interest expense in the consolidated statements of income in the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, relating to interest rate swap agreements outstanding during the respective periods. In addition, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, Bunge recognized gains of approximately $13 million, $11 million and $11 million, respectively, as a reduction of interest expense in the consolidated statements of income, related to the amortization of deferred gains on termination of interest rate swap agreements.

        There were no interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Bunge reclassified losses of $6 million and $2 million in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in its consolidated balance sheets to interest expense in its consolidated statements of income, related to settlements of certain

F-44


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

derivative contracts designated as cash flow hedges, in connection with forecasted issuances of debt financing (see Note 17).

        Foreign exchange derivatives —Bunge uses a combination of foreign exchange forward and option contracts in certain of its operations to mitigate the risk from exchange rate fluctuations in connection with certain commercial and balance sheet exposures. The foreign exchange forward and option contracts may be designated as cash flow hedges. Bunge may also use net investment hedges to partially offset the translation adjustments arising from the remeasurement of its investment in certain of its foreign subsidiaries.

        Bunge assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedge transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in the hedged items.

        The table below summarizes the notional amounts of open foreign exchange positions.

 
  December 31, 2011
 
  Exchange
Traded
  Non-exchange Traded    
(US$ in millions)
  Net (Short)
& Long  (1)
  (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)   Unit of
Measure

Foreign Exchange:

                     

Options

  $ (6 ) $ (278 ) $ 159   Delta

Forwards

    81     (4,227 )   11,660   Notional

Swaps

        (96 )   42   Notional

(1)
Exchange traded futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange traded swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

        Commodity derivatives —Bunge uses derivative instruments to manage its exposure to movements associated with agricultural commodity prices. Bunge generally uses exchange traded futures and options contracts to minimize the effects of changes in the prices of agricultural commodities on its agricultural commodity inventories and forward purchase and sale contracts, but may also from time to time enter into OTC commodity transactions, including swaps, which are settled in cash at maturity or termination based on exchange-quoted futures prices. Changes in fair values of exchange traded futures contracts representing the unrealized gains and/or losses on these instruments are settled daily generally through Bunge's wholly-owned futures clearing subsidiary. Forward purchase and sale contracts are primarily settled through delivery of agricultural commodities. While Bunge considers these exchange traded futures and forward purchase and sale contracts to be effective economic hedges, Bunge does not designate or account for the majority of its commodity contracts as hedges. Changes in fair values of these contracts and related readily marketable agricultural commodity inventories are included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income. The forward contracts require performance of both Bunge and the contract counterparty in future periods. Contracts to purchase agricultural commodities generally relate to current or future crop years for delivery periods quoted by regulated commodity exchanges. Contracts for the sale of agricultural commodities generally do not extend beyond one future crop cycle.

F-45


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        In addition, Bunge may hedge portions of its forecasted oilseed processing production requirements, including forecasted purchases of soybeans and sales of soy commodity products. The instruments used are generally exchange traded futures contracts. Such contracts hedging U.S. oilseed processing activities qualify and may be designated as cash flow hedges. Contracts that are used as economic hedges of other global oilseed processing activities generally do not qualify for hedge accounting as a result of location differences and are therefore not designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes.

        The table below summarizes the volumes of open agricultural commodities derivative positions.

 
  December 31, 2011
 
  Exchange Traded   Non-exchange
Traded
   
 
  Net (Short) &
Long  (1)
  Unit of
Measure
 
  (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)

Agricultural Commodities

                     

Futures

    (8,589,982 )         Metric Tons

Options

    (197,149 )         Metric Tons

Forwards

        (20,448,160 )   25,790,377   Metric Tons

Swaps

        (260,816 )     Metric Tons

(1)
Exchange traded futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange traded swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

        Ocean freight derivatives —Bunge uses derivative instruments referred to as freight forward agreements, or FFAs, and FFA options to hedge portions of its current and anticipated ocean freight costs. A portion of the ocean freight derivatives may be designated as fair value hedges of Bunge's firm commitments to purchase time on ocean freight vessels. Changes in the fair value of the ocean freight derivatives that are qualified, designated and highly effective as a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged firm commitments to purchase time on ocean freight vessels that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in earnings. Changes in the fair values of ocean freight derivatives that are not designated as hedges are also recorded in earnings.

        The table below summarizes the open ocean freight positions.

 
  December 31, 2011
 
  Exchange Cleared   Non-exchange
Cleared
   
 
  Net (Short) &
Long  (1)
  Unit of
Measure
 
  (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)

Ocean Freight

                     

FFA

    (2,329 )         Hire Days

FFA Options

    (80 )         Hire Days

(1)
Exchange cleared futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange cleared options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

F-46


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        Energy derivatives —Bunge uses derivative instruments for various purposes including to manage its exposure to volatility in energy costs. Bunge's operations use substantial amounts of energy, including natural gas, coal, and fuel oil, including bunker fuel.

        The table below summarizes the open energy positions.

 
  December 31, 2011
 
  Exchange Traded    
   
   
 
  Non-exchange Cleared    
 
  Net (Short) &
Long  (1)
  Unit of
Measure
 
  (Short)  (2)   Long  (2)

Natural Gas  (3)

                     

Futures

    (1,620,000 )         MMBtus

Swaps

            960,758   MMBtus

Options

    2,825,515           MMBtus

Energy—Other

                     

Futures

    41,320           Metric Tons

Forwards

        (864,372 )   8,786,147   Metric Tons

Swaps

        (45,461 )   15,622   Metric Tons

Options

    537,794     (150,187 )   123,594   Metric Tons

(1)
Exchange traded and exchange cleared futures and options are presented on a net (short) and long position basis.

(2)
Non-exchange cleared swaps, options and forwards are presented on a gross (short) and long position basis.

(3)
Million British Thermal Units (MMBtus) are the standard unit of measurement used to denote the amount of natural gas.

F-47


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statements of Income

        The table below summarizes the effect of derivative instruments that are designated as fair value hedges and also derivative instruments that are undesignated on the consolidated statements of income.

 
  Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on Derivative  
 
   
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  Location   2011   2010  

Designated Derivative Contracts

                 

Interest Rate  (1)

  Interest income/Interest expense   $   $ 1  

Foreign Exchange  (2)

  Foreign exchange gains (losses)          

Commodities  (3)

  Cost of goods sold          

Freight  (3)

  Cost of goods sold          

Energy  (3)

  Cost of goods sold          
               

Total

      $   $ 1  
               

Undesignated Derivative Contracts

                 

Interest Rate

  Interest income/Interest expense   $ 1   $ (1 )

Interest Rate

  Other income (expenses)—net         (40 )

Foreign Exchange

  Foreign exchange gains (losses)     40     95  

Foreign Exchange

  Cost of goods sold     72     36  

Commodities

  Cost of goods sold     (127 )   (449 )

Freight

  Cost of goods sold     78     (4 )

Energy

  Cost of goods sold     (4 )   2  
               

Total

      $ 60   $ (361 )
               

(1)
The gains or (losses) on the hedged items are included in interest income and interest expense, respectively, as are the offsetting gains or (losses) on the related interest rate swaps.

(2)
The gains or (losses) on the hedged items are included in foreign exchange gains (losses).

(3)
The gains or (losses) on the hedged items are included in cost of goods sold.

F-48


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The table below summarizes the effect of derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow and net investment hedges in the consolidated statement of income.

 
  December 31, 2011  
 
   
  Gain or
(Loss)
Recognized
in
Accumulated
OCI  (1)
  Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income  (1)
   
   
 
 
   
  Gain or (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative  (2)
 
 
  Notional
Amount
 
(US$ in millions)
  Location   Amount   Location   Amount  (3)  

Cash Flow Hedge:

                                 

              Foreign         Foreign        

              exchange         exchange        

Foreign Exchange  (4)

  $ 522   $ (6 ) gains (losses)   $   gains (losses)   $  

              Cost of         Cost of        

Commodities  (5)

        11   goods sold     17   goods sold     5  
                           

Total

  $ 522   $ 5       $ 17       $ 5  
                           

Net Investment Hedge  (5) :

                                 

              Foreign         Foreign        

              exchange         exchange        

Foreign Exchange

  $   $ 33   gains (losses)   $   gains (losses)   $  
                           

Total

  $   $ 33       $       $  
                           

(1)
The gain or (loss) recognized relates to the effective portion of the hedging relationship. At December 31, 2011, Bunge expects to reclassify into income in the next 12 months $6 million after tax losses related to its foreign exchange cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2011, there are no designated agricultural commodity cash flow hedges.

(2)
The gain or (loss) recognized relates to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationship and to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedging effectiveness.

(3)
The amount of gain recognized in income is $5 million, which relates to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationships, and zero, which relates to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

(4)
The foreign exchange forward contracts mature at various dates in 2012.

(5)
In 2011, Bunge entered into Euro and Canadian dollar forward contracts to receive U.S. dollars and sell Euros and Canadian dollars forward to offset the translation adjustment of its net investments in Euro and Canadian dollar assets. During 2011, Bunge de-designated the forward contracts as net investment hedges and recognizes gains or losses due to changes in exchange rates on the de-designated forward contracts in the income statement from the date of de-designation until maturity.

F-49


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

15. Financial Instruments and Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

        The table below summarizes the effect of derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow and net investment hedges on the consolidated statement of income.

 
  December 31, 2010  
 
   
  Gain or
(Loss)
Recognized
in
Accumulated
OCI  (1)
  Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income  (1)
   
   
 
 
   
  Gain or (Loss) Recognized
in Income on Derivative  (2)
 
 
  Notional
Amount
 
(US$ in millions)
  Location   Amount   Location   Amount  (3)  

Cash Flow Hedge:

                                 

              Foreign         Foreign        

              exchange         exchange        

Foreign Exchange  (4)

  $   $ 2   gains (losses)   $ 3   gains (losses)   $  

              Cost of         Cost of        

Commodities  (5)

  $ 45   $ 19   goods sold   $ 12   goods sold   $ (2 )
                           

Total

  $ 45   $ 21       $ 15       $ (2 )
                           

Net Investment Hedge  (6) :

                                 

              Foreign         Foreign        

              exchange         exchange        

Foreign Exchange

  $   $ (17 ) gains (losses)   $   gains (losses)   $  
                           

Total

  $   $ (17 )     $       $  
                           

(1)
The gain or (loss) recognized relates to the effective portion of the hedging relationship. At December 31, 2010, Bunge expected to reclassify into income in the next 12 months approximately $5 million of after tax gains related to its agricultural commodities cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2010, there were no foreign exchange cash flow or net investment hedges outstanding.

(2)
The gain or (loss) recognized relates to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationship and to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedging effectiveness.

(3)
The amount of loss recognized in income is $(2) million, which relates to the ineffective portion of the hedging relationships, and zero, which relates to the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

(4)
The foreign exchange forward contracts matured at various dates in 2010.

(5)
The changes in the market value of such futures contracts have historically been, and are expected to continue to be, highly effective at offsetting changes in price movements of the hedged items. The commodities futures contracts matured at various dates in 2011.

(6)
Bunge paid Brazilian reals and received U.S. dollars using fixed interest rates, offsetting the translation adjustment of its net investment in Brazilian reals assets. The swaps matured at various dates in 2010.

F-50


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

16. Short-Term Debt and Credit Facilities

        Bunge's short-term borrowings are typically sourced from various banking institutions and the U.S. commercial paper market. Bunge also borrows from time to time in local currencies in various foreign jurisdictions. Interest expense includes facility commitment fees, amortization of deferred financing costs and charges on certain lending transactions, including certain intercompany loans and foreign currency conversions in Brazil. The weighted-average interest rate on short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 4.47% and 2.53%, respectively.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Lines of credit:

             

Secured

  $   $ 15  

Unsecured, variable interest rates from 0.33% to 29.10%  (1)

    719     1,703  
           

Total short-term debt

  $ 719   $ 1,718  
           

(1)
Includes $67 million of local currency borrowings in Eastern Europe at a weighted average interest rate of 27.81% as of December 31, 2011.

        In November 2011, Bunge amended the $575 million five year liquidity facility for its commercial paper program, scheduled to mature in June 2012, to extend the expiration date of the liquidity banks' commitments to November 2016. In addition, the total commitment under the liquidity agreement was increased from $575 million to $600 million.

        At December 31, 2011, Bunge had $73 million outstanding amounts under its $600 million commercial paper program. The commercial paper program is supported by committed back-up bank credit lines (the liquidity facility) equal to the amount of the commercial paper program provided by lending institutions that are rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poors and P-1 by Moody's Investors Services. The liquidity facility, which matures in November 2016, permits Bunge, at its option, to set up direct borrowings or issue commercial paper in an aggregate amount of up to $600 million. The cost of borrowing under the liquidity facility would typically be higher than the cost of borrowing under our commercial paper program. At December 31, 2011, no borrowings were outstanding under these committed back-up bank credit lines.

        In addition to the committed facilities noted above, from time-to-time, Bunge enters into uncommitted short-term credit lines as necessary based on our liquidity requirements. At December 31, 2011, $400 million was outstanding under these uncommitted short-term credit lines. In addition, Bunge's operating companies had $246 million in short-term borrowings outstanding from local bank lines of credit at December 31, 2011 to support working capital requirements.

        At December 31, 2011, Bunge had approximately $527 million of unused and available borrowing capacity under its commercial paper program and committed short-term credit facilities.

F-51


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. Long-Term Debt

        Long-term obligations are summarized below.

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Term loans due 2011—LIBOR plus 1.25% to 1.75%  (1)

  $   $ 475  

Term loan due 2013—fixed interest rate of 3.32%

    300     300  

Japanese Yen term loan due 2011—Yen LIBOR plus 1.40%  (2)

        123  

Revolving credit facilities

    250      

5.875% Senior Notes due 2013

    300     300  

5.35% Senior Notes due 2014

    500     500  

5.10% Senior Notes due 2015

    382     382  

4.10% Senior Notes due 2016

    500      

5.90% Senior Notes due 2017

    250     250  

8.50% Senior Notes due 2019

    600     600  

BNDES loans, variable interest rate indexed to TJLP plus 3.20% and URTJLP plus 9.20% payable through 2017  (3)(4)(5)

    64     118  

Other

    216     115  
           

    3,362     3,163  

Less: Current portion of long-term debt

    (14 )   (612 )
           

Total long-term debt

  $ 3,348   $ 2,551  
           

(1)
One, three and six month LIBOR at December 31, 2011 were 0.30%, 0.58% and 0.81% per annum, respectively, and at December 31, 2010 were 0.26%, 0.30% and 0.46% per annum, respectively.

(2)
Three month Yen LIBOR at December 31, 2010 was 0.19% per annum.

(3)
Industrial development loans provided by BNDES, an agency of the Brazilian government.

(4)
TJLP is a long-term interest rate published by the BNDES on a quarterly basis; TJLP as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was 6.00% per annum for both periods.

(5)
URTJLP is a long-term interest rate derived from the TJLP interest rate published by BNDES on a quarterly basis; URTJLP as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was TJLP minus 4.03% and 6.00% per annum, respectively.

        The fair values of long-term debt, including current portion, at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $3,676 million and $3,407 million, respectively, calculated based on interest rates currently available on comparable maturities to companies with credit standing similar to that of Bunge.

        In November 2011, Bunge entered into an unsecured $1 billion five-year revolving credit facility which matures on November 17, 2016. This credit facility replaced the then existing $1 billion three-year revolving credit agreement scheduled to mature on June 1, 2012, which was terminated in accordance with its terms in connection with the entry into the new credit facility. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.125% to 1.75%, based generally on the credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Amounts under the credit agreement that remain undrawn are subject to a commitment fee payable each quarter based on the average undrawn portion of the credit

F-52


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

agreement at rates ranging from 0.125% to 0.275%. There was $250 million outstanding under this credit agreement at December 31, 2011.

        In March 2011, Bunge entered into a syndicated, $1,750 million revolving credit agreement which matures on April 19, 2014. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.30% to 2.75%, based generally on the credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Amounts under the credit agreement that remain undrawn are subject to a commitment fee payable quarterly on the average undrawn portion of the credit agreement at 35% of the applicable margin. The credit agreement replaced the then existing $632 million, three-year and $600 million, 17-month revolving credit agreements that were scheduled to mature on April 16, 2011. These agreements were terminated in accordance with their terms. There were no borrowings outstanding under this credit agreement at December 31, 2011.

        In March 2011, Bunge completed the sale of $500 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured senior notes, which bear interest at 4.10% per year. The senior notes will mature on March 15, 2016. The senior notes were issued by Bunge's 100% owned finance subsidiary, Bunge Limited Finance Corp., and are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Bunge Limited. Interest on the senior notes is payable semi-annually in arrears in March and September of each year, commencing in September 2011.

        At December 31, 2011, Bunge had approximately $2,500 million of unused and available borrowing capacity under its committed long-term credit facilities with a number of lending institutions.

        Certain land, property, equipment and investments in consolidated subsidiaries having a net carrying value of approximately $54 million at December 31, 2011 have been mortgaged or otherwise collateralized against long-term debt of $66 million at December 31, 2011.

        Principal Maturities.     Principal maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

(US$ in millions)
   
 

2012

  $ 14  

2013

    628  

2014

    570  

2015

    437  

2016

    765  

Thereafter

    882  
       

Total  (1)

  $ 3,296  
       

(1)
Excludes unamortized net gains of $66 million related to terminated interest rate swap agreements recorded in long-term portion of debt.

        Bunge's credit facilities and certain senior notes require it to comply with specified financial covenants related to minimum net worth, minimum current ratio, a maximum debt to capitalization ratio and limitations on secured indebtedness. Bunge was in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2011.

        In 2011, 2010 and 2009, Bunge paid interest, net of interest capitalized, of $208 million, $247 million and $284 million, respectively.

F-53


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

17. Long-Term Debt (Continued)

        In July 2010, Bunge redeemed certain senior notes and repaid certain term loans and subsidiary long-term debt with an aggregate principal amount of $827 million. These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $90 million, related to make-whole payments, which was included in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2010.

18. Trade Receivables Securitization Program

        In January 2010, Bunge adopted certain amendments to ASC Topic 860 Transfers and Servicing that resulted in amounts outstanding under its then existing securitization programs being accounted for as secured borrowings and reflected as short-term debt on its consolidated balance sheet. As a result of this change in accounting standards, Bunge significantly reduced its utilization of these programs and either terminated or allowed them to expire during 2010.

        On June 1, 2011, Bunge and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a trade receivables securitization program (the "Program") with a financial institution, as administrative agent, and certain commercial paper conduit purchasers and committed purchasers (collectively, the "Purchasers") that provides for funding up to $700 million against receivables sold into the program. The securitization program is designed to enhance Bunge's financial flexibility by providing an additional source of liquidity for its operations. In connection with the securitization program, certain of Bunge's U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries that originate trade receivables may sell eligible receivables in their entirety on a revolving basis to a consolidated bankruptcy remote special purpose entity, Bunge Securitization B.V. (BSBV) formed under the laws of The Netherlands. BSBV in turn sells such purchased trade receivables to the administrative agent (acting on behalf of the Purchasers) pursuant to a receivables transfer agreement. In connection with these sales of accounts receivable, Bunge receives a portion of the proceeds up front and an additional amount upon the collection of the underlying receivables (a deferred purchase price), which is expected to be generally between 10 and 15% of the aggregate amount of receivables sold through the program.

        Bunge Finance B.V. (BFBV), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bunge, acts as master servicer, responsible for servicing and collecting the accounts receivable for the securitization program. The securitization program terminates on June 1, 2016. However, each committed purchaser's commitment to fund trade receivables under the securitization program will terminate on May 31, 2012 unless extended for additional 364-day periods in accordance with the terms of the receivables transfer agreement. The trade receivables sold under the securitization program are subject to specified eligibility criteria, including eligible currencies and country and obligor concentration limits. BSBV purchases trade receivables from the originating Bunge subsidiaries using (i) proceeds from the sale of receivables to the administrative agent, (ii) collections of the deferred purchase price and (iii) borrowings from BFBV under a revolving subordinated loan facility.

        As of December 31, 2011, $836 million of receivables sold under the Program were derecognized from Bunge's consolidated balance sheet. Proceeds received in cash related to transfers of receivables under the program, totaled $7,531 million from inception of the program through December 31, 2011. In addition, cash collections from customers on receivables previously sold were $6,872 million. As this is a revolving facility, cash collections from customers are reinvested in new receivable sales. Gross receivables sold under the program since its inception were $7,778 million. These sales resulted in a discount of $5 million. Servicing fees under the program were not significant.

        Bunge's risk of loss following the sale of the accounts receivable is limited to the deferred purchase price, which was $192 million at December 31, 2011. The deferred purchase price will be repaid in cash as receivables are collected, generally within 30 days. Delinquencies and credit losses on accounts receivable

F-54


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

18. Trade Receivables Securitization Program (Continued)

sold under the program during 2011 were insignificant. Because the cash received up front and the deferred purchase price relate to the sale or ultimate collection of the underlying receivables, and are not subject to significant risks, other than credit risk, given their short-term nature, Bunge has reflected all cash flows under the securitization program as operating cash flows in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2011, including changes in the fair value of the deferred purchase price of $4 million.

19. Pension Plans

        Employee Defined Benefit Plans —Certain U.S., Canadian, European and Brazilian based subsidiaries of Bunge sponsor non-contributory defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all employees of the subsidiaries. The plans provide benefits based primarily on participants' salary and length of service.

        The funding policies for Bunge's defined benefit pension plans are determined in accordance with statutory funding requirements. The most significant defined benefit plan is in the United States. The U.S. funding policy requires at least those amounts required by the Pension Protection Act of 2006. Assets of the plans consist primarily of equity and fixed income investments.

        Plan Amendments and Transfers In —There were no significant amendments to Bunge's employee benefit plans during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2010, there was a transfer in of assets and liabilities of a plan sponsored by one of Bunge's European subsidiaries due to statutory changes. This plan was previously accounted for as a defined contribution plan.

        Plan Settlements and Transfers Out —In 2010, there was a transfer out that resulted from the divestiture of Bunge's Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets (see Note 3), which included its Brazil-based fertilizer subsidiary, Ultrafertil, SA (Ultrafertil). Ultrafertil was a participating sponsor in a frozen multiple-employer defined benefit pension plan (the "Petros Plan") that was managed by Fundaçao Petrobras de Securidade Social (Petros). The Petros Plan began in 1970 prior to the Brazilian government's deregulation of the fertilizer industry in Brazil. The Petros Plan was funded in accordance with Brazilian statutory requirements. The sale of Bunge's investment in Ultrafertil as part of the Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets sale transaction resulted in a settlement of the Plan of approximately $42 million for accounting purposes.

F-55


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

        The following table sets forth in aggregate a reconciliation of the changes in the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans' benefit obligations, assets and funded status at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for plans with assets in excess of benefit obligations and plans with benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. A measurement date of December 31 was used for all plans.

 
  U.S. Pension Benefits December 31,   Foreign Pension Benefits December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Change in benefit obligations:

                         

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year

  $ 432   $ 394   $ 136   $ 479  

Service cost

    15     13     7     3  

Interest cost

    25     24     6     22  

Actuarial loss (gain), net

    58     19     4     9  

Employee contributions

            3     1  

Net transfers in (out)

                (398 )

Plan amendments

                1  

Plan settlements

            (4 )   42  

Benefits paid

    (16 )   (17 )   (4 )   (19 )

Expenses paid

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )    

Impact of foreign exchange rates

            (4 )   (4 )
                   

Benefit obligation as of end of year

  $ 513   $ 432   $ 143   $ 136  
                   

Change in plan assets:

                         

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year

  $ 330   $ 298   $ 115   $ 493  

Actual return on plan assets

    20     48     6     28  

Employer contributions

    22     2     11     14  

Employee contributions

            3     1  

Plan settlements

            (3 )   (2 )

Divestitures

                (398 )

Benefits paid

    (16 )   (17 )   (4 )   (19 )

Expenses paid

    (1 )   (1 )   (1 )    

Impact of foreign exchange rates

            (3 )   (2 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

  $ 355   $ 330   $ 124   $ 115  
                   

Funded (unfunded) status and net amounts recognized:

                         

Plan assets (less than) in excess of benefit obligation

  $ (158 ) $ (102 ) $ (19 ) $ (21 )

Net (liability) asset recognized in the balance sheet

  $ (158 ) $ (102 ) $ (19 ) $ (21 )
                   

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

                         

Non-current assets

  $   $ 2   $ 9   $ 10  

Current liabilities

    (1 )   (1 )   (2 )   (2 )

Non-current liabilities

    (157 )   (103 )   (26 )   (29 )
                   

Net (liability) asset recognized

  $ (158 ) $ (102 ) $ (19 ) $ (21 )
                   

        Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 are the following amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit costs: unrecognized initial net asset

F-56


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

of $1 million (zero net of tax), unrecognized prior service cost of $7 million ($5 million, net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial loss of $171 million ($111 million, net of tax). The prior service cost included in accumulated other comprehensive income that is expected to be recognized in net periodic benefit costs in 2012 is $2 million ($1 million, net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial loss of $12 million ($8 million, net of tax).

        Bunge has aggregated certain U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of fair value of plan assets with pension plans that have fair value of plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligations. At December 31, 2011, the $513 million and $143 million projected benefit obligations for U.S. and foreign plans, respectively, include plans with projected benefit obligations of $513 million and $36 million, respectively, which were in excess of the fair value of related plan assets of $355 million and $7 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the $432 million and $136 million projected benefit obligations for U.S. and foreign plans, respectively, include plans with projected benefit obligations of $381 million and $39 million, respectively, which were in excess of the fair value of related plan assets of $276 million and $8 million, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans, respectively, was $468 million and $137 million at December 31, 2011 and $381 million and $81 million at December 31, 2010, respectively.

        The following table summarizes information relating to aggregated U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets:

 
  U.S. Pension Benefits December 31,   Foreign Pension Benefits December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Projected benefit obligation

  $ 513   $ 381   $ 36   $ 29  

Accumulated benefit obligation

    468     330     34     28  

Fair value of plan assets

  $ 355   $ 276   $ 7   $ 3  

        The components of net periodic benefit costs are as follows for U.S. and foreign defined benefit plans:

 
  U.S. Pension Benefits
December 31,
  Foreign Pension Benefits
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

Service cost

  $ 15   $ 13   $ 12   $ 7   $ 3   $ 3  

Interest cost

    25     24     22     6     22     41  

Expected return on plan assets

    (26 )   (24 )   (22 )   (6 )   (25 )   (43 )

Amortization of prior service cost

    2     2     2         1     1  

Amortization of net loss

    5     5     3     1         (2 )

Settlement loss recognized

                    26     1  
                           

Net periodic benefit costs

  $ 21   $ 20   $ 17   $ 8   $ 27   $ 1  
                           

F-57


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

        The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining the benefit obligation under the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

 
  U.S. Pension Benefits
December 31,
  Foreign Pension Benefits
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Discount rate

    5.0 %   6.0 %   4.2 %   4.4 %

Increase in future compensation levels

    3.8 %   4.2 %   2.7 %   2.4 %

        The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost under the U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans are as follows:

 
  U.S. Pension Benefits
December 31,
  Foreign Pension Benefits
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

Discount rate

    6.0 %   6.2 %   6.5 %   4.4 %   10.5 %   11.4 %

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

    8.0 %   8.0 %   8.0 %   5.3 %   11.4 %   10.9 %

Increase in future compensation levels

    4.2 %   4.2 %   4.2 %   2.4 %   6.3 %   6.7 %

        The sponsoring subsidiaries select the expected long-term rate of return on assets in consultation with their investment advisors and actuaries. These rates are intended to reflect the average rates of earnings expected on the funds invested or to be invested to provide required plan benefits. The plans are assumed to continue in effect as long as assets are expected to be invested.

        In estimating the expected long-term rate of return on assets, appropriate consideration is given to historical performance for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the applicable plan trusts and to current forecasts of future rates of return for those asset classes. Cash flows and expenses are taken into consideration to the extent that the expected returns would be affected by them. As assets are generally held in qualified trusts, anticipated returns are not reduced for taxes.

        Plan Assets —The objectives of the U.S. plans' trust funds are to sufficiently diversify plan assets to maintain a reasonable level of risk without imprudently sacrificing returns, with a target asset allocation of approximately 40% fixed income securities and approximately 60% equities. Bunge implements its investment strategy through a combination of indexed mutual funds and a proprietary portfolio of fixed income securities. Bunge's policy is not to invest plan assets in Bunge Limited shares.

        Plan investments are stated at fair value which is the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Plan classifies its investments in Level 1, which refers to securities that are actively traded on a public exchange and valued using quoted prices from active markets for identical assets, Level 2, which refers to securities not traded in an active market but for which observable market inputs are readily available and Level 3, which refers to other assets valued based on significant unobservable inputs.

F-58


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

        The fair values of Bunge's U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans' assets as of the measurement date for 2011 and 2010, by category, are as follows:

(US$ in millions)   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011  
Asset Category   Total   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
 

Equities:

                                                 

Mutual Funds  (1)

  $ 220   $ 78   $ 220   $ 1   $   $ 17   $   $  

Fixed income securities:

                                                 

Mutual Funds  (2)

    135     46     73     5     62     101          
                                   

Total

  $ 355   $ 124   $ 293   $ 6   $ 62   $ 118   $   $  
                                   

 

(US$ in millions)   Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010  
Asset Category   Total   Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
  U.S.
Pension
Benefits
  Foreign
Pension
Benefits
 

Equities:

                                                 

Mutual Funds  (1)

  $ 213   $ 20   $ 213   $ 1   $   $ 19   $   $  

Fixed income securities:

                                                 

Mutual Funds  (2)

    117     95     65         52     46         49  
                                   

Total

  $ 330   $ 115   $ 278   $ 1   $ 52   $ 65   $   $ 49  
                                   

(1)
This category represents a portfolio of equity investments comprised of equity index funds that invest in U.S. equities and non-U.S. equities. The U.S. equities are comprised of investments focusing on large, mid and small cap companies and non-U.S. equities are comprised of international, emerging markets and real estate investment trusts.

(2)
This category represents a portfolio of fixed income investments in mutual funds comprised of investment grade U.S. government bonds and notes, foreign government bonds and corporate bonds from diverse industries.

F-59


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

(US$ in millions)
  Fair Value
Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
  Insured  
 
  Asset  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 49  

Actual return on plan assets:

       

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2011

     

Relating to assets sold during 2011

     

Purchase, sales and settlements

     

Transfers into Level 3

     

Transfers out of Level 3

    (49 )
       

Ending balance, December 31, 2011

  $  
       

 

(US$ in millions)
  Fair Value
Measurements
Using Significant
Unobservable
Input (Level 3)
 
 
  Insured  
 
  Asset  

Beginning balance, January 1, 2010

  $  

Actual return on plan assets:

       

Relating to assets still held at December 31, 2010

     

Relating to assets sold during 2010

     

Purchase, sales and settlements

     

Transfers into Level 3  (1)

    49  
       

Ending balance, December 31, 2010

  $ 49  
       

(1)
At December 31, 2010, there was a transfer in of a plan previously accounted for as a defined contribution plan. This plan's assets are classified as insured assets and are held by a collective insurance fund. Bunge does not actively participate in the administration or the asset management of the collective fund.

        Bunge expects to contribute $6 million and $9 million, respectively, to its U.S. and foreign-based defined benefit pension plans in 2012.

F-60


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

19. Pension Plans (Continued)

        The following benefit payments, which reflect future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid related to U.S. and foreign defined benefit pension plans:

(US$ in millions)
  U.S. Pension
Benefit Payments
  Foreign Pension
Benefit Payments
 

2012

  $ 19   $ 9  

2013

    21     8  

2014

    23     9  

2015

    27     9  

2016

    28     9  

2017-2021

    169     48  

        Employee Defined Contribution Plans —Bunge also makes contributions to qualified defined contribution plans for eligible employees. Contributions to these plans amounted to $14 million, $12 million and $17 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

20. Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plans

        Certain U.S. and Brazil based subsidiaries of Bunge have benefit plans to provide certain postretirement healthcare benefits to eligible retired employees of those subsidiaries. The plans require minimum retiree contributions and define the maximum amount the subsidiaries will be obligated to pay under the plans. Bunge's policy is to fund these costs as they become payable.

        Plan Settlements —In 2010, Bunge divested its Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets (see Notes 3 and 19), which resulted in a settlement of approximately $32 million.

F-61


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

20. Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the changes in the postretirement healthcare benefit plans' benefit obligations and funded status at December 31, 2011 and 2010. A measurement date of December 31 was used for all plans.

 
  U.S. Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
December 31,
  Foreign Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Change in benefit obligations:

                         

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year

  $ 20   $ 26   $ 100   $ 111  

Service cost

            1     1  

Interest cost

    1     2     10     10  

Actuarial (gain) loss, net

    (3 )   (6 )   8     12  

Employee contributions

    1     1          

Plan settlements/divestitures

                (32 )

Effect of acquisitions

                1  

Benefits paid

    (2 )   (3 )   (10 )   (8 )

Impact of foreign exchange rates

            (12 )   5  
                   

Benefit obligation as of end of year

  $ 17   $ 20   $ 97   $ 100  
                   

Change in plan assets:

                         

Employer contributions

  $ 1   $ 2   $ 10   $ 8  

Employee contributions

    1     1          

Benefits paid

    (2 )   (3 )   (10 )   (8 )
                   

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

  $   $   $   $  
                   

Funded status and net amounts recognized:

                         

Plan assets less than benefit obligation

  $ (17 ) $ (20 ) $ (97 ) $ (100 )

Net liability recognized in the balance sheet

  $ (17 ) $ (20 ) $ (97 ) $ (100 )
                   

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

                         

Current liabilities

  $ (2 ) $ (2 ) $ (7 ) $ (8 )

Non-current liabilities

    (15 )   (18 )   (90 )   (92 )
                   

Net liability recognized

  $ (17 ) $ (20 ) $ (97 ) $ (100 )
                   

        Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2011 are the following amounts for U.S. and foreign postretirement healthcare benefit plans that have not yet been recognized in net periodic benefit costs: unrecognized prior service credit of $1 million ($1 million, net of tax) and $4 million ($3 million, net of tax), respectively, and unrecognized actuarial gain (loss) of $4 million ($3 million, net of tax) and $(17) million (($11) million, net of tax), respectively. Bunge expects to recognize unrecognized prior service credits in 2012 of $1 million ($1 million, net of tax) and unrecognized actuarial losses of $1 million ($1 million, net of tax) as components of net periodic pension cost for its postretirement healthcare benefit plans.

F-62


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

20. Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The components of net periodic benefit costs for U.S. and foreign postretirement healthcare benefit plans are as follows:

 
  U.S. Postretirement Healthcare Benefits
Year Ended December 31,
  Foreign Postretirement Healthcare
Benefits Year Ended December 31,
 
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

Service cost

  $   $   $   $ 1   $ 1   $ 2  

Interest cost

    1     2     2     10     10     10  

Amortization of prior service cost

                (1 )   (1 )    

Amortization of net loss

                1     2      

Settlement gain recognized

                    (26 )    
                           

Net periodic benefit costs

  $ 1   $ 2   $ 2   $ 11   $ (14 ) $ 12  
                           

        The weighted-average discount rates used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit obligations under the U.S. and foreign postretirement healthcare benefit plans are as follows:

 
  U.S. Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
December 31,
  Foreign Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2011   2010  

Discount rate

    4.8 %   5.3 %   10.3 %   10.8 %

        The weighted-average discount rate assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit costs under the U.S. and foreign postretirement healthcare benefit plans are as follows:

 
  U.S. Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
Year Ended
December 31,
  Foreign Postretirement
Healthcare Benefits
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2010   2009   2011   2010   2009  

Discount rate

    5.3 %   5.8 %   6.5 %   10.8 %   11.3 %   12.4 %

        At December 31, 2011, for measurement purposes related to U.S. plans, a 10.42% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2012, decreasing to 4.50% by 2029, remaining at that level thereafter. At December 31, 2010, for measurement purposes related to U.S. plans, an 11.18% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits was assumed for 2011. For foreign plans, the assumed annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered healthcare benefits averaged 7.63% and 8.07% for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-63


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

20. Postretirement Healthcare Benefit Plans (Continued)


        A one-percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:

(US$ in millions)
  One percentage
point increase
  One percentage
point decrease
 

Effect on total service and interest cost—U.S. plans

  $   $  

Effect on total service and interest cost—Foreign plans

  $ 2   $ (1 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation—U.S. plans

  $ 1   $ (1 )

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation—Foreign plans

  $ 15   $ (11 )

        Bunge expects to contribute $2 million to its U.S. postretirement healthcare benefit plan and $6 million to its foreign postretirement healthcare benefit plans in 2012.

        The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

(US$ in millions)
  U.S. Postretirement
Healthcare Benefit
Expected Payments
  Foreign Postretirement
Healthcare Benefit
Expected Payments
 

2012

  $ 2   $ 6  

2013

    2     7  

2014

    2     7  

2015

    2     7  

2016

    2     8  

2017-2021

    6     42  

21. Related Party Transactions

        Notes receivable —Bunge holds a note receivable under a revolving credit facility from Bunge-Ergon Vicksburg LLC, a 50% owned U.S. joint venture. The amounts outstanding were $29 million and $24 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This note matures in May 2013 with interest payable at a rate of LIBOR plus 2.0%.

        Bunge holds a note receivable from Southwest Iowa Renewable Energy, a 25% owned U.S. investment, having a carrying value of approximately $27 million and $34 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This note matures in August 2014 with interest payable at a rate of LIBOR plus 7.5%.

        Bunge holds a note receivable from Biodiesel Bilbao S.A., a 20% owned investment in Spain, having a carrying value of approximately $6 million and $7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. This note matures in December 2015 with interest payable at a rate of EURIBOR plus 2.0%.

        Bunge holds a note receivable from B-G Fertilizer, a 50% owned U.S. investment, having a carrying value of approximately $9 million at December 31, 2011. This is a revolving note with interest payable at a rate of LIBOR plus 3.00%.

        Bunge holds a note receivable from Biocolza-Oleos E Farinhas de Colza S.A., a 40% owned investment in Portugal, having a carrying value of approximately $5 million at December 31, 2011. This note matures in December 2012 with interest payable at a rate of EURIBOR plus 8.5%.

F-64


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

21. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        Bunge has recognized interest income related to these notes receivable of approximately $2 million, $4 million and $1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, in interest income in its consolidated statements of income. Notes receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2010, with carrying values of $79 million and $90 million, respectively, are included in other current assets or other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets, according to payment terms.

        Notes payable —Bunge has a note payable with a carrying value of $7 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to a joint venture partner in one of its port terminals in Brazil. The real -denominated note is payable on demand with interest payable annually at the Brazilian interbank deposit rate (11.595% at December 31, 2011). This notes payable is included in other current liabilities in Bunge's consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010. Bunge recorded interest expense of approximately $1 million, $1 million and $1 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to this note.

        Other —Bunge purchased soybeans, other commodity products and phosphate-based products from certain of its unconsolidated joint ventures, which totaled $835 million, $525 million and $1,073 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Bunge also sold soybean and other commodity products to certain of these joint ventures, which totaled $452 million, $478 million, and $596 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, Bunge had approximately $67 million and $69 million, respectively, of receivables from these joint ventures recorded in trade accounts receivable in the consolidated balance sheets as of those dates. In addition, at December 31, 2011 and 2010, Bunge had approximately $32 million and $42 million, respectively, of payables to these joint ventures recorded in trade accounts payable in the consolidated balance sheets. Bunge believes these transactions are recorded at values similar to those with third parties.

22. Commitments and Contingencies

        Bunge is party to a large number of claims and lawsuits, primarily tax and labor claims in Brazil, arising in the normal course of business. Bunge records liabilities related to its general claims and lawsuits when the exposure item becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. After taking into account the recorded liabilities for these matters, management believes that the ultimate resolution of such matters will not have a material effect on Bunge's financial condition, results of operations or

F-65


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

liquidity. Included in other non-current liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are the following accrued liabilities:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010  

Tax claims  (1)

  $ 70   $ 127  

Labor claims

    77     78  

Civil and other claims  (1)

    76     114  
           

Total

  $ 223   $ 319  
           

(1)
Pursuant to the terms of the 2009 Brazilian amnesty program to settle tax and other financial claims with the Brazilian government, certain of the tax and civil and other claims were settled during the third quarter 2011.

        Tax Claims —The tax claims relate principally to claims against Bunge's Brazilian subsidiaries, primarily value-added tax claims (ICMS, IPI, PIS and COFINS). The determination of the manner in which various Brazilian federal, state and municipal taxes apply to the operations of Bunge is subject to varying interpretations arising from the complex nature of Brazilian tax law. Bunge monitors the Brazilian federal and state governments' responses to recent Brazilian Supreme Court decisions invalidating certain ICMS incentives and benefits granted by various states on constitutional grounds. While Bunge was not a recipient of any of the incentives and benefits that were the subject of the Supreme Court decisions, it has received certain similar tax incentives and benefits. Bunge has not received any tax assessment related to the validity of ICMS incentives or benefits it has received and, based on its assessment of the matter under the provisions of U.S. GAAP, no liability has been recorded in the consolidated financial statements.

        The Argentine tax authorities have been conducting a review of income and other taxes paid by large exporters and processors of cereals and other agricultural commodities in the country. In July 2011, Bunge received a preliminary income tax audit report from the Argentine tax authorities relating to fiscal years 2006 and 2007 with an estimated claim of approximately $100 million. Bunge believes that the allegations and claims are without merit, however, Bunge is, at this time, unable to predict their outcome.

        Labor Claims —The labor claims relate principally to claims against Bunge's Brazilian subsidiaries. The labor claims primarily relate to dismissals, severance, health and safety, salary adjustments and supplementary retirement benefits.

        Civil and Other —The civil and other claims relate to various disputes with third parties, including suppliers and customers.

F-66


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        Guarantees —Bunge has issued or was a party to the following guarantees at December 31, 2011:

(US$ in millions)
  Maximum
Potential Future
Payments
 

Customer financing  (1)

  $ 45  

Unconsolidated affiliates financing  (2)

    54  

Residual value guarantee  (3)

    69  
       

Total

  $ 168  
       

(1)
Bunge has issued guarantees to third parties in Brazil related to amounts owed to these third parties by certain of Bunge's customers. The terms of the guarantees are equal to the terms of the related financing arrangements, which are generally one year or less, with the exception of guarantees issued under certain Brazilian government programs, primarily from 2006 and 2007, where terms are up to five years. In the event that the customers default on their payments to the third parties and Bunge would be required to perform under the guarantees, Bunge has obtained collateral from the customers. At December 31, 2011, Bunge had approximately $34 million of tangible property that had been pledged to Bunge as collateral against certain of these refinancing arrangements. Bunge evaluates the likelihood of customer repayments of the amounts due under these guarantees based upon an expected loss analysis and records the fair value of such guarantees as an obligation in its consolidated financial statements. Bunge's recorded obligation related to these outstanding guarantees was $7 million at December 31, 2011.

(2)
Bunge issued guarantees to certain financial institutions related to debt of certain of its unconsolidated joint ventures. The terms of the guarantees are equal to the terms of the related financings which have maturity dates in 2012, 2016 and 2018. There are no recourse provisions or collateral that would enable Bunge to recover any amounts paid under these guarantees. At December 31, 2011, Bunge's recorded obligation related to these guarantees was $1 million.

(3)
Bunge issued guarantees to certain financial institutions which are party to certain operating lease arrangements for railcars and barges. These guarantees provide for a minimum residual value to be received by the lessor at conclusion of the lease term. These leases expire in 2018. At December 31, 2011, Bunge's recorded obligation related to these guarantees was $6 million.

        In addition, Bunge Limited has provided full and unconditional parent level guarantees of the indebtedness outstanding under certain senior credit facilities and senior notes entered into, or issued by, its 100% owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, Bunge's consolidated balance sheet includes debt with a carrying amount of $3,482 million related to these guarantees. This debt includes the senior notes issued by two of Bunge's 100% owned finance subsidiaries, Bunge Limited Finance Corp. and Bunge N.A. Finance L.P. There are no significant restrictions on the ability of Bunge Limited Finance Corp., Bunge N.A. Finance L.P. or any other Bunge subsidiary to transfer funds to Bunge Limited.

        Freight Supply Agreements —In the ordinary course of business, Bunge enters into time charter agreements for the use of ocean freight vessels and freight service on railroad lines for the purpose of transporting agricultural commodities. In addition, Bunge sells the right to use these ocean freight

F-67


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

vessels when excess freight capacity is available. These agreements generally range from two months to approximately five years, in the case of ocean freight vessels, depending on market conditions, and 5 to 17 years in the case of railroad services. Future minimum payment obligations due under these agreements are as follows:

(US$ in millions)
  Future
Minimum Payment
Obligations
 

Less than 1 year

  $ 218  

1 to 3 years

    206  

3 to 5 years

    58  

After five years

    329  
       

Total

  $ 811  
       

        Actual amounts paid under these contracts may differ due to the variable components of these agreements and the amount of income earned on the sales of excess capacity. The agreements for the freight service on railroad lines require a minimum monthly payment regardless of the actual level of freight services used by Bunge. In 2011, Bunge renegotiated its volume commitments related to certain freight supply agreements resulting in a reduction of its future minimum payment obligations over the remaining term of the agreements of $841 million. No penalties were incurred as a result of these renegotiations. The costs of Bunge's freight supply agreements are typically passed through to the customers as a component of the prices charged for its products.

        Also in the ordinary course of business, Bunge enters into relet agreements related to ocean freight vessels. Such relet agreements are similar to sub-leases. Bunge received approximately $101 million in 2011 and expects to receive payments of approximately $22 million in 2012 under such relet agreements.

        Commitments —At December 31, 2011, Bunge had approximately $52 million of purchase commitments related to its inventories, $4 million of power supply contracts and $159 million of contractual commitments related to construction in progress.

23. Equity

        Share Repurchase Program —On June 8, 2010, Bunge announced that its Board of Directors had approved a program for the repurchase of up to $700 million of Bunge's issued and outstanding common shares. The program was approved to run through December 31, 2011. On December 7, 2011, the Board of Directors approved a one-year extension of Bunge's existing share repurchase program through December 31, 2012. Bunge repurchased 1,933,286 common shares for $120 million in 2011 and 6,714,573 common shares for $354 million in 2010, bringing total repurchases under the program from inception through December 31, 2011 to 8,647,859 shares for $474 million.

        Common Shares —On December 1, 2010, Bunge utilized 6,714,573 treasury shares acquired as a result of repurchases made under Bunge's share repurchase program and issued an additional 1,702,642 common shares in settlement of the conversion of its then outstanding 862,455 mandatory convertible preference shares, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. On the mandatory conversion date of December 1, 2010, as a result of adjustments to the initial conversion rates because cash dividends paid on Bunge Limited's common shares exceeded certain specified thresholds, each mandatory convertible preference share automatically converted on December 31, 2010 into 9.7596 common shares (which represented a total of 8,417,215 common shares).

F-68


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Equity (Continued)

        Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preference Shares —Bunge has 6,900,000, 4.875% cumulative convertible perpetual preference shares (convertible preference shares), par value $0.01 outstanding as of December 31, 2011. Each convertible preference share has an initial liquidation preference of $100 per share plus accumulated unpaid dividends up to a maximum of an additional $25 per share. As a result of adjustments made to the initial conversion price because cash dividends paid on Bunge Limited's common shares exceeded certain specified thresholds, each convertible preference share is convertible at any time at the holder's option into approximately 1.0991 common shares based on a conversion price of $90.9802 per convertible preference share, subject in each case to certain specified anti-dilution adjustments (which represents 7,583,790 Bunge Limited common shares as of December 31, 2011).

        At any time on or after December 1, 2011, if the closing market price of Bunge's common shares equals or exceeds 130% of the conversion price of the convertible preference shares, for 20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days (including the last trading day of such period), Bunge may elect to cause all outstanding convertible preference shares to be automatically converted into the number of common shares that are issuable at the conversion price. The convertible preference shares are not redeemable by Bunge at any time.

        The convertible preference shares accrue dividends at an annual rate of 4.875%. Dividends are cumulative from the date of issuance and are payable, quarterly in arrears, on each March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1, commencing on March 1, 2007, when, as and if declared by Bunge's Board of Directors. The dividends may be paid in cash, common shares or a combination thereof. Accumulated but unpaid dividends on the convertible preference shares will not bear interest. In each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, Bunge recorded $34 million of dividends on its convertible preference shares.

        Mandatory Convertible Preference Shares —Prior to the mandatory conversion date of December 1, 2010, Bunge had 862,455 mandatory convertible preference shares, with a par value $0.01 per share and with an initial liquidation preference of $1,000, issued and outstanding. At any time prior to December 1, 2010, holders could elect to convert the mandatory convertible preference shares at the minimum conversion rate of 8.2416 common shares per mandatory convertible preference share, subject to additional certain anti-dilution adjustments. The mandatory convertible preference shares accrued dividends at an annual rate of 5.125%. Dividends were cumulative from the date of issuance and were payable, quarterly in arrears, on each March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1, when, as and if declared by Bunge's Board of Directors. Accumulated but unpaid dividends on the mandatory convertible preference shares did not bear interest. Dividends totaling $44 million were paid in cash in 2010 with the final dividend paid on December 1, 2010.

F-69


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Equity (Continued)

        Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Bunge —The following table summarizes the balances of related after tax components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Bunge:

(US$ in millions)
  Foreign
Exchange
Translation
Adjustment  (1)
  Deferred
Gain (Loss)
on Hedging
Activities
  Treasury
Rate Lock
Contracts
  Pension
and Other
Postretirement
Liability
Adjustment
  Unrealized
Gain
(Loss)
on
Investments
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance, January 1, 2009

  $ (639 ) $ (80 ) $ (9 ) $ (79 ) $ (4 ) $ (811 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    1,062     55     2     (17 )   3     1,105  

Income tax benefit (expense)

        20         6     (1 )   25  
                           

Balance, December 31, 2009

    423     (5 )   (7 )   (90 )   (2 )   319  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    247     4     6     12         269  

Income tax benefit (expense)

        (1 )   1     (5 )       (5 )
                           

Balance, December 31, 2010

    670     (2 )       (83 )   (2 )   583  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    (1,130 )   (33 )       (61 )       (1,224 )

Income tax benefit (expense)

        11         20         31  
                           

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ (460 ) $ (24 ) $   $ (124 ) $ (2 ) $ (610 )
                           

(1)
Bunge has significant operating subsidiaries in Brazil, Argentina and Europe. The functional currency of Bunge's subsidiaries is the local currency. The assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars from local currency at month-end exchange rates, and the resulting foreign exchange translation gains (losses) are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

        Transfers to/from Noncontrolling Interest —In December 2011, Bunge entered into a joint venture agreement with Felda Global Ventures Holdings Sdn Bhd (Felda), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Federal Land Development Authority of Malaysia, to manage their combined crushing and refining operations in Canada. Bunge has a 51% controlling interest in the joint venture, which it consolidates. Bunge and Felda each made capital contributions to the venture of approximately $24 million.

        In October 2011, Bunge entered into a joint venture agreement with Senwes Limited, a South African agribusiness company, to develop grains and oilseeds operations in South Africa. Bunge has a 50% controlling interest in the joint venture which it consolidates. Bunge and the noncontrolling interest holder each made capital contributions of $2 million.

        In September 2011, Bunge's consolidated agribusiness joint venture, AGRI-Bunge LLC., was dissolved. Bunge had 50% voting power and a 34% interest in the equity and earnings of the venture, which originated grain and operated a Mississippi River terminal in the United States. The non-controlling interest holder received $9 million representing the return of 100% of their invested

F-70


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Equity (Continued)

capital in 2011. Bunge had consolidated AGRI-Bunge, LLC since January 1, 2010 as a result of ASC Topic 810 Consolidation specifically as it related to the consolidation of variable interest entities. Bunge recorded $3 million of noncontrolling equity interest upon its consolidation of this joint venture in the first quarter of 2010.

        In July 2011, Bunge acquired the 40% noncontrolling interest in a sugarcane mill in Brazil, resulting in Bunge owning 100% of this entity. Total consideration was $31 million, comprised of $6 million cash paid at closing, $13 million to be paid within 12 months of closing and the forgiveness of $11 million of negative noncontrolling interest's share of equity in the investment.

        In 2011, Bunge redeemed shares held by certain third party investors in a private investment fund consolidated by Bunge. The shares were valued at $21 million and represented 56% of the outstanding shares of the fund and 100% of the respective investors ownership interest of these investments in the fund. Additionally, the investors received $5 million of dividends representing their share of the cumulative earnings of the fund. This transaction resulted in Bunge's ownership interest in the fund increasing from 39% at December 31, 2010 to 83% at December 31, 2011. Additionally, during 2010, certain third party investors redeemed their shares in this private investment fund. The shares were valued at $9 million and represented 30% of the outstanding shares of the fund and 100% of the ownership interest of these investors in the fund. Additionally, the investors received $4 million of dividends representing their share of the cumulative earnings of the fund. This resulted in Bunge's ownership interest in the fund increasing from 31% at December 31, 2009 to 39% at December 31, 2010.

        In April 2011, Bunge entered into a joint venture in an agricultural commodity trading and merchandising company, which operates in Central America. Bunge has a 70% controlling interest in the joint venture, which it consolidates. During 2011, the 30% noncontrolling interest holder made a $6 million capital contribution to this joint venture. Bunge made a proportionate capital contribution of $14 million, which resulted in no ownership change.

        In March 2011, Bunge sold a 10% interest in a consolidated subsidiary that owns and operates a newly constructed oilseed processing facility in Vietnam for $3 million to a third party. As a result of this transaction, Bunge has a 90% interest in this subsidiary.

        Bunge has an 80% controlling interest in a sugarcane mill in Brazil, which it consolidates. In March 2011, the 20% noncontrolling interest holder and Bunge each made proportionate capital contributions, which resulted in no ownership percentage change. The contribution from the noncontrolling interest holder was $32 million.

        Bunge has a 51% controlling interest in a joint venture with two third party companies for construction and operation of a grain terminal in Longview, Washington, U.S., which it consolidates. In 2011, Bunge and the noncontrolling interest holders, which have a 49% interest, made proportionate capital contributions, resulting in no ownership percentage change. The combined contribution from the noncontrolling interest holders was $27 million.

        On May 27, 2010, Bunge sold its Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets, including its direct and indirect 54% ownership interest in the voting common shares and 36% interest in the nonvoting preferred shares of Fosfertil (representing Bunge's right to approximately 42% of the earnings of Fosfertil, see Note 3). Prior to this date, Fosfertil was a consolidated subsidiary of Bunge. Effective as of the date of sale and as a result of this transaction, Bunge deconsolidated Fosfertil and derecognized

F-71


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

23. Equity (Continued)

$588 million of noncontrolling interests, which represented approximately 58% of noncontrolling interest in earnings of Fosfertil.

24. Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to Bunge common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, excluding any dilutive effects of stock options, restricted stock unit awards, convertible preference shares and convertible notes during the reporting period. Diluted earnings per share is computed similar to basic earnings per share, except that the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding is increased to include additional shares from the assumed exercise of stock options, restricted stock unit awards and convertible securities and notes, if dilutive. The number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that outstanding stock options, except those which are not dilutive, were exercised and that the proceeds from such exercises were used to acquire common shares at the average market price during the reporting period. In addition, Bunge accounts for the effects of convertible securities and convertible notes, using the if-converted method. Under this method, the convertible securities and convertible notes are assumed to be converted and the related dividend or interest expense, net of tax, is added back to earnings, if dilutive.

        Bunge has 6,900,000 convertible perpetual preference shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 (see Note 23). Each convertible preference share has an initial liquidation preference of $100 per share and each convertible preference share is convertible, at any time at the holder's option, initially into approximately 1.0991 Bunge Limited common shares based on a conversion price of $90.9802 per convertible preference share, subject in each case to certain anti-dilution specified adjustments (which represents 7,583,790 common shares as of December 31, 2011). The calculation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2009 does not include the weighted-average common shares that would be issuable upon conversion of the convertible perpetual preference shares as they were not dilutive. The calculations of diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 include the weighted-average common shares that would be issuable upon conversion of the convertible perpetual preference shares as they were dilutive.

        On the mandatory conversion date of December 1, 2010, each mandatory convertible preference share then outstanding, automatically converted into 9.7596 of common shares (see Note 23). At any time prior to December 1, 2010, holders could elect to convert the mandatory convertible preference shares at the conversion rate of 8.2416, subject to certain additional anti-dilution adjustments (which represented 7,108,009 common shares prior to December 1, 2010). Each mandatory convertible preference share had a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. The calculation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2010 includes the weighted-average common shares that would have been issuable upon conversion of the mandatory convertible preference shares, up to the mandatory conversion date of December 1, 2010, as they were dilutive. The calculation of diluted earnings per common share for the year ended December 31, 2009 does not include the weighted-average common shares that would have been issuable upon conversion of the mandatory convertible preference shares as they were not dilutive.

F-72


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

24. Earnings Per Share (Continued)

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions, except for share data)
  2011   2010   2009  

Net income attributable to Bunge

  $ 942   $ 2,354   $ 361  

Convertible preference share dividends

    (34 )   (67 )   (78 )
               

Net income available to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 908   $ 2,287   $ 283  
               

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding:

                   

Basic

    146,583,128     141,191,136     126,448,071  

Effect of dilutive shares:

                   

—stock options and awards  (1)

    1,042,127     1,032,143     1,221,751  

—convertible preference shares

    7,583,790     14,051,535      
               

Diluted

    155,209,045     156,274,814     127,669,822  
               

Earnings per common share:

                   

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders—basic

  $ 6.20   $ 16.20   $ 2.24  

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders—diluted

  $ 6.07   $ 15.06   $ 2.22  

(1)
The weighted-average common shares outstanding-diluted excludes approximately 4 million, 3 million and 2 million stock options and contingently issuable restricted stock units, which were not dilutive and not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

25. Share-Based Compensation

        In 2011, Bunge recognized approximately $24 million and $25 million of compensation expense, related to its stock option and restricted stock unit awards, respectively, in additional paid-in capital for awards classified as equity awards. In 2010, Bunge recognized approximately $22 million and $38 million of compensation expense, related to its stock option and restricted stock unit awards, respectively, in additional paid-in capital for awards classified as equity awards. In 2009, Bunge recognized approximately $16 million and $1 million of compensation expense, related to its stock option and restricted stock unit awards, respectively, in additional paid-in capital for awards classified as equity awards.

        In 2011 and 2010, there was an insignificant amount of aggregate tax benefit related to share-based compensation. In 2009, the aggregate tax benefit related to share-based compensation was approximately $6 million.

        2009 Equity Incentive Plan and Equity Incentive Plan —In 2009, Bunge established the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2009 EIP), which was approved by shareholders at the 2009 annual general meeting. Under the 2009 EIP, the compensation committee of Bunge board of directors may grant equity-based awards to officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors. Awards under the 2009 EIP may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock units (performance-based or time-vested) or other equity-based awards. Prior to May 8, 2009, the date of shareholder approval of the 2009 EIP, Bunge granted equity-based awards under the Equity Incentive Plan (the Equity Incentive Plan), which is a shareholder approved plan. Under the Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation

F-73


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

committee of the Bunge Limited Board of Directors was authorized to grant equity-based awards to officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors. The Equity Incentive Plan provided that awards may be in the form of stock options, restricted stock units (performance-based or time-vested) or other equity-based awards. Effective May 8, 2009, no further awards will be granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.

         (i) Stock Option Awards —Stock options to purchase Bunge Limited common shares are non-statutory and granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of Bunge Limited common shares on the date of the grant, as determined under the Equity Incentive Plan or the 2009 EIP, as applicable. Options expire ten years after the date of the grant and generally vest and become exercisable on a pro-rata basis over a three-year period on each anniversary of the date of the grant. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the 2009 EIP and the Equity Incentive Plan. Compensation expense is recognized for option grants beginning in 2006 on a straight-line basis and for options granted prior to 2006, compensation expense is recognized on an accelerated basis over the vesting period of each grant.

         (ii) Restricted Stock Units —Performance-based restricted stock units and time-vested restricted stock units are granted at no cost. Performance-based restricted stock units are awarded at the beginning of a three-year performance period and vest following the end of the three-year performance period. Performance-based restricted stock units fully vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Payment of the units is subject to Bunge attaining certain targeted cumulative earnings per share (EPS) during the three-year performance period. Targeted cumulative EPS under the Equity Incentive Plan or the 2009 EIP, as applicable, is based on income per share from continuing operations adjusted for non-recurring charges and other one-time events at the discretion of the compensation committee. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the 2009 EIP and in the Equity Incentive Plan. Payment of the award is calculated based on a sliding scale whereby 50% of the performance-based restricted stock unit award vests if the minimum performance target is achieved. No vesting occurs if actual cumulative EPS is less than the minimum performance target. The award is capped at 200% of the grant for actual performance in excess of the maximum performance target for an award. Awards are paid solely in Bunge Limited common shares.

        Time-vested restricted stock units are subject to vesting periods varying from three to five years and vest on either a pro-rata basis over the applicable vesting period or 100% at the end of the applicable vesting period, as determined at the time of the grant by the compensation committee. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the 2009 EIP and the Equity Incentive Plan. Time-vested restricted stock units are paid out in Bunge Limited common shares upon satisfying the applicable vesting terms.

        At the time of payout, a participant holding a vested restricted stock unit will also be entitled to receive corresponding dividend equivalent share payments. Dividend equivalents on performance-based restricted stock units are capped at the target level. Compensation expense for restricted stock units is equal to the market value of Bunge Limited common shares at the date of the grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of each grant.

        2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan —Bunge has established the Bunge Limited 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (the 2007 Directors' Plan), a shareholder approved plan. Under the 2007 Directors' Plan, the compensation committee may grant equity based

F-74


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

awards to non-employee directors of Bunge Limited. Awards may consist of restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred restricted stock units and non-statutory stock options.

         (i) Stock Option Awards —Stock options to purchase Bunge Limited common shares are granted with an exercise price equal to the market value of Bunge Limited common shares on the date of the grant, as determined under the 2007 Directors' Plan. Options expire ten years after the date of the grant and generally vest and are exercisable on the third anniversary of the date of the grant. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the 2007 Directors' Plan. Compensation expense is recognized for options on a straight-line basis.

         (ii) Restricted Stock Units —Restricted stock units and deferred restricted stock units are granted at no cost. Restricted stock units generally vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant and payment is made in Bunge Limited common shares. Deferred restricted stock units generally vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant and payment is deferred until after the third anniversary of the date of grant and made in Bunge Limited common shares. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the 2007 Directors' Plan.

        At the time of payment, a participant holding a restricted stock unit or deferred restricted stock unit will also be entitled to receive corresponding dividend equivalent share payments. Compensation expense is equal to the market value of Bunge Limited common shares at the date of grant and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of each grant.

        Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan —Prior to May 25, 2007, the date of shareholder approval of the 2007 Directors' Plan, Bunge granted equity-based awards to its non-employee directors under the Non-Employee Directors' Equity Incentive Plan (the Directors' Plan) which is a shareholder approved plan. The Directors' Plan provides for awards of non-statutory stock options to non-employee directors. The options vest and are exercisable on the January 1 that follows the date of grant. Vesting may be accelerated in certain circumstances as provided in the Directors' Plan. Compensation expense is recognized for option grants beginning in 2006 on a straight-line basis and is recognized for options granted prior to 2006 on an accelerated basis over the vesting period of each grant. Effective May 25, 2007, no further awards will be granted under the Directors' Plan.

        The fair value of each stock option granted under all of Bunge's equity incentive plans is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility of Bunge's common shares is based on historical volatility calculated using the daily closing price of Bunge's shares up to the date of grant. Bunge uses historical employee exercise behavior for valuation purposes. The expected option term of options granted represents the period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding and is based on historical experience giving consideration for the contractual terms, vesting periods and expectations of future employee behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the rate of U.S.

F-75


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a term equal to the expected option term of the option grants on the date of grant.

 
  December 31,  
Assumptions
  2011   2010   2009  

Expected option term (in years)

    5.39     5.43     5.14  

Expected dividend yield

    1.29 %   1.36 %   1.47 %

Expected volatility

    45.45 %   44.34 %   43.35 %

Risk-free interest rate

    2.48 %   2.56 %   2.31 %

        A summary of option activity under the plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

Options
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

(US$ in millions)

                         

Outstanding at January 1, 2011

    5,242,831   $ 57.34              

Granted

    1,016,025     71.20              

Exercised

    (682,560 )   33.76              

Forfeited or expired

    (161,649 )   72.82              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

    5,414,647   $ 62.45     5.85   $ 30  
                       

Exercisable at December 31, 2011

    3,699,962   $ 60.91     4.56   $ 29  
                       

        The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $27.99, $23.70 and $18.68, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $24 million, $4 million and $2 million, respectively. The excess tax benefit classified as a financing cash flow for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was not significant.

        At December 31, 2011, there was $25 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Equity Incentive Plans expected to be recognized over the next two years.

F-76


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

25. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of Bunge's restricted stock units under the plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during 2011 is presented below:

Restricted Stock Units
  Shares   Weighted-Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Restricted stock units at January 1, 2011  (1)

    1,134,753   $ 67.15  

Granted

    454,523     70.36  

Vested/issued  (2)

    (214,006 )   93.42  

Forfeited/cancelled  (2)

    (189,415 )   79.82  
             

Restricted stock units at December 31, 2011  (1)

    1,185,855   $ 61.62  
             

(1)
Excludes accrued unvested corresponding dividends, which are payable in shares upon vesting in Bunge's common shares. At December 31, 2011, there were 17,491 unvested corresponding dividends accrued. Accrued unvested corresponding dividends are revised upon non-achievement of performance targets.

(2)
During 2011, Bunge issued 214,006 common shares, net of common shares withheld to cover taxes, including related common shares representing accrued corresponding dividends, with a weighted-average fair value of $70.12 per share. In 2011, payment/issuance of 851 vested restricted stock units and related earned dividends were deferred by participants. As of December 31, 2011, Bunge has approximately 27,790 deferred common share units including common shares representing accrued corresponding dividends. During 2011, Bunge canceled in the aggregate approximately 187,323 shares related to performance-based restricted stock unit awards that were withheld to cover payment of employee related taxes and performance-based restricted stock unit awards did not vest due to non-achievement of performance targets.

        The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock units granted during 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $70.36, $58.67 and $50.63, respectively.

        At December 31, 2011, there was approximately $43 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock units share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2009 EIP, the Equity Incentive Plan and the 2007 Non-Employee Directors' Plan, which will be recognized over the next two years. The total fair value of restricted stock units vested during 2011 was approximately $19 million.

        Common Shares Reserved for Share-Based Awards —The 2007 Directors' Plan and the 2009 EIP provide that 600,000 and 10,000,000 common shares, respectively, are reserved for grants of stock options, stock awards and other awards under the plans. At December 31, 2011, 412,184 and 7,210,309 common shares were available for future grants under the 2007 Directors' Plan and the 2009 EIP, respectively.

F-77


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

26. Lease Commitments

        Bunge routinely leases storage facilities, transportation equipment and office facilities under operating leases. Future minimum lease payments by year and in the aggregate under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more at December 31, 2011 are as follows:

(US$ in millions)
  Minimum
Lease
Payments
 

2012

  $ 152  

2013

    106  

2014

    94  

2015

    81  

2016

    74  

Thereafter

    188  
       

Total

  $ 695  
       

        Net rent expense under non-cancelable operating leases is as follows:

 
  December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Rent Expense

  $ 227   $ 203   $ 182  

Sublease Income

    (41 )   (46 )   (36 )
               

Net Rent Expense

  $ 186   $ 157   $ 146  
               

        In addition, Bunge enters into agricultural partnership agreements for the production of sugarcane. These agreements have an average life of eight years and cover approximately 155,000 hectares of land under cultivation. Amounts owed under these agreements are dependent on several variables including the quantity of sugarcane produced per hectare, the total recoverable sugar (TRS) per ton of sugarcane produced and the price for each kilogram of TRS as determined by Consecana, the Sao Paulo state sugarcane and sugar and ethanol council. In 2011 and 2010 Bunge made payments related to these agreements of $91 million and $61 million, respectively. Of these amounts $40 million and $23 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively, were advances for future production and $51 million and $38 million were included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of income for 2011 and 2010, respectively.

27. Operating Segments and Geographic Areas

        Sugar and Bioenergy segment —In the first quarter of 2010, Bunge began reporting the results of its sugar and bioenergy businesses as a reportable segment. Prior to 2010, sugar and bioenergy results and assets were included in the agribusiness segment. Accordingly, amounts for 2009 have been reclassified to conform to the current segment presentation.

        As a result, Bunge has five reportable segments—agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products, milling products and fertilizer—which are organized based upon similar economic characteristics and are similar in nature of products and services offered, the nature of production processes, the type and class of customer and distribution methods. The agribusiness segment is

F-78


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. Operating Segments and Geographic Areas (Continued)

characterized by both inputs and outputs being agricultural commodities and thus high volume and low margin. The sugar and bioenergy segment involves sugarcane growing and milling in Brazil, sugar merchandising in various countries, as well as sugarcane-based ethanol production and corn-based ethanol investments and related activities. The edible oil products segment involves the manufacturing and marketing of products derived from vegetable oils. The milling products segment involves the manufacturing and marketing of products derived primarily from wheat and corn. Following the completion of the sale of Bunge's Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets in May 2010, the activities of the fertilizer segment include its fertilizer distribution business in Brazil as well as its operations in Argentina and the United States (see Note 3). Additionally, Bunge has retained its 50% interest in its fertilizer joint venture in Morocco.

        The "Unallocated" column in the following table contains the reconciliation between the totals for reportable segments and Bunge consolidated totals, which consist primarily of corporate items not allocated to the operating segments and inter-segment eliminations. Transfers between the segments are

F-79


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. Operating Segments and Geographic Areas (Continued)

generally valued at market. The revenues generated from these transfers are shown in the following table as "Inter-segment revenues segments or inter-segment eliminations."

(US$ in millions)
  Agribusiness   Sugar and
Bioenergy
  Edible Oil
Products
  Milling
Products
  Fertilizer   Unallocated   Total  

2011

                                           

Net sales to external customers

  $ 38,909   $ 5,842   $ 8,839   $ 2,006   $ 3,147   $   $ 58,743  

Inter-segment revenues

    4,965     13     86     50     57     (5,171 )    

Gross profit  (1)

    1,731     149     462     234     152         2,728  

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (16 )   (4 )   3         (2 )       (19 )

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    33     2         5     4         44  

Noncontrolling interest (2)

    (22 )   (2 )   (6 )           32     2  

Other income (expense)-net

    (7 )   2     3     (3 )   (11 )       (16 )

Segment EBIT (3)

    934     (20 )   137     104     (1 )       1,154  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

    (196 )   (171 )   (87 )   (27 )   (45 )       (526 )

Investments in affiliates

    506     18         14     62         600  

Total assets

    13,993     3,805     2,445     715     2,317         23,275  

Capital expenditures

    494     376     145     25     56     29     1,125  

2010

                                           

Net sales to external customers

  $ 30,138   $ 4,455   $ 6,783   $ 1,605   $ 2,726   $   $ 45,707  

Inter-segment revenues

    3,902     24     96     41     115     (4,178 )    

Gross profit (1)

    1,660     101     427     168     155         2,511  

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    (4 )   30         (1 )   (23 )       2  

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    18     (6 )       3     12         27  

Noncontrolling interest (2)

    (47 )   9     (5 )       (35 )   44     (34 )

Other income (expense)-net

    2     (8 )   (10 )   5     (15 )       (26 )

Segment EBIT (3)

    840     (13 )   80     67     2,344     (90 )   3,228  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

    (179 )   (116 )   (78 )   (27 )   (43 )       (443 )

Investments in affiliates

    509     20     15     13     52         609  

Total assets

    16,100     4,679     2,243     771     2,208         26,001  

Capital expenditures

    409     365     66     23     182     27     1,072  

2009

                                           

Net sales to external customers

  $ 27,934   $ 2,577   $ 6,184   $ 1,527   $ 3,704   $   $ 41,926  

Inter-segment revenues

    3,462     77     131     17     18     (3,705 )    

Gross profit (loss) (1)

    1,330     49     412     152     (739 )       1,204  

Foreign exchange gain (loss)

    216     2     (4 )   (1 )   256         469  

Equity in earnings of affiliates

    15     (12 )   86     4     (13 )       80  

Noncontrolling interest (2)

    (26 )   6     (10 )       87     (31 )   26  

Other income (expense)-net

    (4 )   2     (7 )   (1 )   (15 )       (25 )

Segment EBIT

    812     8     181     58     (616 )       443  

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense

    (179 )   (15 )   (73 )   (27 )   (149 )       (443 )

Investments in affiliates

    506     20     15     14     67         622  

Total assets

    11,172     2,691     2,030     670     4,683     40     21,286  

Capital expenditures

    222     257     55     24     329     31     918  

(1)
In 2010, Bunge recorded pretax impairment charges of $77 million in cost of goods sold related to its operations in Europe, Brazil and the U.S. Of these pretax impairment charges, $35 million of these charges were allocated to the agribusiness segment, $28 million to the edible oil products segment and $14 million to the milling products segment. In addition, Bunge recorded pretax restructuring charges of $19 million in cost of goods sold, related primarily to termination benefit costs of its U.S. and Brazil operations, which it allocated $10 million, $1 million, $4 million and $4 million to its agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products and fertilizer segment,

F-80


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. Operating Segments and Geographic Areas (Continued)

    respectively. Bunge also recorded $10 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, related to its Brazilian operations, which it allocated $3 million, $3 million, $3 million and $1 million to its agribusiness, sugar and bioenergy, edible oil products and milling products segment, respectively, in its consolidated statements of income (see Note 9).

    In 2009, Bunge recorded pretax impairment charges of $5 million in cost of goods sold, relating to the permanent closure of a smaller, older and less efficient oilseed processing and refining facility, in its agribusiness segment. In addition, Bunge recorded pretax impairment charges of $26 million in selling, general and administrative expenses, relating to the write-down of certain real estate assets and a biodiesel equity investment, in its agribusiness segment.

(2)
Includes the noncontrolling interest share of interest and tax to reconcile to consolidated noncontrolling interest.

(3)
In 2010, Bunge sold its Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets, including its interest in Fertilizantes Fosfatados S.A. (Fosfertil). Bunge recognized a pretax gain of $2,440 million on this transaction which is included in segment EBIT (see Note 3 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements). In addition, included in segment EBIT for 2010 is an unallocated loss of $90 million related to loss on extinguishment of debt (see Note 17).

        Total segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) is an operating performance measure used by Bunge's management to evaluate segment operating activities. Bunge's management believes total segment EBIT is a useful measure of operating profitability, since the measure allows for an evaluation of the performance of its segments without regard to its financing methods or capital structure. In addition, EBIT is a financial measure that is widely used by analysts and investors in Bunge's industries.

        A reconciliation of total segment EBIT to net income attributable to Bunge follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Total segment EBIT

  $ 1,154   $ 3,228   $ 443  

Interest income

    102     69     122  

Interest expense

    (302 )   (298 )   (283 )

Income tax (expense) benefit

    (44 )   (689 )   110  

Noncontrolling interest share of interest and tax

    32     44     (31 )
               

Net income attributable to Bunge

  $ 942   $ 2,354   $ 361  
               

F-81


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

27. Operating Segments and Geographic Areas (Continued)

        Net sales by product group to external customers were as follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Agricultural commodities products

  $ 38,909   $ 30,138   $ 27,934  

Sugar and bioenergy products

    5,842     4,455     2,577  

Edible oil products

    8,839     6,783     6,184  

Wheat milling products

    1,186     1,082     985  

Corn milling products

    820     523     542  

Fertilizer products

    3,147     2,726     3,704  
               

Total

  $ 58,743   $ 45,707   $ 41,926  
               

        Geographic area information for net sales to external customers, determined based on the location of the subsidiary making the sale, and long-lived assets follows:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Net sales to external customers:

                   

Europe

  $ 18,417   $ 15,490   $ 13,815  

United States

    13,843     10,441     10,267  

Brazil

    10,907     9,027     9,203  

Asia

    9,590     6,136     5,385  

Argentina

    3,660     2,918     1,836  

Canada

    1,856     1,658     1,388  

Rest of world

    470     37     32  
               

Total

  $ 58,743   $ 45,707   $ 41,926  
               

 

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions)
  2011   2010   2009  

Long-lived assets (1) :

                   

Europe

  $ 1,051   $ 986   $ 1,021  

United States

    1,307     1,176     977  

Brazil

    4,004     4,103     3,971  

Asia

    378     279     178  

Argentina

    287     300     228  

Canada

    180     172     174  

Rest of world

    23     25     17  
               

Total

  $ 7,230   $ 7,041   $ 6,566  
               

(1)
Long-lived assets include property, plant and equipment, net, goodwill and other intangible assets, net and investments in affiliates.

F-82


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

28. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)

 
  Quarter    
 
(US$ in millions, except per share data)
  First   Second   Third   Fourth   Year End  

2011  (1)

                               

Volumes (in millions of metric tons)

    29     36     38     39     142  

Net sales

  $ 12,194   $ 14,488   $ 15,616   $ 16,445   $ 58,743  

Gross profit

    639     647     706     736     2,728  

Net income

    235     312     133     260     940  

Net income attributable to Bunge

    232     316     140     254     942  

Earnings per common share—basic

                               

Net income

  $ 1.60   $ 2.12   $ 0.91   $ 1.79   $ 6.41  
                       

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 1.53   $ 2.08   $ 0.90   $ 1.68   $ 6.20  
                       

Earnings per common share—diluted  (2)

                               

Net income

  $ 1.51   $ 2.00   $ 0.90   $ 1.69   $ 6.06  
                       

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 1.49   $ 2.02   $ 0.89   $ 1.65   $ 6.07  
                       

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic

    146,842,755     147,281,549     146,684,583     145,557,720     146,583,128  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—diluted

    155,647,491     156,176,828     147,631,723     153,924,296     155,209,045  

Market price:

                               

High

  $ 74.45   $ 75.44   $ 73.08   $ 63.02        

Low

  $ 65.39   $ 65.42   $ 56.10   $ 55.51        

2010  (3)

                               

Volumes (in millions of metric tons)

    32     36     35     32     135  

Net sales

  $ 10,345   $ 10,974   $ 11,662   $ 12,726   $ 45,707  

Gross profit

    545     425     712     829     2,511  

Net income

    80     1,787     206     315     2,388  

Net income attributable to Bunge

    63     1,778     212     301     2,354  

Earnings per common share—basic

                               

Net income

  $ 0.57   $ 12.41   $ 1.48   $ 2.23   $ 16.91  
                       

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 0.31   $ 12.21   $ 1.38   $ 2.07   $ 16.20  
                       

Earnings per common share—diluted  (2)

                               

Net income

  $ 0.57   $ 11.21   $ 1.39   $ 2.04   $ 15.28  
                       

Earnings to Bunge common shareholders

  $ 0.31   $ 11.15   $ 1.36   $ 1.95   $ 15.06  
                       

Weighted Average number of shares:

                               

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—basic

    140,112,091     144,034,189     139,600,641     141,025,069     141,191,136  

Weighted-average number of shares outstanding—diluted

    141,286,541     159,448,713     147,993,316     154,382,325     156,274,814  

Market price:

                               

High

  $ 71.29   $ 61.85   $ 61.61   $ 65.52        

Low

  $ 56.90   $ 47.19   $ 46.29   $ 57.45        

(1)
Subsequent to the issuance of its third quarter financial statements for 2011, the Company became aware that net income for the third quarter excludes $33 million, net of tax, related to unrealized gains that were incorrectly excluded from results in the quarter. These mark-to-market gains arose from the impact of fluctuations in the Brazilian real at the end of the third quarter on certain foreign exchange derivatives associated with forward commodity contracts with farmers in Brazil. These gains substantially reversed in the first weeks of the fourth quarter, resulting in an offsetting mark-to-market loss of an equal amount that would have been recorded in the fourth quarter if the unrealized gains had been included in the third quarter.

F-83


Table of Contents


BUNGE LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

28. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) (Continued)

    Based upon an evaluation of all relevant quantitative and qualitative factors, and after considering the provisions of APB Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting , paragraph 29, SAB No. 99, Materiality , and SAB 108, management believes the error was not material to the interim periods affected and therefore has not restated these financial statements.

(2)
Earnings per share to Bunge common shareholders for both basic and diluted is computed independently for each period presented. As a result, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 does not equal the total computed for the year.

(3)
In 2010, Bunge sold its Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets, including its interest in Fertilizantes Fosfatados S.A. (Fosfertil). Bunge recognized a pretax gain of $2,440 million on this transaction which is included in segment EBIT (see Note 3). Also, included in segment EBIT for 2010 is an unallocated loss of $90 million related to loss on extinguishment of debt (see Note 17).

29. Subsequent Events

        In January 2012, Bunge completed the acquisition of a 35% interest in PT Bumiraya Investindo, an Indonesian palm plantation company for $43 million. This interest will be reported as an equity method investment in the agribusiness segment. In February 2012, Bunge completed its acquisition of the edible oils and fats business of Amrit Banaspati Company Limited for $93 million.

F-84


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
   
   
    BUNGE LIMITED

Dated: February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW J. BURKE

Andrew J. Burke
Chief Financial Officer and Global Operational Excellence Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 
   
   
February 27, 2012   By:   /s/ ALBERTO WEISSER

Alberto Weisser
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ ANDREW J. BURKE

Andrew J. Burke
Chief Financial Officer and Global Operational Excellence Officer

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ KAREN D. ROEBUCK

Karen D. Roebuck
Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ ERNEST G. BACHRACH

Ernest G. Bachrach
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ ENRIQUE H. BOILINI

Enrique H. Boilini
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ JORGE BORN, JR.

Jorge Born, Jr.
Director

S-1


Table of Contents

 
   
   
February 27, 2012   By:   /s/ OCTAVIO CARABALLO

Octavio Caraballo
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ FRANCIS COPPINGER

Francis Coppinger
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/  BERNARD DE LA TOUR D'AUVERGNE LAURAGUAIS

Bernard de La Tour d'Auvergne Lauraguais
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM ENGELS

William Engels
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES T. HACKETT

James T. Hackett
Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ L. PATRICK LUPO

L. Patrick Lupo
Deputy Chairman and Director

February 27, 2012

 

By:

 

/s/ LARRY G. PILLARD

Larry G. Pillard
Director

S-2




EXHIBIT 10.1

 

EXECUTION COPY

 


 

BUNGE MASTER TRUST

 

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AGREEMENT

 

Among

 

BUNGE FUNDING, INC.

 

BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.,

as Servicer

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 

Dated as of June 28, 2004

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

Definitions

1

 

SECTION 1.02.

Other Definitional Provisions

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II CONVEYANCE OF LOANS; REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

3

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

Conveyance of Loans

3

 

SECTION 2.02.

Acceptance by Trustee

6

 

SECTION 2.03.

Representations and Warranties of the Company Relating to the Company

6

 

SECTION 2.04.

Representations and Warranties of the Company Relating to the Purchased Loans

10

 

SECTION 2.05.

Adjustment Payment for Ineligible Loans

11

 

SECTION 2.06.

Affirmative Covenants of the Company

12

 

SECTION 2.07.

Negative Covenants of the Company

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III RIGHTS OF HOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

19

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3.01.

Establishment of Collection Account; Certain Allocations

19

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED AND MAY BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE SERIES RELATING THERETO

25

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATES AND EXCHANGEABLE COMPANY INTEREST

25

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01.

The Investor Certificates

25

 

SECTION 5.02.

Authentication of Certificates

26

 

SECTION 5.03.

Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Investor Certificates

26

 

SECTION 5.04.

Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Investor Certificates

28

 

SECTION 5.05.

Persons Deemed Owners

29

 

SECTION 5.06.

Appointment of Paying Agent

29

 

SECTION 5.07.

Access to List of Investor Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses

30

 

SECTION 5.08.

Authenticating Agent

30

 

SECTION 5.09.

Tax Treatment

32

 

SECTION 5.10.

Exchangeable Company Interest

32

 

SECTION 5.11.

Book-Entry Certificates

35

 

SECTION 5.12.

Notices to Clearing Agency

36

 



 

 

SECTION 5.13.

Definitive Certificates

36

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE COMPANY

36

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01.

Liability of the Company

36

 

SECTION 6.02.

Limitation on Liability of the Company

37

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

37

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.01.

Early Amortization Events

37

 

SECTION 7.02.

Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events

38

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII THE TRUSTEE

40

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.01.

Duties of Trustee

40

 

SECTION 8.02.

Rights of the Trustee

42

 

SECTION 8.03.

Trustee Not Liable for Recitals

43

 

SECTION 8.04.

Trustee May Own Investor Certificates

44

 

SECTION 8.05.

Trustee’s Fees and Expenses

44

 

SECTION 8.06.

Eligibility Recitals

45

 

SECTION 8.07.

Resignation or Removal of Trustee

45

 

SECTION 8.08.

Successor Trustee

46

 

SECTION 8.09.

Merger or Consolidation of Trustee

46

 

SECTION 8.10.

Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee

47

 

SECTION 8.11.

Tax Returns

48

 

SECTION 8.12.

Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Investor Certificates

48

 

SECTION 8.13.

Suits for Enforcement

49

 

SECTION 8.14.

Rights of Investor Certificateholders To Direct Trustee

49

 

SECTION 8.15.

Representations and Warranties of Trustee

50

 

SECTION 8.16.

Maintenance of Office or Agency

50

 

SECTION 8.17.

Limitation of Liability

50

 

SECTION 8.18.

Consequential Damages

50

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

51

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.01.

Termination of Trust

51

 

SECTION 9.02.

Optional Purchase and Final Termination Date of Investor Certificates of Any Series

51

 

SECTION 9.03.

Final Payment with Respect to Any Series

53

 

SECTION 9.04.

Company’s Termination Rights

54

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

54

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.01.

Amendment

54

 

SECTION 10.02.

Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust

56

 

ii



 

 

SECTION 10.03.

Limitation on Rights of Holders

57

 

SECTION 10.04.

Governing Law

58

 

SECTION 10.05.

Notices

58

 

SECTION 10.06.

Severability of Provisions

58

 

SECTION 10.07.

Assignment

58

 

SECTION 10.08.

Investor Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid

59

 

SECTION 10.09.

Further Assurances

59

 

SECTION 10.10.

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

59

 

SECTION 10.11.

Counterparts

59

 

SECTION 10.12.

Third-Party Beneficiaries

59

 

SECTION 10.13.

Actions by Investor Certificateholders

60

 

SECTION 10.14.

Merger and Integration

60

 

SECTION 10.15.

Headings

60

 

SECTION 10.16.

No Setoff

60

 

SECTION 10.17.

No Bankruptcy Petition

60

 

SECTION 10.18.

Limitation of Liability

60

 

SECTION 10.19.

Certain Information

61

 

SECTION 10.20.

Responsible Officer Certificates; No Recourse

61

 

SECTION 10.21.

JPMorgan Chase Conflict Waiver

62

 

SECTION 10.22.

Conversion of Approved Currencies into Dollars

62

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Daily Report

Schedule 2

 

Identification of the Trust Accounts

Schedule 3

 

Location of Chief Executive Office and Jurisdiction of Formation of the Company

 

 

 

ANNEX

 

 

 

Annex X

 

Definitions

 

iii



 

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AGREEMENT, dated as of June 28, 2004 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and in effect from time to time, the “ Pooling Agreement ”), among BUNGE FUNDING, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC., a Delaware corporation (in its capacity as servicer, the “ Servicer ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a New York banking corporation, not in its individual capacity, but solely as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”). This Pooling Agreement amends and restates that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2003, as amended from time to time, by and among the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, prior to the date of this Pooling Agreement, (i) the Company and Bunge Finance and Bunge Finance North America, each as Sellers, have entered into a Sale Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Sale Agreement ”) and (ii) the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee have entered into a Servicing Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Servicing Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into this Pooling Agreement in order to create a master trust to which the Company will transfer all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Loans and other Trust Assets now or hereafter owned by the Company and such master trust shall, from time to time at the direction of the Company (or the Servicer on its behalf), issue one or more Series of Investor Certificates, representing interests in the Purchased Loans and such other Trust Assets as specified in the Supplement related to such Series;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.            Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein shall, unless otherwise defined or referenced herein, have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex X (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, “ Annex X ”) attached hereto which Annex X is incorporated by reference herein.

 

SECTION 1.02.            Other Definitional Provisions .

 

(a)           All terms defined or incorporated by reference in this Agreement, the Servicing Agreement or in any Supplement shall have such defined meanings when

 



 

used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein.

 

(b)           As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined herein or incorporated by reference herein, and accounting terms partly defined herein or incorporated by reference herein to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP. To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms herein or incorporated by reference herein are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under GAAP, the definitions contained herein or incorporated by reference herein shall control.

 

(c)           The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and Section, subsection, Schedule, Exhibit and Appendix references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections, subsections, Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)           The definitions contained herein or incorporated by reference herein are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

 

(e)           Where a definition contained herein or incorporated by reference herein specifies that such term shall have the meaning set forth in the related Supplement, the definition of such term set forth in the related Supplement may be preceded by a prefix indicating the specific Series or Class to which such definition shall apply.

 

(f)             Where reference is made in this Agreement or any related Supplement to the principal amount of Purchased Loans, such reference shall, unless explicitly stated otherwise, be deemed a reference to the Principal Amount (as such term is defined in Annex X attached hereto) of such Purchased Loans.

 

(g)           Any reference herein or in any other Transaction Document to a provision of the Bankruptcy Code, Code, ERISA, 1940 Act or the UCC shall be deemed a reference to any successor provision thereto.

 

(h)           Any reference herein to a Schedule, Exhibit or Appendix to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Schedule, Exhibit or Appendix as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time to the extent that such Schedule, Exhibit or Appendix may be amended, modified or supplemented (or any term or provision of any Transaction Document may be amended that would have the effect of amending, modifying or supplementing information contained in such Schedule, Exhibit or Appendix) in compliance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

2



 

(i)            Any reference herein to any representation, warranty or covenant “deemed” to have been made is intended to encompass only representations, warranties or covenants that are expressly stated to be repeated on or as of dates following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no such reference shall be interpreted as a reference to any implicit, inferred, tacit or otherwise unexpressed representation, warranty or covenant.

 

(j)            The words “include”, “includes” or “including” shall be interpreted as if followed, in each case, by the phrase “without limitation”.

 

ARTICLE II

 

CONVEYANCE OF
LOANS; REPRESENTATIONS,
WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

 

SECTION 2.01.            Conveyance of Loans .

 

(a)           By execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company does hereby assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trust on the Effective Date and from time to time on any Business Day on which the Servicer delivers a Daily Report to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders, without recourse (except as specifically provided herein), all its present and future right, title and interest in, to and under:

 

(i)            the Purchased Loans acquired by the Company from the Sellers from time to time prior to but not including the Trust Termination Date as indicated in the Daily Report delivered to the Trustee on the Effective Date or such Business Day;

 

(ii)           the Related Property;

 

(iii)          all Collections;

 

(iv)          all rights (including rescission, replevin or reclamation) relating to any Purchased Loan or arising therefrom;

 

(v)           each of the Sale Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, including in respect of each agreement, (A) all rights of the Company to receive monies due and to become due under or pursuant to such agreement, whether payable as fees, expenses, costs or otherwise, (B) all rights of the Company to receive proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty with respect to such agreement, (C) claims of the Company for damages arising out of or for breach of or default under such agreement, (D) the right of the Company to amend, waive or terminate such agreement, to perform thereunder and to compel performance and otherwise exercise all remedies thereunder and (E) all other

 

3



 

rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the Company under or in connection with such agreement (whether arising pursuant to such agreement or otherwise available to the Company at law or in equity), including the rights of the Company to enforce such agreement and to give or withhold any and all consents, requests, notices, directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or in connection therewith (all of the foregoing set forth in subclauses (v) (A) through (E), inclusive, the “ Transferred Agreements ”);

 

(vi)          the Collection Account, including (A) all funds and other evidences of payment held therein and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time representing or evidencing the Collection Account or any funds and other evidences of payment held therein, (B) all investments of such funds held in the Collection Account and all certificates and instruments from time to time representing or evidencing such investments, (C) all notes, certificates of deposit and other instruments from time to time hereafter delivered or transferred to, or otherwise possessed by, the Trustee for and on behalf of the Company in substitution for the then existing Collection Account and (D) all interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for the then existing Collection Account; and

 

(vii)         all proceeds of or payments in respect of any and all of the foregoing clauses (i) through (vi) (including proceeds that constitute property of the types described in clause (vi) above and including Collections).

 

Such property described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (vii), together with all investments and all monies on deposit in any other bank account or accounts maintained for the benefit of any Holders for payment to the Holders shall constitute the assets of the Trust (collectively, the “ Trust Assets ”).

 

Subject to Section 5.09 , although it is the intent of the parties to this Agreement that the conveyance of the Company’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a purchase and sale and not a loan, in the event that such conveyance is deemed to be a loan, the Company hereby grants to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders to secure the Company Obligations a perfected first priority security interest in all of the Company’s present and future right, title and interest in, to and under the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets, and that this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a security agreement under applicable law in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.

 

(b)           The assignment, setover and conveyance to the Trust pursuant to subsection 2.01(a)  shall be made to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, and each reference in this Agreement to such assignment, setover and conveyance shall be construed accordingly. In connection with the foregoing assignment, the Company and the Servicer agree to deliver to the Trustee each Trust Asset evidencing a Purchased Loan or any

 

4



 

Related Property with respect thereto (including any original document or instrument necessary to effect or to perfect such assignment) in which the transfer of an interest is being perfected under the relevant UCC or otherwise by possession and not by filing a financing statement or similar document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing sentence, the Company and the Servicer agree to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee an original of (i) any promissory note or other instrument, including but not limited to each Loan Note, evidencing a Purchased Loan sold to the Trust (endorsed to the order of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders) and (ii) any chattel paper evidencing a Purchased Loan sold to the Trust (endorsed to the order of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders).

 

Notwithstanding the assignment of the Transferred Agreements set forth in subsection 2.01(a) , the Company does not hereby assign or delegate any of its duties or obligations under the Sale Agreement to the Trust or the Trustee, and neither the Trust nor the Trustee accepts such duties or obligations, and the Company shall continue to have the right and the obligation to purchase Eligible Loans sold by the Sellers thereunder from time to time and to consummate the other transactions and take any actions contemplated thereby. The foregoing assignment, set-over and conveyance does not constitute and is not intended to result in a creation or an assumption by the Trust, the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or the Company, in its capacity as a Holder, of any obligation of the Servicer, the Company, the Sellers, or any other Person in connection with the Purchased Loans or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including, without limitation, any obligation to any Obligor.

 

In connection with such assignment, the Company agrees to record and file, or cause to be recorded or filed, at its own expense, any financing statements or other similar filings (and continuation statements with respect to such financing statements or other similar filings when applicable), (i) with respect to the Purchased Loans and (ii) with respect to any other Trust Assets for which a security interest may be perfected under the relevant UCC or other applicable laws, legislation or similar statute by such filing, in each case meeting the requirements of applicable law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect and maintain perfection of the assignment of the Purchased Loans and such other Trust Assets (excluding returned merchandise) to the Trust, and to deliver a file-stamped copy or certified statement of such financing statement (or other similar filing) or other evidence of such filing to the Trustee on or prior to the date of issuance of any Investor Certificates or the Exchangeable Company Interest. Until the termination of this Agreement, the Company and the Servicer upon its written instruction hereby irrevocably authorizes the Trustee to file one or more financing or continuation statements (or other similar filing), and amendments thereto provided to it, relative to all or any part of the Purchased Loans and the other Loan Assets sold or to be sold by the Company without the signature of the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the Trustee shall have no responsibility nor be under any obligation whatsoever to file such financing statement (or other similar filing), or a continuation statement to such financing statement (or other similar filing), or to make any other filing under the UCC or other applicable laws, legislation or similar statute in connection with such transfer. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely on (i) the filings (or other

 

5



 

similar filings) made by or on behalf of the Company without any independent investigation and (ii) the Company’s obligation to make such filings as evidence that such filings have been made.

 

In connection with such assignment, the Company further agrees, at its own expense, on each Loan Purchase Date, (a) to cause the Servicer to indicate, in the Servicer’s computer files maintained on behalf of the Company containing the master database of Purchased Loans and to cause (or cause the Servicer to cause) each Seller to indicate in its records containing its master database of Purchased Loans, that Purchased Loans have been conveyed to the Company or the Trust, as the case may be, pursuant to the Sale Agreement or this Agreement, respectively, for the benefit of the Holders and (b) to deliver or transmit or cause the Servicer on behalf of the Company to deliver or transmit to the Trustee a Daily Report containing at least the information specified in Schedule 1 as to all Purchased Loans, as of each related Loan Purchase Date.

 

SECTION 2.02.            Acceptance by Trustee .

 

(a)           The Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance on behalf of the Trust of all right, title and interest in, to and under the property, now existing and hereafter created, assigned to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01 and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Holders. The Trustee shall maintain a copy of each Monthly Settlement Statement and Daily Report, as delivered to it from time to time, at the Corporate Trust Office.

 

(b)           The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as contemplated in this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.03.            Representations and Warranties of the Company Relating to the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Trust, for the benefit of the Holders, as of the Effective Date and as of the Issuance Date of each Series, that:

 

(a)           Organization; Powers . The Company (i) is a company duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (iii) is qualified to do business in, and is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where the nature of its business so requires, except where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (iv) has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Transaction Documents and each other agreement or instrument contemplated hereby to which it is or will be a party.

 

(b)           Authorization . The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of the Transactions (i) have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate

 

6


 

and, if required, stockholder action and (ii) will not (A) violate (1) any Requirement of Law or (2) any provision of any Transaction Document or any other material Contractual Obligation to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its property is or may be bound, (B) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right to accelerate or to require the prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any obligation under any Transaction Document or any other material Contractual Obligation or (C) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company (other than any Lien created hereunder or contemplated or permitted hereby).

 

(c)           Enforceability .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes, and each other Transaction Document to which the Company is a party when executed and delivered by the Company will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its respective terms, subject (a) to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally, from time to time in effect and (b) to general principles of equity (whether enforcement is sought by a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(d)           Governmental Approvals .  No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except for (i) the filing of UCC financing statements (or similar filings) in any applicable jurisdictions necessary to perfect the Trust’s ownership or security interest in the Purchased Loans, and (ii) such as have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect; provided , that the Company makes no representation or warranty as to whether any action, consent, or approval of, registration or filing with or any other action by any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the distribution of the Certificates and Interests.

 

(e)           Litigation; Compliance with Laws .

 

(i)            There are no actions, suits or proceedings at law or in equity or by or before any Governmental Authority now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or affecting the Company or any properties, revenues or rights of the Company (i) which involve this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents or any of the Transactions, (ii) which could reasonably be expected to affect adversely the income tax or franchise tax attributes of the Trust under the United States federal or any state or franchise tax systems or (iii) for which there exists a reasonable possibility of an outcome that would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii)           The Company is not in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7



 

(iii)          The Company has complied with all applicable provisions of its organizational or governing documents and, in all material respects, any other Requirements of Law with respect to the Company, its business and properties and the Trust Assets.

 

(f)            Agreements .

 

(i)            The Company has no Contractual Obligations other than (A) the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and (B) any other agreements or instruments that the Company is not prohibited from entering into by subsection 2.07(f)  and that, in the aggregate, neither contain payment obligations or other liabilities on the part of the Company in excess of $100,000 nor would upon default result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Other than the restrictions created by the Transaction Documents, the Company is not subject to any corporate restriction that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii)           The Company is not in default in any material respect under any provision of any Transaction Document or any other material Contractual Obligation to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are or may be bound.

 

(g)           Federal Reserve Regulations .

 

(i)            The Company is not engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

(ii)           No part of the proceeds from the issuance of any Investor Certificates will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, for any purpose that entails a violation of, or that is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulation U or X.

 

(h)           Investment Company Act .  Neither the Company nor the Trust is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the 1940 Act.

 

(i)            No Early Amortization Event .  No Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing.

 

(j)            Tax Returns .  The Company has filed or caused to be filed all material tax returns and has paid or caused to be paid or made adequate provision for all taxes due and payable by it and all assessments received by it except to the extent that any failure to file or nonpayment (i) is being contested in good faith in appropriate

 

8



 

proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP or (ii) could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)           Location of Records; Chief Executive Office; Jurisdiction of Formation .  The offices at which the Company keeps its records concerning the Purchased Loans either (x) are located at the addresses set forth for the Sellers on Schedule 3 of the Sale Agreement or (y) the Company has notified the Trustee of the location thereof in accordance with the provisions of subsection 2.07(g)  of this Agreement.  The chief executive office of the Company is located at the address set forth on Schedule 3.  As of the date hereof, the state and county where the chief executive office of the Company is located has not changed in the past four months.  The Company was formed in the State of Delaware.

 

(l)            Solvency .  No Insolvency Event with respect to the Company has occurred and the transfer of the Purchased Loans by the Company to the Trust has not been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof.  Both prior to and after giving effect to the transactions occurring on the Effective Date and each Issuance Date, the Company is and will be Solvent.  The Company does not intend to, nor does it believe that it will, incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature, taking into account the timing of and amounts of cash to be received by it and the timing of and amounts of cash to be payable in respect of its Indebtedness.

 

(m)          Subsidiaries .  The Company has no Subsidiaries.

 

(n)           Names .  The legal name of the Company is as set forth in this Agreement.  The Company has no trade names, fictitious names, assumed names or “doing business as” names.

 

(o)           Liabilities . Other than, (i) the liabilities, commitments or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) arising under or in respect of the Transaction Documents and (ii) immaterial amounts due and payable in the ordinary course of business of a special-purpose company, the Company does not have any liabilities, commitments or obligations (whether absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise), whether due or to become due.

 

(p)           Collection Account .  Except to the extent otherwise permitted under the terms of this Agreement, the Collection Account is free and clear of any Lien (except for Trustee Liens).

 

(q)           Company Material Adverse Effect .  Since the Effective Date no event has occurred which has had a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(r)            Bulk Sales .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not require compliance with any “bulk sales” law by the Company in the United States.

 

9



 

The representations and warranties as of the date made set forth in this Section 2.03 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the Trust Assets to the Trust.  Upon discovery by a Responsible Officer of the Company or the Servicer or by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties with respect to any Outstanding Series as of the Issuance Date of such Series, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties and to the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent.  The Trustee’s obligations in respect of any breach are limited as provided in subsection 8.02(g) .

 

SECTION 2.04.            Representations and Warranties of the Company Relating to the Purchased Loans .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Trust, for the benefit of the Holders, with respect to each Purchased Loan transferred to the Trust as of the related Loan Purchase Date, unless, in either case, otherwise stated in the applicable Supplement or unless such representation or warranty expressly relates only to a prior date, that:

 

(a)           Loan Description .  As of the related Loan Purchase Date, the Daily Report delivered or transmitted pursuant to subsection 2.01(b)  sets forth in all material respects a complete listing of all Purchased Loans, aggregated by Obligor, to be sold to the Trust on the related Loan Purchase Date and the information contained therein in accordance with Schedule 1 with respect to each such Purchased Loan is true and correct (except for any errors or omissions that do not result in material impairment of the interests, rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders with respect to any Purchased Loan) as of the related Loan Purchase Date.

 

(b)           No Liens .  Each Purchased Loan existing on the Effective Date or, in the case of Purchased Loans transferred to the Trust after the Effective Date, on the related Loan Purchase Date has been conveyed to the Trust free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens and Trustee Liens.

 

(c)           Eligible Loan .  To the best of the Company’s knowledge, on the Effective Date, each Purchased Loan transferred to the Trust that is included in the calculation of the initial Aggregate Loan Amount is an Eligible Loan and, in the case of Purchased Loans transferred to the Trust after the Effective Date, on the related Loan Purchase Date, each such Purchased Loan that is included in the calculation of the Aggregate Loan Amount on such related Loan Purchase Date is an Eligible Loan.

 

(d)           Filings .  All filings and other acts (including but not limited to the acts required by subsection 2.01(b)  and notifying related Obligors of the assignment of a Purchased Loan, except to the extent that the relevant UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) permit the Company (or its assignees) to provide such notification subsequent to the applicable Loan Purchase Date without materially impairing the Trust’s ownership or security interest in the Trust Assets and without incurring material expenses in connection with such notification) necessary or advisable under the relevant UCC or under other applicable laws of jurisdictions outside the United States (to the extent applicable) shall have been made or performed in order to grant the Trust on the

 

10



 

applicable Loan Purchase Date a full legal and beneficial ownership or first priority perfected security interest in respect of all Purchased Loans.

 

The representations and warranties as of the date made set forth in this Section 2.04 shall survive the transfer and assignment of the Trust Assets to the Trust.  Upon discovery by a Responsible Officer of the Company or the Servicer or a Responsible Officer of the Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties (or of any Purchased Loan encompassed by the representation and warranty in subsection 2.04(c)  not being an Eligible Loan as of the relevant Loan Purchase Date), the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other parties and to the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent. The Trustee’s obligations in respect of any breach are limited as provided in subsection 8.02(g) .

 

SECTION 2.05.            Adjustment Payment for Ineligible Loans .

 

(a)           Adjustment Payment Obligation .  If (i) any representation or warranty under subsections 2.04(a)  or (b)  is not true and correct as of the date specified therein with respect to any Purchased Loan transferred to the Trust, or any Purchased Loan encompassed by the representation and warranty in subsection 2.04(c)  is determined not to have been an Eligible Loan as of the relevant Loan Purchase Date, (ii) there is a breach of any covenant under subsection 2.07(b)  with respect to any Purchased Loan or (iii) the Trust’s interest in any Purchased Loan is not a first priority perfected ownership or security interest at any time as a result of any action taken by, or the failure to take action by, the Company (any Purchased Loan as to which the conditions specified in any of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this subsection 2.05(a)  exists is referred to herein as an “ Ineligible Purchased Loan ”) then, after the earlier (the date on which such earlier event occurs, the “ Ineligibility Determination Date ”) to occur of the discovery by the Company of any such event that continues unremedied or receipt by the Company of written notice given by the Trustee or the Servicer of any such event that continues unremedied, the Company shall make an adjustment payment with respect to such Ineligible Purchased Loan on the terms and conditions set forth in subsection 2.05(b) .

 

(b)           Adjustment Payment Amount .  Subject to the last sentence of this subsection 2.05(b) , the Company shall make an adjustment payment with respect to each Ineligible Purchased Loan as required pursuant to subsection 2.05(a)  by depositing in the Collection Account in immediately available funds on the related Ineligibility Determination Date an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the amount by which the Aggregate Target Loan Amount exceeds the Aggregate Loan Amount (after giving effect to the reduction thereof by the Principal Amount of such Ineligible Purchased Loan) and (y) the aggregate outstanding Principal Amount of all such Ineligible Purchased Loans (the “ Transfer Deposit Amount ”).

 

Upon transfer or deposit of the Transfer Deposit Amount, the Trust shall automatically and without further action be deemed to have agreed to pay to the Company, without recourse, representation or warranty, all Collections in respect of each such Ineligible Purchased Loan.  Except as otherwise specified in any Supplement, the obligation of the Company to pay such

 

11



 

Transfer Deposit Amount with respect to any Ineligible Purchased Loan shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to Investor Certificateholders (or the Trustee on behalf of Investor Certificateholders) unless such obligation is not satisfied in full in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.06.            Affirmative Covenants of the Company .  The Company hereby covenants that, until the Trust Termination Date occurs, the Company shall:

 

(a)           Financial Statements, Reports, etc.

 

(i)            Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Rating Agencies, within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, the balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows showing the financial condition of the Company as of the close of such fiscal year and the results of its operations during such year, all audited by the Company’s Independent Public Accountants and accompanied by an opinion of such accountants (which shall not be qualified in any material respect) to the effect that such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

 

(ii)           Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Rating Agencies, within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s unaudited balance sheet and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such quarter, all certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company;

 

(iii)          Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, together with the financial statements required pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above, a compliance certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company stating that (x) the attached financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and accurately reflect the financial condition of the Company and (y) to the best of such Person’s knowledge, no Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event exists, or if any Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event exists, stating the nature and status thereof;

 

(iv)          Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, promptly upon the furnishing thereof to the shareholders of the Company, copies of all financial statements, financial reports and proxy statements so furnished;

 

(v)           Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, promptly, all information, documents, records, reports,

 

12



 

certificates, opinions and notices received by the Company from the Sellers under the Sale Agreement; and

 

(vi)          Furnish to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Company, or compliance with the terms of any Transaction Document, in each case as the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Trustee may reasonably request.

 

(b)           Payment of Obligations; Compliance with Obligations .  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature (including, without limitation, all taxes, assessments, levies and other governmental charges imposed on it), except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company.  The Company shall defend the right, title and interest of Trustee and the Holders in, to and under the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Company, the Sellers or the Servicer.  The Company will duly fulfill all material obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each Purchased Loan and will do nothing to impair the rights of the Holders in such Purchased Loan.

 

(c)           Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions .  Keep proper books of records and account in which entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities; and permit representatives of the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent upon reasonable advance notice to visit and inspect any of its properties, examine and make copies and abstracts from any of its books and records during normal business hours on any Business Day and as often as may reasonably be requested, subject to the Company’s security and confidentiality requirements, and to discuss the business, operations and financial condition of the Company with officers and employees of the Company and with its Independent Public Accountants.  The first such examination or visit during each fiscal year of the Company and any such examination or visit following an Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event shall be at the cost and expense of the Company; all other such examinations or visits shall be at the cost and expense of the party or parties making such examination or visit.

 

13



 

(d)           Compliance with Law .  Comply with all Requirements of Law, the provisions of the Transaction Documents and all other material Contractual Obligations applicable to the Company except where the failure to so comply would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)           Purchase of Loans .  Purchase Loans solely in accordance with the Sale Agreement or this Agreement.

 

(f)            Delivery of Collections .  In the event that the Company receives Collections directly from Obligors, deliver or deposit such Collections into the Collection Account within one Business Day after its receipt thereof.

 

(g)           Notices .  Promptly (and, in any event, within five Business Days after a Responsible Officer of the Company becomes aware of such event) give written notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent for any Outstanding Series of:

 

(i)            the occurrence of any Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event, the statement of a Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth the details of such Early Amortization Event or Potential Early Amortization Event and the action taken, or which the Company proposes to take, with respect thereto; and

 

(ii)           any Lien not permitted by subsection 2.07(b)(i)  on Purchased Loans or any other Trust Assets.

 

(h)           Collection Account .  Take all reasonable actions necessary to ensure that the Collection Account shall be free and clear of, and defend the Collection Account against, any writ, order, stay, judgment, warrant of attachment or execution or similar process.

 

(i)            Separate Corporate Existence .

 

(i)            Except as set forth in the Transaction Documents, maintain its own deposit account or accounts, separate from those of any Affiliate, with commercial banking institutions and ensure that the funds of the Company will not be diverted to any other Person or for other than corporate uses of the Company, nor will such funds be commingled with the funds of a Seller or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of a Seller provided that the foregoing restriction shall not preclude the Company from lending its excess cash balances to a Seller or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller for investment (which may include inter-Affiliate loans made by the Seller or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Seller) on a pooled basis as part of the cash management system maintained by a Seller for its consolidated group so long as all such transactions are properly reflected on the

 

14



 

books and records of the Company and the Sellers (and any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Sellers, if applicable);

 

(ii)           To the extent that it shares the same officers or other employees as any of its stockholders or Affiliates, the salaries of and the expenses related to providing benefits to such officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary and benefit costs associated with all such common officers and employees;

 

(iii)          To the extent that it jointly contracts with any of its stockholders or Affiliates to do business with vendors or service providers or to share overhead expenses, the costs incurred in so doing shall be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such costs.  To the extent that the Company contracts or does business with vendors or service providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the benefit of any other Person, the costs incurred in so doing shall be fairly allocated to or among such entities for whose benefit the goods or services are provided, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such costs.  All material transactions between the Company and any of its Affiliates, whether currently existing or hereafter entered into, shall be only on an arm’s length basis;

 

(iv)          Maintain office space separate from the office space of the Sellers and their Affiliates (but which may be located at the same address as a Seller or one of a Seller’s Affiliates).  To the extent that the Company and any of its stockholders or Affiliates have offices in the same location, there shall be a fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses;

 

(v)           Issue separate financial statements prepared not less frequently than annually and prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

(vi)          Conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its organizational documents and observe all necessary, appropriate and customary corporate formalities, including, but not limited to, holding regular and special stockholders’ and directors, meetings appropriate to authorize all corporate action, keeping separate minutes of its meetings, passing all resolutions or consents necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining separate books, records and accounts, including, but not limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts;

 

(vii)         Not assume or guarantee any of the liabilities of the Sellers, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof; and

 

(viii)        Take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, all other actions that are necessary to be taken or not to be taken in order to (x) ensure that

 

15



 

the assumptions and factual recitations set forth in the Specified Bankruptcy Opinion Provisions remain true and correct with respect to the Company and (y) comply with those procedures described in such provisions which are applicable to the Company.

 

(j)            Preservation of Corporate Existence .  (i) Except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents, preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except where the failure to maintain the same would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(k)           Assessments .  Promptly pay and discharge all taxes, assessments, levies and other governmental charges imposed on it except such taxes, assessments, levies and other governmental charges that (i) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Company shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves or (ii) the failure to pay, satisfy or discharge would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(l)            Obligations .  Defend the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through the Company.  The Company will duly fulfill all obligations on its part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each Purchased Loan and will do nothing to materially impair the rights of the Company in such Purchased Loan.

 

(m)          Enforcement of Sale Agreement .  The Company shall use its best efforts to enforce all rights held by it under the Sale Agreement.

 

(n)           Maintenance of Property .  Keep or request the Servicer to keep all property and assets useful and necessary to permit the monitoring and collection of Purchased Loans.

 

SECTION 2.07.            Negative Covenants of the Company .  The Company hereby covenants that, until the Trust Termination Date occurs, it shall not directly or indirectly:

 

(a)           Limitation on Liabilities .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except (i) liabilities or obligations representing fees, expenses and indemnities payable pursuant to and in accordance with the Transaction Documents and (ii) liabilities or obligations for services supplied or furnished to the Company in an amount not to exceed $100,000 at any time outstanding; provided that any Indebtedness permitted hereunder and described in clauses (i) and (iii) shall be payable by the Company solely from funds available to the Company which are not otherwise required to be applied to the payment of any amounts by the Company pursuant to any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 

16


 

(b)            Limitation on Transfers of Purchased Loans, etc.   Except as otherwise permitted by the Transaction Documents, at any time sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Loans, Related Property or the proceeds thereof pursuant to:

 

(i)             any Lien Creation except for Permitted Liens; or

 

(ii)            any Investment except in respect of or in connection with (A) the purchase of Purchased Loans and Related Property from a Seller or its Affiliates, (B) an advance or loan made to a Seller or (C) investments of proceeds as contemplated in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 

(c)            Limitation on Guarantee Obligations .  Become or remain liable, directly or contingently, in connection with any Indebtedness or other liability of any other Person, whether by guarantee, endorsement (other than endorsements of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business), agreement to purchase or repurchase, agreement to supply or advance funds, or otherwise other than under or in connection with any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 

(d)            Limitation on Fundamental Changes .  Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or make any material change in its present method of conducting business, or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of, all or substantially all of its property, business or assets other than the assignments and transfers contemplated hereby.

 

(e)            Business of the Company .  Engage at any time in any business or business activity other than the acquisition of Loans pursuant to the Sale Agreement, the assignments and transfers hereunder, the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and any activity incidental to the foregoing and necessary or convenient to accomplish the foregoing, or enter into or be a party to any agreement or instrument other than in connection with the foregoing.

 

(f)             Agreements .  Become a party to any indenture, mortgage, instrument, contract, agreement, lease or other undertaking, except the Transaction Documents, leases of office space, equipment or other facilities for use by the Company in its ordinary course of business, employment agreements, service agreements, agreements relating to shared employees and the other Transaction Documents, and agreements necessary to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents, (ii) issue any power of attorney (except to the Trustee or the Servicer or except for the purpose of permitting any Person to perform any ministerial functions on behalf of the Company that are not prohibited by or inconsistent with the terms of the Transaction Documents), or (iii) amend, supplement, modify or waive any of the provisions of the Sale Agreement or request, consent or agree to or suffer to exist or permit any such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver or exercise any consent rights granted to

 

17



 

it thereunder unless such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver or such exercise of consent rights would not have a Material Adverse Effect and the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to any such amendments, supplements, modifications or waivers.

 

(g)            Offices .  Change the state of its incorporation or move the location of its chief executive office or of any of the offices where it keeps its records with respect to the Purchased Loans, or its legal head office to a new location within or outside the jurisdiction where such office is now located, without (i) thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency and (ii) taking all actions reasonably requested by the Trustee (including but not limited to all filings and other acts necessary or advisable under the UCC or other applicable laws or similar statute of each relevant jurisdiction) in order to continue the Trust’s first priority perfected ownership or security interest in all Purchased Loans now owned or hereafter created.

 

(h)            Change in Name .  Change its name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would or is likely (i) to make any financing statement or continuation statement (or other similar instrument) relating to this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the New York UCC (or analogous provision of any other similar applicable statute or legislation) or (ii) to impair the perfection of the Trust’s interest in any Purchased Loan under any other similar law, without thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and each Rating Agency.

 

(i)             Charter .  Amend or make any change or modification to its certificate of incorporation or its by-laws without first satisfying the Rating Agency Condition and obtaining the consent of the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent ( provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.07 , the Company may make amendments, changes or modifications pursuant to changes in law of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or amendments to change the Company’s name (subject to compliance with clause (h) above), registered agent or address of registered office).

 

(j)             Accounting for Purchases .  Except as otherwise required by law, prepare any financial statements which shall account for the transactions contemplated under the Sale Agreement or hereunder in any manner other than as a sale of the Purchased Loans from the Sellers to the Company and from the Company to the Trust, respectively, or in any other respect account for or treat the transactions contemplated under the Sale Agreement or hereunder (including for financial accounting purposes, except as required by law) in any manner other than as sales of the Purchased Loans from the Sellers to the Company and from the Company to the Trust, respectively; provided , however , that this subsection shall not apply for any tax or tax accounting purposes.

 

 

18



 

(k)            Extension or Amendment of Purchased Loans .  Extend, rescind, cancel, amend or otherwise modify, or attempt or purport to extend, amend or otherwise modify, the terms of any Purchased Loans, except (a) as required by any Requirement of Law and (b) the Company may extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Purchased Loans so long as the affected Purchased Loan constitutes an Eligible Loan after taking into account such extension, amendment or modification; provided , however , that the Company shall not extend any Purchased Loan to the extent Collections on such Purchased Loan are necessary to repay (i) the aggregate principal and interest due and owing with respect to any Exiting Loans made by Exiting Banks pursuant to subsection 4.03(c)(ii)  of the Liquidity Agreement or (ii) the Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest with respect to any Series as to which the Amortization Period shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(l)             Sale Agreement .  Take any action under the Sale Agreement that shall have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(m)           Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances .  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities of or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person, except for any Exchangeable Company Interest, the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets.

 

ARTICLE III

 

RIGHTS OF HOLDERS AND ALLOCATION
AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS

 

THE FOLLOWING PORTION OF THIS ARTICLE III
IS APPLICABLE TO ALL SERIES.

 

SECTION 3.01.             Establishment of Collection Account; Certain Allocations .

 

(a)            The Trustee, for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, as their interests appear in this Agreement, shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee as trustee of the Trust with an Eligible Institution or with the corporate trust department of the Trustee or an Eligible Institution or an affiliate of the Trustee or an Eligible Institution, a segregated trust account (the “ Collection Account ”), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.  Schedule 2, which is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement, identifies the Collection Account by setting forth the account number of such account, the account designation of such account and the name of the institution with which such account has been established.  The Collection Account shall be divided into individual subaccounts for each Outstanding Series (each, respectively, a “ Series Collection Subaccount ” and, collectively, the “ Series Collection

 

19



 

Subaccounts ”) and for the Company (the “ Company Collection Subaccount ”).  For administrative purposes only, the Trustee may establish or cause to be established for a Series, so long as such Series is an Outstanding Series, sub-subaccounts of the Series Collection Subaccounts with respect to such Series for the purposes of transferring the principal and non-principal portions of Collections (respectively, the “ Series Principal Collection Sub-subaccount ” and “ Series Non-Principal Collection Sub-subaccount ”) and for transferring Collections denominated in an Approved Currency other than the Dollar (the “ Series Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts ” and, together with the Series Principal Collection Sub-subaccount and the Series Non-Principal Collection Sub-subaccount, the “ Series Collection Sub-subaccounts ”).

 

(b)            Authority of the Trustee in Respect of the Collection Account .

 

(i)             The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and in all proceeds thereof.  The Collection Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.  If, at any time, the Servicer has actual notice or knowledge that any institution holding the Collection Account has ceased to be an Eligible Institution, the Servicer shall direct the Trustee to establish within thirty (30) days a substitute account therefor with an Eligible Institution, transfer any cash and/or any Eligible Investments to such new account and from the date any such substitute accounts are established, such account shall be the Collection Account.  Neither the Company, the Servicer nor any person or entity claiming by, through or under the Company or the Servicer, shall have any right, title or interest in, except to the extent expressly provided under the Transaction Documents, or any right to withdraw any amount from, the Collection Account.  Pursuant to the authority granted to the Servicer in subsection 2.02(a)  of the Servicing Agreement, the Servicer shall have the power to instruct the Trustee in writing to make withdrawals from and payments to the Collection Account for the purposes of carrying out the Servicer’s or Trustee’s duties hereunder.

 

(ii)            The Servicer agrees to give written direction (which may be included within any Monthly Settlement Statement or Daily Report) in a timely manner to the Trustee to apply all Collections with respect to the Purchased Loans and to make all other applications, allocations and distributions described in Article III and in the Supplement with respect to each Outstanding Series.

 

(iii)           Each Series of Investor Certificates shall represent Fractional Undivided Interests as indicated in the Supplement relating to such Series and the right to receive Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article III (as supplemented by the Supplement related to such Series) to be deposited in the Collection Account and any other accounts maintained for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders or paid to

 

20



 

the Investor Certificateholders (with respect to each outstanding Series, the “ Investor Certificateholders’ Interest ”).  The Exchangeable Company Interest shall represent the interest in the Trust not represented by any Series of Investor Certificates then outstanding, including the right to receive Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in this Article III to be paid to the Company (the “ Exchangeable Company Interest ”); provided , however , that no such Exchangeable Company Interest shall represent any interest in any Trust Account and any other accounts maintained for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders, except as specifically provided in this Article III.

 

(c)            Administration of the Collection Account .  At the written direction of the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company), funds on deposit in the Collection Account and any Series Collection Subaccount available for investment, shall be invested by the Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company).  All such Eligible Investments shall be held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders.  The Trustee may liquidate any Eligible Investment when required to make a transfer of funds or an application pursuant to this Agreement or any related Supplement.  The Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) agrees to use its reasonable efforts to schedule the maturity of such Eligible Investments so as to avoid the necessity of liquidating the same.  The Company shall bear the expense of any cost incurred in respect of liquidation of an investment hereunder.  Amounts on deposit in any sub-subaccounts as specified in the related Supplement shall be invested in Eligible Investments that mature, or that are payable or redeemable upon demand of the holder thereof, so that such funds will be available not later than the date which is specified in any Supplement.  The Trustee, or its nominee or custodian, shall maintain possession of the negotiable instruments or securities, if any, evidencing any Eligible Investments from the time of purchase thereof until the time of sale or maturity.  Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) (the “ Investment Earnings ”) on such invested funds in a Series Collection Subaccount and any other sub-subaccounts as specified in the related Supplement will be deposited by the Trustee in the Series Collection Subaccount or in such other sub-subaccount specified in the related supplement.  It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that the Company (or the Servicer on its behalf) is authorized to direct the purchase of, and the Trustee may, to the extent permitted by applicable banking laws and regulations, purchase investments constituting Eligible Investments (i) from JPMorgan Chase or any other Affiliate of JPMorgan Chase, including securities that are underwritten, placed or dealt in by JPMorgan Chase or any other Affiliate of JPMorgan Chase, or (ii) from money market funds or management investment companies for which JPMorgan Chase or any Affiliate is investment manager, advisor, administrator, shareholder, servicing agent and/or custodian or (iii) that involve JPMorgan Chase or an Affiliate of JPMorgan Chase as a participant or counterparty.  It is further acknowledged and agreed that JPMorgan Chase and/or such Affiliates of JPMorgan Chase may receive advisory fees, referral fees and other compensation in connection with such services that are distinct from the fees, charges and expenses of JPMorgan Chase in its various capacities hereunder.

 

21



 

(d)            Collections .

 

(i)             Promptly following the receipt of Collections in the form of available funds in a Lock-Box Account, but in no event later than 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, on the Business Day following the Business Day Received, the Servicer shall transfer, or cause to be transferred, all Collections on deposit in the form of available funds in the Lock-Box Accounts directly to the Collection Account.

 

(ii)            If the Daily Report specified in subsection 3.01(b)(ii)  is received by the Trustee at or before 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, on any Business Day, the Trustee shall transfer, within a reasonable time on such Business Day, from aggregate Collections and all other funds deposited in the Collection Account, to the respective Series Collection Subaccount, an amount equal to the product of (x) the applicable Invested Percentage for such Outstanding Series and (y) such aggregate Collections deposited in the Collection Account in accordance with the Daily Report; provided , that if a portion or all of the Invested Amount of any Series is denominated in an Approved Currency other than the Dollar, then such Series’ Invested Percentage (calculated by converting the Invested Amount of each Series that is not denominated in Dollars into Dollars using the Rate of Exchange) of the aggregate Collections and all other funds deposited into the Collection Account shall be transferred (A) prior to the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series, first , from funds in the Collection Account denominated in the applicable Approved Currency or Approved Currencies and second , from funds in the Collection Account denominated in other Approved Currencies, and (B) after the occurrence of an Early Amortization Event with respect to any Series, from all funds in the Collection Account (regardless of the type of Approved Currency).

 

(iii)           If the Daily Report specified in subsection 3.01(b)(ii)  is received by the Trustee at or before 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, on any Business Day, the Trustee shall, if required by the related Supplement, allocate, within a reasonable time on such Business Day, funds transferred to the Series Collection Subaccount for each Outstanding Series pursuant to the preceding subsection 3.01(d)(ii)  to the Series Non-Principal Collection Sub-subaccount, the Series Principal Collection Sub-subaccount and the Series Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts of each such Series in accordance with the Daily Report and the related Supplement for such Series.

 

(iv)           Except as otherwise provided in a Supplement, if the Daily Report specified in subsection 3.01(b)(ii)  is received by the Trustee at or before 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, on such Business Day, the Trustee shall transfer in accordance with such Daily Report, within a reasonable time on such Business Day, to the Company Collection Subaccount the remaining funds, if any,

 

22



 

on deposit in the Collection Account on such day after giving effect to transfers to be made pursuant to subsection 3.01(d)(ii) .

 

(e)            Certain Allocations Following an Amortization Period .

 

(i)             If, on any Settlement Report Date, an Amortization Period has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Outstanding Series and at such Settlement Report Date, a Revolving Period is still in effect with respect to any other Outstanding Series (a “ Special Allocation Settlement Report Date ”), then the Servicer shall make the following calculations:

 

(A)           the amount (the “ Allocable Charged-Off Amount ”) equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the aggregate Principal Amount of Defaulted Loans for the related Settlement Period over (II) the aggregate Principal Amount of Recoveries received during the related Settlement Period; and

 

(B)           the amount (the “ Allocable Recoveries Amount ”) equal to the excess, if any, of (I) the aggregate Principal Amount of Recoveries received during the related Settlement Period over (II) the aggregate Principal Amount of Defaulted Loans for the related Settlement Period.

 

(ii)            If, on any Special Allocation Settlement Report Date, either of the Allocable Charged-off Amount or the Allocable Recoveries Amount is greater than zero for the related Settlement Period, the Trustee shall (in accordance with written directions received pursuant to subsection (b)(ii) above) make (A) a pro rata allocation to each Outstanding Series (based on the Invested Percentage for such Series) of a portion (as determined in clause (iii) below) of each such positive amount and (B) an allocation to the Exchangeable Company Interest of the remaining portion of each such positive amount.

 

(iii)           With respect to each portion of the Allocable Charged-off Amount and the Allocable Recoveries Amount which is allocated to an Outstanding Series pursuant to subsection 3.01(e)(ii) , the Trustee shall (in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer) apply each such amount to such Series in accordance with the related Supplement for such Series.

 

(f)             Allocations for the Exchangeable Company Interest .  On each Business Day on which the Servicer delivers a Daily Report to the Trustee, after making all allocations required pursuant to subsection 3.01(d) , the Trustee shall (in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer, upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) transfer, using its best efforts to transfer within two hours of receipt of Collections and the Daily Report, and, if the Collections and the Daily Report are received by the Trustee no later than 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, making such transfer no later than 4:30

 

23



 

p.m., New York City time, on such Business Day, the amounts on deposit in the Company Collection Subaccount to the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest or to such accounts or such Persons as the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest may direct in writing (which direction may consist of standing instructions provided by the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest that shall remain in effect until changed by the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest in writing); provided , however , that a transfer for purposes of this subsection 3.01(f)  shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as the Trustee instructs the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, as clearing bank for the Trustee, to debit the Trustee’s account in the amount of the outgoing amount; provided further that a failure of the Trustee to transfer funds by 4:30 p.m., New York City time, shall not be a breach of this subsection 3.01(f)  if (i) the same bank wire transfer program is not used by both the Company and the Trustee to make such transfers or (ii) a Trustee Force Majeure Delay occurs, and in either such event the Trustee shall use its best efforts to transfer funds within a reasonable time.

 

(g)            Setoff .  In addition to the provisions of Section 8.05 , (i) if the Company shall fail to make a payment as provided in this Agreement or any Supplement, the Servicer or the Trustee may set off and apply any amounts otherwise payable to the Company under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The Company hereby waives demand, notice or declaration of such setoff and application; provided that notice will promptly be given to the Company of such setoff and application; provided further that failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff; and (ii) in the event the Servicer shall fail to make a payment as provided in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee may set off and apply any amounts otherwise payable to the Servicer in its capacity as Servicer under the Transaction Documents on account of such obligation.  The Servicer hereby waives demand, notice or declaration of such setoff and application; provided that notice will promptly be given to the Servicer of such setoff; provided further that failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff.

 

(h)            Allocation and Application of Funds .  The Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing (which may be given in the form of the Monthly Settlement Statements or the Daily Reports) to apply all Collections with respect to the Purchased Loans as described in this Article III and in the Supplement with respect to each Outstanding Series.  The Servicer shall direct the Trustee in writing to pay Collections to the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest to the extent such Collections are allocated to the Exchangeable Company Interest under subsection 3.01(f)  and as otherwise provided in Article III.  Unless otherwise provided in one or more Supplements, if the Trustee receives any Monthly Settlement Statement or Daily Report at or before 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, on any Business Day, the Trustee shall make any applications of funds required thereby on the same Business Day and otherwise on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

THE REMAINDER OF ARTICLE III SHALL BE SPECIFIED
IN THE SUPPLEMENT WITH RESPECT TO EACH SERIES.

 

24



 

SUCH REMAINDER SHALL BE APPLICABLE ONLY TO THE
SERIES RELATING TO THE SUPPLEMENT IN WHICH
SUCH REMAINDER APPEARS.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

ARTICLE IV IS RESERVED
AND MAY BE SPECIFIED IN ANY SUPPLEMENT
WITH RESPECT TO THE SERIES RELATING THERETO.

 

ARTICLE V

 

THE INVESTOR CERTIFICATES AND
EXCHANGEABLE COMPANY INTEREST

 

SECTION 5.01.             The Investor Certificates .  The Investor Certificates of each Series and any Class thereof shall be in fully registered form and shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the applicable Supplement.  The Investor Certificates shall, upon issue, be executed by the Company (on behalf of the Trustee of the Trust and without the Company incurring any personal liability in respect of the Investor Certificates) and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Section 5.02 .  Except as otherwise set forth as to any Series or Class in the related Supplement, the Investor Certificates shall be issued by the Trust in minimum denominations of $1,000,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Unless otherwise specified in any Supplement for any Series, the Investor Certificates shall be issued upon initial issuance as a Book-Entry Certificate pursuant to Section 5.11 in an original principal amount equal to the Initial Invested Amount with respect to such Series.  The Company is hereby authorized by the Trust to execute and deliver each Investor Certificate and any documents related thereto on behalf of the Trust.  In so doing, the Company acts as agent of the Trust and shall incur no personal liability in respect of the Investor Certificates.  Each Investor Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Company, as agent of the Trust, by a Responsible Officer.  Investor Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of the individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Company, as agent of the Trust, shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to be so authorized prior to or on the date of the authentication and delivery of such Investor Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of the authentication and delivery of such Investor Certificates.  No Investor Certificate shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Investor Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate of authentication upon any Investor Certificate shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Investor Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Investor

 

25



 

Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication but failure to do so shall not render them invalid.

 

SECTION 5.02.             Authentication of Certificates.

 

(a)            The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the initial Series of Investor Certificates that is issued upon the written order of the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, to the holders of the initial Series of Investor Certificates, against payment to the Company of the Initial Invested Amount.  The Investor Certificates shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee in authorized denominations equal to (in the aggregate) the Initial Invested Amount.  Upon a Company Exchange as provided in Section 5.10 and the satisfaction of certain other conditions specified therein, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of additional Series (with the designation provided in the applicable Supplement) (or, if provided in any Supplement, the additional Investor Certificates of an existing Series), upon the written order of the Company, to the Persons designated in such Supplement.  Upon the written order of the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company), the Investor Certificates of any Series shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, in authorized denominations equal to (in the aggregate) the Initial Invested Amount of such Series of Investor Certificates.

 

(b)            Company Certificates .  Upon written request of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Company one or more certificates representing the Exchangeable Company Interest in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee.  Such certificates shall be duly authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee in denominations as requested by the Company.  The Company shall pay all costs associated with such issuance of certificates.

 

SECTION 5.03.             Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Investor Certificates .

 

(a)            The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the Trustee) (the “ Transfer Agent and Registrar ”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.16 a register (the “ Certificate Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Trustee may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall provide for the registration of the Investor Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided.  The Company hereby appoints The Bank of New York as Transfer Agent and Registrar for the purpose of registering the Investor Certificates and transfers and exchanges of the Investor Certificates as herein provided.  The Bank of New York shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days prior written notice to the Company, the Trustee and the Servicer; provided , however , that such resignation shall not be effective and The Bank of New York shall continue to perform its duties as Transfer Agent and Registrar until the Trustee has appointed a successor Transfer Agent and Registrar reasonably acceptable to the Company and such successor Transfer Agent and Registrar has accepted such appointment.  The provisions of Sections 8.01 , 8.02 ,

 

26


 

8.03 , 8.05 and 10.19 shall apply to The Bank of New York (or the Trustee to the extent it is so acting) also in its role as Transfer Agent or Registrar, as the case may be, for so long as The Bank of New York (or the Trustee to the extent it is so acting) shall act as Transfer Agent or Registrar, as the case may be.

 

The Company hereby agrees to provide the Trustee from time to time sufficient funds, on a timely basis and in accordance with and subject to Section 8.05 , for the payment of any reasonable compensation payable to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for its services under this Section 5.03 and under Section 5.10 .  The Trustee hereby agrees that, upon the receipt of such funds from the Company, it shall pay the Transfer Agent and Registrar such amounts.

 

Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Investor Certificate at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose, the Company shall execute (on behalf of the Trust), and the Trustee shall, upon the written order of the Company, and satisfaction of any transfer restrictions set forth herein or in the related Supplement, authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Investor Certificates in authorized denominations of the same Series (and Class) representing like aggregate Fractional Undivided Interests and which bear numbers that are not contemporaneously outstanding.

 

At the option of an Investor Certificateholder, Investor Certificates may be exchanged for other Investor Certificates of the same Series (and Class) in authorized denominations of like aggregate Fractional Undivided Interests, bearing numbers that are not contemporaneously outstanding, upon surrender of the Investor Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose.

 

Whenever any Investor Certificates of any Series are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute (on behalf of the Trust), and the Trustee shall, upon the written order of the Company, and satisfaction of any transfer restrictions set forth herein or in the related Supplement, authenticate and (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall) deliver, the Investor Certificates of such Series which the Investor Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.  Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer, with sufficient instructions, duly executed by the Investor Certificateholder thereof or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing delivered to the Trustee (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case to the Transfer Agent and Registrar) and complying with any requirements set forth in the applicable Supplement.

 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Investor Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require any Investor Certificateholder that is transferring or exchanging one or more Investor Certificates to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of Investor Certificates.

 

27



 

All Investor Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange shall be canceled and disposed of in a customary manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

The Company shall, as agent of the Trust and without incurring personal liability with respect to the Investor Certificates, execute and deliver Investor Certificates to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar in such amounts and at such times as are necessary to enable the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar to fulfill their respective responsibilities under this Agreement and the Investor Certificates.

 

(b)           The Transfer Agent and Registrar will maintain at its expense in Houston, Texas and, subject to subsection 5.03(a) , if specified in the related Supplement for any Series, any other city designated in such Supplement, an office or offices or agency or agencies where Investor Certificates may be surrendered for registration or transfer or exchange.

 

(c)           Unless otherwise stated in any related Supplement, registration of transfer of Investor Certificates containing a legend relating to restrictions on transfer of such Investor Certificates (which legend shall be set forth in the Supplement relating to such Investor Certificates) shall be effected only if the conditions set forth in the related Supplement are complied with.

 

Investor Certificates issued upon registration or transfer of, or in exchange for, Investor Certificates bearing the legend referred to above shall also bear such legend unless the Company, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar receive an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed.

 

SECTION 5.04.            Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Investor Certificates .  If (a) any mutilated Investor Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Investor Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save the Trust, each of them and the Company harmless, then, in the absence of actual notice to the Trustee or Transfer Agent and Registrar that such Investor Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute on behalf of the Trust and, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Investor Certificate, a new Investor Certificate of like tenor and aggregate Fractional Undivided Interest and bearing a number that is not contemporaneously outstanding.  In connection with the issuance of any new Investor Certificate under this Section 5.04 , the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment by the Investor Certificateholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith.  Any duplicate Investor Certificate issued pursuant to this Section 5.04 shall constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Investor Certificate shall be found at any time.

 

28



 

SECTION 5.05.            Persons Deemed Owners .  At all times prior to due presentation of an Investor Certificate for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name any Investor Certificate is registered as the owner of such Investor Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions pursuant to Article IV of the related Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.05 , in determining whether the Investor Certificateholders of the requisite Fractional Undivided Interests have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Investor Certificates owned by the Company, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Investor Certificates which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Investor Certificates so owned by the Company, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded and may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Investor Certificates and that the pledgee is not the Company, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof.

 

SECTION 5.06.            Appointment of Paying Agent .  The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the Collection Account (and/or any other account or accounts maintained for the benefit of Investor Certificateholders as specified in the related Supplement for any Series) pursuant to Articles III and IV.  The Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.  Unless otherwise specified in the related Supplement for any Series and with respect to such Series, the Paying Agent shall initially be The Bank of New York and any co-paying agent chosen by The Bank of New York.  Each Paying Agent shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000.  The Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Trustee.  In the event that the Paying Agent shall so resign, the Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a depositary institution or trust company) reasonably acceptable to the Company which appointment shall be effective on the date on which the Person so appointed gives the Trustee written notice that it accepts the appointment.  Any resignation or removal of the Paying Agent and appointment of successor Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 5.06 shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Paying Agent, as provided in this Section 5.06 . The Trustee shall cause such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Investor Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Investor Certificateholders.  The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Trustee and upon removal of a Paying Agent such Paying

 

29



 

Agent shall also return all funds in its possession to the Trustee.  The provisions of Sections 8.01 , 8.02 , 8.03 , 8.05 and 10.18 shall apply to The Bank of New York (or the Trustee to the extent it is so acting) also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as The Bank of New York (or the Trustee to the extent it is so acting) shall act as Paying Agent.  Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

 

The Company hereby agrees to provide the Trustee from time to time sufficient funds, on a timely basis and in accordance with and subject to Section 8.05 , for the payment of any reasonable compensation payable to the Paying Agent for its services under this Section 5.06 .  The Trustee hereby agrees that, upon the receipt of such funds from the Company, it shall pay the Paying Agent such amounts.

 

SECTION 5.07.            Access to List of Investor Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses .  The Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Company, the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within 10 Business Days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor from the Company, the Servicer or the Paying Agent, respectively, in writing, a list of the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders as then recorded by or on behalf of the Trustee.  The costs and expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such list shall constitute Program Costs under the Supplement for the applicable Series.  If three or more Investor Certificateholders of record or any Investor Certificateholder of any Series or a group of Investor Certificateholders of record representing Fractional Undivided Interests aggregating not less than 10% of the Invested Amount of the related Outstanding Series (the “ Applicants ”) apply in writing to the Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor Certificateholders of any Series with respect to their rights under this Agreement or under the Investor Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall transmit or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to transmit, such communication to the Investor Certificateholders reasonably promptly after the receipt of such application.

 

Every Investor Certificateholder, by receiving and holding an Investor Certificate, agrees with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents, officers, directors or employees shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure or mailing of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Investor Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the sources from which such information was derived.

 

As soon as practicable following each Record Date, the Trustee shall provide to the Paying Agent or its designee, a list of Investor Certificateholders in such form as the Paying Agent may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 5.08.            Authenticating Agent .

 

(a)           The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Investor Certificates which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the

 

30



 

Trustee in authenticating the Investor Certificates in connection with the issuance, delivery, registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Investor Certificates; provided , that each such authenticating agent shall satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 8.06 .  Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the authentication of Investor Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent.

 

(b)           Any institution succeeding to the corporate trust business of an authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such authenticating agent; provided such institution satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 8.06 .

 

(c)           An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee.  Upon the receipt by the Trustee of any such notice of resignation and upon the giving of any such notice of termination by the Trustee, the Trustee shall immediately give notice of such resignation or termination to the Company.  Any resignation of an authenticating agent shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor authenticating agent as provided in this Section 5.08 . The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent.  Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or fail to satisfy the conditions set forth in Section 8.06 , the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent.  Any successor authenticating agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent.  No successor authenticating agent (other than an Affiliate of the Trustee) shall be appointed unless such authenticating agent (i) is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and the Company and (ii) satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 8.06 .

 

(d)           The Company hereby agrees to provide the Trustee from time to time sufficient funds, on a timely basis and in accordance with and subject to Section 8.05 , for the payment of any reasonable compensation payable to each authenticating agent for its services under this Section 5.08 . The Trustee hereby agrees that, upon the receipt of such funds from the Company it shall pay each authenticating agent such amounts.

 

(e)           The provisions of Sections 8.01 , 8.02 , 8.03 , 8.05 and 10.18 shall be applicable to any authenticating agent.

 

(f)            Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section 5.08 , the Investor Certificates may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of

 

31



 

authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

 

“This is one of the Investor Certificates

referred to in the Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement

dated as of June 28, 2004, among Bunge Funding, Inc.,

Bunge Management Services, Inc., as Servicer and The Bank of New York, as Trustee.

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

 

as Authenticating Agent

for the Trustee

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

SECTION 5.09.            Tax Treatment .  It is the intent of the Servicer, the Company, the Investor Certificateholders and the Trustee that, under applicable U.S. Federal, State and local income and franchise tax laws (but for no other purpose), the Investor Certificates will qualify as indebtedness of the Company secured by the Trust Assets and that the Trust will not be characterized as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.  The Company, the Servicer and the Trustee, by entering into this Agreement, and each Investor Certificateholder, by its acceptance of its Investor Certificate, agree to treat, except as otherwise required by law, the Investor Certificates for applicable U.S. Federal, State and local income and franchise tax purposes (but for no other purpose) as indebtedness of the Company.  The provisions of this Agreement and all related Transaction Documents shall be construed to further these intentions of the parties; provided , further that nothing in this Section 5.09 shall impose on the Company any personal liability in respect of the Investor Certificates.  This Section 5.09 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall be binding on all transferees of any of the foregoing persons.

 

SECTION 5.10.            Exchangeable Company Interest .

 

(a)           The Company may decrease the amount of the Exchangeable Company Interest in exchange for (i) an increase in the Invested Amount of a Class of Investor Certificates of an Outstanding Series or (ii) one or more newly issued Series of Investor Certificates (any such decrease a “ Company Exchange ”). (A Company Exchange shall not be necessary in connection with an increase in the Invested Amount of any Investor Certificates issued in a Series with an Invested Amount that may increase or decrease from time to time.  Such Investor Certificates are expected to be designated as “ Variable Funding Certificates ” or “ VFC Certificates ”).  The Company may perform a Company Exchange by notifying the Trustee, in writing at least five (5) Business Days in advance (an “ Exchange Notice ”) of the date upon which the Company Exchange is to

 

32



 

occur (an “ Exchange Date ”).  Any Exchange Notice shall state the designation of any Series to be issued on the Exchange Date and, with respect to each such Series: (a) its additional or Initial Invested Amount, as the case may be, if any, which in the aggregate at any time may not be greater than the current principal amount of the Exchangeable Company Interest, if any, at such time and (b) its Certificate Rate (or the method for allocating interest payments or other cash flow to such Series), if any.  On the Exchange Date, the Trustee shall only authenticate and deliver any Investor Certificates evidencing an increase in the Invested Amount of a Class of Investor Certificates or a newly issued Series upon delivery by the Company (as agent of the Trust with respect to clause (f) below) to the Trustee of the following (together with the delivery by the Company to the Trustee of any additional agreements, instruments or other documents as are specified in the related Supplement): (a) a Supplement executed by the Company and specifying the Principal Terms of such Series ( provided that no such Supplement shall be required for any increase in the Invested Amount of a Class of Investor Certificates unless it is so required by the related Supplement), (b) a Tax Opinion addressed to the Trustee and the Trust, (c) a General Opinion addressed to the Trustee and the Trust, (d) a Responsible Officer’s certificate certifying that all conditions precedent to the authentication and delivery of such Investor Certificates have been satisfied and upon which Responsible Officer’s certificate the Trustee may conclusively rely, (e) written instructions of an officer of the Company specifying the amount, Series, Investor Certificates, other Interests to be issued with respect to such Company Exchange and the Exchangeable Company Interest following any such Company Exchange and (f) the applicable Investor Certificates if necessary.  Upon delivery of the items listed in clauses (a) through (f) above and satisfaction of any conditions set forth in any Supplement for an Outstanding Series, the existing Exchangeable Company Interest, shall be deemed adjusted as of the Exchange Date as provided above.  The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or agency to be maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.16 a register (the “ Exchange Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Trustee may prescribe, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall record all Company Exchanges and the amount of the Exchangeable Company Interest following any such Company Exchange.  There is no limit to the number of Company Exchanges that the Company may perform under this Agreement.  If the Company shall, on any Exchange Date, retain any Investor Certificates issued on such Exchange Date, it shall, prior to transferring any such Investor Certificates to another Person, obtain a Tax Opinion.  Additional restrictions relating to a Company Exchange may be set forth in any Supplement.

 

(b)           Upon any Company Exchange, the Trustee, in accordance with the written directions of the Company, shall issue to the Company under Section 5.01 , for execution, as agent of the Trust, and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication under Section 5.02 , (i) one or more Investor Certificates representing an increase in the Invested Amount of an Outstanding Series, or (ii) one or more new Series of Investor Certificates.  Any such Investor Certificates shall be substantially in the form specified in the

 

33



 

applicable Supplement and each shall bear, upon its face, the designation for such Series to which each such Certificate belongs so selected by the Company.

 

(c)           In conjunction with a Company Exchange, the parties hereto shall, except as otherwise provided in subsection (a) above, execute a Supplement to this Agreement, which shall define, with respect to any additional Investor Certificates or newly issued Series, as the case may be: (i) its name or designation, (ii) its additional or initial principal amount, as the case may be, (or method for calculating such amount), (iii) its coupon rate (or formula for the determination thereof), (iv) the interest payment date or dates and the date or dates from which interest shall accrue, (v) the method for allocating Collections to Holders, (vi) the names of any accounts to be used by such Series and the terms governing the operation of any such accounts, (vii) the issue and terms of a letter of credit or other form of Enhancement, if any, with respect thereto, (viii) the terms on which the Certificates of such Series may be repurchased by the Company or may be remarketed to other investors, (ix) the Series Termination Date, (x) any deposit account maintained for the benefit of Holders, (xi) the number of classes of such Series, and if more than one class, the rights and priorities of each such Class, (xii) the rights of the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest that have been transferred to the holders of such Series, (xiii) the designation of any Series Accounts and the terms governing the operation of any such Series Accounts, (xiv) provisions acceptable to the Trustee concerning the payment of the Trustee’s fees and expenses and (xv) other relevant terms (all such terms, the “ Principal Terms ” of such Series).  The Supplement executed in connection with the Company Exchange shall contain administrative provisions which are reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

(d)           The Company shall not transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of the Exchangeable Company Interest without delivery of a Tax Opinion.  If the Company shall transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Exchangeable Company Interest in accordance with the preceding sentence, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall record the transfer, assignment, exchange or other disposition of the Exchangeable Company Interest in the Exchange Register.  Any Holder who wishes to transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Exchangeable Company Interest held by it shall deliver instructions and a written instrument of transfer, with sufficient instructions, duly executed by the Holder or his attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing delivered to the Trustee (unless the Transfer Agent and Registrar is different from the Trustee, in which case to the Transfer Agent and Registrar) and complying with any requirements set forth in the applicable Supplement.  No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of all or any portion of the Exchangeable Company Interest, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require any Holder that is transferring or exchanging all or any portion of the Exchangeable Company Interest to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of all or any portion of the Exchangeable Company Interest.

 

34



 

(e)           Except as specified in any Supplement for a related Series, all Investor Certificates of any Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits hereof without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the applicable Supplement.

 

SECTION 5.11.            Book-Entry Certificates .  If specified in any related Supplement, the Investor Certificates, or any portion thereof, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or more typewritten Investor Certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the Depository specified in such Supplement which shall be the Clearing Agency, specified by, or on behalf of, the Company for such Series.  The Investor Certificates shall initially be registered on the Certificate Register in the name of the nominee of such Clearing Agency, and no Certificate Book-Entry Holder will receive a definitive certificate representing such Certificate Book-Entry Holder’s interest in the Investor Certificates, except as provided in Section 5.13 . Unless and until definitive, fully registered Investor Certificates (“ Definitive Certificates ”) have been issued to Investor Certificateholders pursuant to Section 5.13 or the related Supplement:

 

(a)           the provisions of this Section 5.11 shall be in full force and effect;

 

(b)           the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee may deal with each Clearing Agency for all purposes (including the making of distributions on the Investor Certificates) as the Investor Certificateholder without respect to whether there has been any actual authorization of such actions by the Certificate Book-Entry Holders with respect to such actions;

 

(c)           to the extent that the provisions of this Section 5.11 conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5.11 shall control; and

 

(d)           the rights of Certificate Book-Entry Holders shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and the related Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such related Certificate Book-Entry Holders and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants.  Pursuant to the Depository Agreement, the initial Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest on the Investor Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Class or Series of Investor Certificates may be issued as Book-Entry Certificates (but, instead, shall be issued as Definitive Certificates) unless at the time of issuance of such Class or Series, the Company and the Trustee receive a Tax Opinion.

 

35



 

SECTION 5.12.            Notices to Clearing Agency .  Whenever notice or other communication to the Investor Certificateholders is required under this Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to Certificate Book-Entry Holders pursuant to Section 5.13 , the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications specified herein to be given to the Investor Certificateholders to the Clearing Agencies.

 

SECTION 5.13.            Definitive Certificates .  If (a)(i) the Company advises the Trustee in writing that any Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its responsibilities under the applicable Depository Agreement, and (ii) the Company is unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) the Company, at its option, advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (c) after the occurrence of a Servicer Default or an Early Amortization Event, Certificate Book-Entry Holders representing Fractional Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount held by such Certificate Book-Entry Holders of each affected Series then issued and outstanding (and, if applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) advise the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency Participants in writing, and the Clearing Agency shall so notify the Trustee, that the continuation of a book-entry system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate Book-Entry Holders, the Trustee shall notify the Clearing Agency, which shall be responsible to notify the Certificate Book-Entry Holders, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Book-Entry Holders requesting the same.  Upon surrender to the Trustee of the Book-Entry Certificates by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the Clearing Agency for registration, the Trustee shall issue the Definitive Certificates.  Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE COMPANY

 

SECTION 6.01.            Liability of the Company .  Except as set forth below in this Section 6.01 , the Company shall be liable for all obligations, covenants, representations and warranties of the Company arising under or related to this Agreement or any Supplement.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence and otherwise herein, the Company shall be liable only to the extent of the obligations specifically undertaken by it in its capacity as Company hereunder and shall not be liable for any act or omission of the Paying Agent, an authenticating agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar or the Trustee.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of any Supplement, the sole remedy of the Trust, the Trustee (in its individual capacity or as Trustee), the Holders or any other Person in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Agreement or any Supplement shall be against the assets of the Company.  Neither the Trust, the Trustee, the Holders nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement

 

36


 

(the difference being referred to herein as a “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished.

 

SECTION 6.02.            Limitation on Liability of the Company .  Subject to Sections 6.01 and 10.19 , neither the Company nor any of its directors or officers or employees or agents shall be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Holders or any other Person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement whether or not such action or inaction arises from express or implied duties under any Transaction Document; provided , however , that this provision shall not protect the Company against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of any duties or by reason of reckless disregard of any obligations and duties hereunder.  The Company and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Company may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person (other than, in the case of the Company, the Company or the Servicer) respecting any matters arising hereunder.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 

SECTION 7.01.            Early Amortization Events .  Unless modified with respect to any Series of Investor Certificates by any related Supplement, if any one of the following events (each, an “ Early Amortization Event ”) shall occur:

 

(a)           an Insolvency Event shall have occurred with respect to the Company;

 

(b)           the Trust or the Company shall become an “investment company” within the meaning of the 1940 Act;

 

(c)           the Trust shall receive a written notice from the Internal Revenue Service taking the position that the Trust should be characterized for United States federal income tax purposes as a “publicly traded partnership” or as an association taxable as a corporation and counsel to the Company cannot provide an opinion addressed to the Trustee and reasonably acceptable to the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent that such claim is without merit; or

 

(d)           the Trustee shall be appointed Successor Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement;

 

then, an “Early Amortization Period” with respect to all Outstanding Series shall commence without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder, the Letter of Credit Agent, any Letter of Credit Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Liquidity Bank immediately upon the occurrence of such event.  The Servicer shall notify each Rating

 

37



 

Agency, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any Early Amortization Period, specifying the cause thereof.  Upon the commencement against the Company of a case, proceeding or other action described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Insolvency Event”, the Company shall cease to purchase Loans from any Seller and cease to transfer Purchased Loans to the Trust, until such time, if any, as such case, proceeding or other action is vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal.  If an Insolvency Event with respect to the Company occurs, the Company shall immediately cease to transfer Purchased Loans to the Trust (or, if the Company has previously suspended the transfer of Purchased Loans to the Trust to comply with the preceding sentence, such suspension shall become a permanent cessation of the transfer of Purchased Loans to the Trust) and shall promptly give written notice to the Trustee of such occurrence.  Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the Trust of additional Purchased Loans, Purchased Loans transferred to the Trust prior to the occurrence of such Insolvency Event and Collections in respect of such Purchased Loans and interest, whenever created, accrued in respect of such Purchased Loans, shall continue to be a part of the Trust.

 

Additional Early Amortization Events and the consequences thereof may be set forth in each Supplement with respect to the Series relating thereto.

 

SECTION 7.02.            Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events .

 

(a)           If after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Company, the Aggregate Invested Amount and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon have not been paid to the Investor Certificateholders, the Trustee in accordance with the written direction of the Servicer shall (i) publish a notice in the Wall Street Journal (the “ Authorized Newspaper ”) that an Insolvency Event has occurred and that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Purchased Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and (ii) send written notice to the Investor Certificateholders, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent and request instructions from such Persons, which notice shall request each Certificateholder, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent to advise the Trustee in writing that it elects one of the following options: (A) the Investor Certificateholder, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent wishes the Trustee not to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Purchased Loans; (B) the Investor Certificateholder, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent wishes the Trustee to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Purchased Loans; or (C) the Investor Certificateholder, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent refuses to advise the Trustee as to the specific action the Trustee should take.  If after sixty (60) days from the day notice pursuant to clause (i) above is first published (the “ Publication Date ”), the Trustee shall not have received written instructions selecting option (A) above from (x) except as otherwise provided in a Supplement with respect to any Series, Investor Certificateholders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of each Series (or, in the case of a Series having more than one Class of Investor Certificates, Investor Certificateholders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of each Class of such Series) and, if applicable, the Majority

 

38



 

Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks and (y) if there are any Holders of the Exchangeable Company Interest other than the Company, the Holders of the Exchangeable Company Interest representing more than 50% of the Company Interest not held by the Company, the Trustee shall proceed to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Purchased Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the solicitation of competitive bids and the Trustee shall proceed to consummate the sale, liquidation or disposition of the Purchased Loans as provided above with the highest bidder for the Purchased Loans.  The Company or any of its Affiliates shall be permitted to bid for the Purchased Loans.  In addition, the Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to match any bid by a third person and be granted the right to purchase the Purchased Loans at such matched bid price.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in such sale shall be reimbursable to the Trustee as provided in Section 8.05 .  After the appointment of the Trustee as Successor Servicer pursuant to the Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall proceed to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Purchased Loans in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the solicitation of competitive bids and the Trustee shall proceed to consummate the sale, liquidation or disposition of the Purchased Loans as provided above with the highest bidder for the Purchased Loans.  The Company or any of its Affiliates shall be permitted to bid for the Purchased Loans.  In addition, the Company or any of its Affiliates shall have the right to match any bid by a third person and be granted the right to purchase the Purchased Loans at such matched bid price.  The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be cumulative.  All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in such sale shall be reimbursable to the Trustee as provided in Section 8.05 .

 

(b)           The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the Purchased Loans pursuant to subsection (a) above shall be treated as Collections on the Purchased Loans and such proceeds shall be released to the Trustee in an amount equal to the amount of any expenses incurred by the Trustee acting in its capacity either as Trustee or as liquidating agent under this Section 7.02 that have not otherwise been reimbursed and the remainder, if any, will be distributed to Investor Certificateholders of each Series after immediately being deposited in the Collection Account, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3.01(d)  and the related Supplement for such Series.  After giving effect to all such distributions, the remainder, if any, shall be allocated to the Exchangeable Company Interest and shall be released to the Holders of the Exchangeable Company Interest pro-rata based on the amount of the Exchangeable Company Interest held by each Holder thereof.

 

39



 

ARTICLE VIII

 

THE TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 8.01.            Duties of Trustee .

 

(a)                                  The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Default or Early Amortization Event of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults and Early Amortization Events which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreements or any Supplement and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into such Pooling and Servicing Agreements against the Trustee.  If a Servicer Default or Early Amortization Event of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Supplement and shall use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(b)                                  The Trustee may conclusively rely as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein upon resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports (including the Daily Report and the Monthly Settlement Statement), documents, orders or other instruments (whether in original or facsimile form) furnished to the Trustee; provided , that (i) in the case of any of the above which are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to any provision of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements, the Trustee shall, subject to Section 8.02 , examine them to determine whether they appear on their face to conform to the requirements of this Agreement and (ii) in the case of any of the above as to which the Trustee is required to perform procedures pursuant to the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum, the Trustee shall perform said procedures in accordance with the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum.

 

(c)                                   Subject to subsection 8.01(a) , no provision of this Agreement or any Supplement shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct; provided , however , that:

 

(i)            the Trustee shall not be liable for an error of judgment unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was grossly negligent, or acted in bad faith, in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

 

(ii)           the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good faith;

 

40



 

(iii)          the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any failure by the Servicer to comply with any of its obligations or any other Potential Servicer Default, unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives written notice of such failure from the Servicer, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Investor Certificateholder;

 

(iv)          the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of a Servicer Default, Early Amortization Event, Purchase Termination Event, Potential Purchase Termination Event or Potential Early Amortization Event unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such event or the Trustee receives written notice of such default or event from the Servicer, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Holder of Investor Certificates;

 

(v)           the Trustee shall not be liable for any investment losses resulting from any investments of funds on deposit in the Collection Account or any subaccounts thereof ( provided that such investments are Eligible Investments); and

 

(vi)          the Trustee shall have no duty to monitor the performance of the Servicer, nor shall it have any liability in connection with malfeasance or nonfeasance by the Servicer; the Trustee shall have no liability in connection with compliance of the Servicer or the Company with statutory or regulatory requirements related to the Purchased Loans; and the Trustee shall have no duty to perform, except as otherwise required pursuant to the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum, any recalculation or verification of any calculation with respect to data provided to the Trustee by the Servicer.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any obligations of the Servicer under such Agreement except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of such Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Except as expressly provided in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust.

 

41



 

(f)            The Trustee shall take such actions as are set forth in the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum set forth in Exhibit A unless prevented from doing so through no fault of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.02.            Rights of the Trustee .  Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.01 and in the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum:

 

(a)           The Trustee may conclusively rely on and shall be protected in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any resolution, Responsible Officer’s certificate, certificate of auditors or any other certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, appraisal, bond, note or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to any Pooling and Servicing Agreement by the proper party or parties.

 

(b)           The Trustee may consult with counsel, and any Opinion of Counsel and any advice of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel.

 

(c)           The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or to institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders, pursuant to the provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Trustee of the obligations, upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default or Early Amortization Event (which has not been cured), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.  The right of the Trustee to perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement shall not be construed as a duty, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of any such act.

 

(d)           The Trustee shall not be personally liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by any Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided that the Trustee shall be liable for its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

(e)           The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, direction, order, approval, bond, note or other paper or document, unless requested in writing so to do by, except as otherwise provided in a

 

42



 

Supplement to any Series, the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing Fractional Undivided Interests aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series (and, if applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) which could be materially and adversely affected if the Trustee does not perform such acts; provided , however , that such Holders of Investor Certificates shall indemnify and reimburse the Trustee for any liability or expense resulting from any such investigation requested by them; provided further that the Trustee shall be entitled to make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may reasonably see fit, and if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books and records of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney, at the sole cost and expense of the Company and shall incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(f)            The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through affiliates, agents or attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the supervision of, any such affiliate, agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

(g)           The Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic examination of any documents or records related to the Purchased Loans or the Collection Account for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Company with its representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

 

(h)           In the event that the Trustee is also acting as Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar hereunder, the rights and protections afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall also be afforded to such Paying Agent or Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

SECTION 8.03.            Trustee Not Liable for Recitals .  The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of the recitals contained herein and in the Investor Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Investor Certificates).  Except as set forth in Section 8.15 , the Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, of the Investor Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Investor Certificates), of the Exchangeable Company Interest, of any Purchased Loan or of any related document or interest.  The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Investor Certificates or the Exchangeable Company Interest or of the proceeds of such Investor Certificates, or the Exchangeable Company Interest or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Company in respect of the Purchased Loans or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account or other accounts hereafter established to effectuate the transactions contemplated herein and in accordance with the terms of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 

43



 

The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Servicer of any of the Investor Certificates or of the proceeds of such Investor Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Servicer in respect of the Purchased Loans or deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account by or at the direction of the Servicer.  The Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and enforceability of any Purchased Loan.

 

SECTION 8.04.            Trustee May Own Investor Certificates .  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity (a) may become the owner or pledgee of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee and (b) may transact any banking and trust business with the Company, the Servicer or the Sellers as it would were it not the Trustee.

 

SECTION 8.05.            Trustee’s Fees and Expenses .  The Trustee shall be entitled to a fee (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by the Trustee in the execution of the trusts hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee.  The Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee annually in advance on the Effective Date and on or about each one year anniversary thereof, a fee agreed upon in writing between the Trustee and the Servicer.  The Servicer and the Company jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee for all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, expenses incurred in connection with notices, requests for documentation or other communications to Holders), disbursements, losses, liabilities, claims, damages and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or by reason of its status as Trustee under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents, any co-trustee and counsel) except any such expense, disbursement, loss, liability, damage or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct; provided , that any obligation of the Company to make payments under this Section 8.05 shall be Company Subordinated Obligations.  To the extent the fees and expenses of the Trustee are not paid on a current basis (including pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 8.05 ), the Trustee shall be entitled to be paid such items from amounts that would be distributable to the Company under Article III of this Agreement or payable to the Servicer pursuant to subsection 2.05(b)  of the Servicing Agreement.  The Trustee shall be entitled to reimbursement for any reasonable out-of-pocket costs or expenses incurred in connection with the review, negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of any of the Transaction Documents or in connection with the issuance of any Investor Certificates on the Effective Date.  If the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer in accordance with the Servicing Agreement, the Trustee, in its capacity as Successor Servicer, shall also be entitled to be paid the Servicing Fee and any other compensation to which the Servicer is expressly entitled under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  The provisions of this Section 8.05 shall apply to the reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the Trustee, or any other Person, in its capacity as liquidating agent, to the extent not otherwise paid.  The covenants to pay the expenses, disbursements, losses, liabilities, damages and advances provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the resignation

 

44



 

or removal of the Trustee and shall be binding on the Company, the Servicer and any Successor Servicer.

 

SECTION 8.06.            Eligibility Recitals .  The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having (or having a holding company parent with) a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority.  If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then, for the purpose of this Section 8.06 , the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  In case at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.06 , the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 8.07 .

 

SECTION 8.07.            Resignation or Removal of Trustee .

 

(a)           Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trust hereby created by giving written notice thereof to the Company, the Servicer, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Rating Agencies.  Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee.  If no successor trustee has been so appointed and has accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition (at the expense of the Company) any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee.

 

(b)           If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Servicer, or if at any time the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or if a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Company may remove the Trustee and promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee.

 

(c)           Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section 8.07 shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 8.08 .

 

(d)           The obligations of the Company described in Section 8.05 hereof and the obligations of the Servicer described in Section 8.05 hereof and Section 5.02 of

 

45



 

the Servicing Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the removal or resignation of the Trustee as provided in this Agreement.

 

(e)           No Trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable for any action or omission of any successor trustee.

 

SECTION 8.08.            Successor Trustee .

 

(a)           Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 8.07 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein.  The predecessor Trustee shall deliver to the successor trustee all documents or copies thereof, at the expense of the Servicer, and statements held by it hereunder; and the Company and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor trustee all such rights, power, duties and obligations.  The Servicer shall immediately give notice, but in no event less than ten (10) days prior to any such resignation or removal, to each Rating Agency upon the appointment of a successor trustee.

 

(b)           No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section 8.08 unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 8.06 .

 

(c)           Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in this Section 8.08 , such successor trustee shall mail notice of such succession hereunder to all Holders at their addresses as shown in the Certificate Register or the Exchange Register, as applicable.

 

SECTION 8.09.            Merger or Consolidation of Trustee .  Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 8.06 , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.  The Trustee shall promptly give notice (except to the extent prohibited under any Requirement of Law or Contractual Obligation), but in no event less than 10 days prior to any such merger or consolidation, to the Company, the Servicer, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Rating Agencies upon any such merger or consolidation of the Trustee.  Information as to such merger or consolidation that is made publicly available by the Trustee in the Authorized Newspaper shall be deemed to satisfy the notice requirement of this Section 8.09 .

 

46


 

SECTION 8.10.                                    Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any other provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Holders, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 8.10 , such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 8.06 and no notice to Holders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 8.08 . The Trustee shall promptly notify each Rating Agency of the appointment of any co-trustee.

 

(b)                                  Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

 

(i)                                      all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any statute of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as successor to the Servicer hereunder), the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

 

(ii)                                   neither the Trustee nor any separate trustee or co-trustee shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee, separate trustee or co-trustee hereunder so long as such trustee, separate trustee or co-trustee is appointed with due care in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

 

(iii)                                the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

 

(c)                                   Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this Article VIII.  Each

 

47



 

separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, specifically including every provision of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Company.

 

(d)                                  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect to any Pooling and Servicing Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

 

SECTION 8.11.                                    Tax Returns .  In the event the Trust shall be required to file U.S. Federal, state, local or foreign income tax returns, the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) shall prepare and file or shall cause to be prepared and filed any such tax returns required to be filed by the Trust and shall remit such tax returns to the Trustee for signature at least five Business Days before such tax returns are due to be filed (including extensions).  The Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all U.S. Federal tax information in connection with this Agreement required by law to be distributed to Holders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee at least five Business Days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to the Holders.  The Trustee, upon request, will furnish the Company or the Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as may be reasonably determined by the Company or the Servicer to be required in connection with the preparation of all U.S. Federal, state, local or foreign income tax returns of the Trust, and shall, upon the Company’s (or the Servicer’s on behalf of the Company) written request, execute such tax returns.  In no event shall the Trustee in its individual capacity be liable for any liabilities, costs or expenses of the Trust, the Holders, the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company), arising under any U.S. Federal, state, local or foreign income tax law or regulation, including, without limitation, excise taxes or any other tax imposed by a Governmental Authority on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with respect thereto or arising from any failure to comply therewith).  The Trustee shall not be required to determine whether any filing of tax returns is required.

 

SECTION 8.12.                                    Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Investor Certificates .  All rights of action and claims under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Investor Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Investor Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee.  Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable

 

48



 

benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained.  When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Servicer, the Company or the Trust, such expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law.

 

SECTION 8.13.                                    Suits for Enforcement .  If a Servicer Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee may, as provided in Section 6.01 of the Servicing Agreement, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document by suit, action or proceeding (including any suit, action or proceeding on behalf of the Holders against any third party) in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or the Holders.  In furtherance of and without limiting the generality of subsection 8.01(d) , the Trustee shall have the right to obtain, before initiating any such action, such reasonable indemnity from the Holders as the Trustee may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Investor Certificates or the Exchangeable Company Interest or the rights of any holder thereof, or authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

SECTION 8.14.                                    Rights of Investor Certificateholders To Direct Trustee .  Except as otherwise set forth in a Supplement to any Series, Investor Certificateholders evidencing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series (and, if applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) affected by the conduct of any proceeding or the exercise of any right conferred on the Trustee shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided , however , that nothing in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall impair the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction of the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks); provided further that in furtherance and without limiting the generality of subsection 8.01(d) , the Trustee shall have the right to obtain, before acting in accordance with any such direction of the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks), such reasonable indemnity from the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) as the Trustee may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred in so acting.

 

49



 

SECTION 8.15.                                    Representations and Warranties of Trustee .  The Trustee represents and warrants that:

 

(a)                                  the Trustee is a banking corporation organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York and is duly authorized to exercise trust powers under applicable law;

 

(b)                                  the Trustee has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Supplement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and any Supplement; and

 

(c)                                   each Pooling and Servicing Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents executed by it have been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee and, in the case of all such Transaction Documents, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the Trustee, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors rights generally and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity).

 

SECTION 8.16.                                    Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Trustee will maintain at its expense in Houston, Texas, an office or offices or agency or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Investor Certificates or any other Interests and the Pooling and Servicing Agreements may be served.  The Trustee will give prompt written notice to the Company, the Servicer and the Holders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register, the Exchange Register, or any such office or agency.

 

SECTION 8.17.                                    Limitation of Liability .  The Investor Certificates are executed by the Trustee, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it by the Trust Agreement.  Each of the undertakings and agreements made on the part of the Trustee in the Investor Certificates is made and intended not as a personal undertaking or agreement by the Trustee but is made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust.

 

SECTION 8.18.                                    Consequential Damages .  In no event shall The Bank of New York, in its capacity as Trustee, be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, lost profits), even if it has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

50



 

ARTICLE IX

 

TERMINATION

 

SECTION 9.01.                                    Termination of Trust .

 

(a)                                  The Trust and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Holders as hereafter set forth and any indemnification obligations hereunder) shall terminate, except with respect to any such obligations or responsibilities expressly stated to survive such termination, on the earliest of (i) the last day of the August, 2020 Settlement Period, (ii) at the option of the Company, at any time when the Aggregate Invested Amount is zero, (iii) following the occurrence of any of the Early Amortization Events specified in Section 7.01 of this Agreement, at any time when the Aggregate Invested Amount is zero and (iv) upon completion of distribution of the amounts referred to in subsection 7.02(b)  (the “ Trust Termination Date ”).

 

(b)                                  If on the Distribution Date in the month immediately preceding the month in which the Trust Termination Date occurs (after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such date) the Invested Amount of any Series would be greater than zero (as certified in writing by the Servicer), the Trustee, at the written direction of the Servicer, shall make reasonable efforts to sell within thirty (30) days of such Distribution Date all of the Purchased Loans.  The proceeds of such sale shall be treated as Collections on the Purchased Loans and shall be allocated in accordance with Article III.  During such 30-day period, the Servicer shall continue to collect Collections on the Purchased Loans and allocate Collections in accordance with the provisions of Article III.  The reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in such sale shall be reimbursable to the Trustee as provided in Section 8.05 .

 

SECTION 9.02.                                    Optional Purchase and Final Termination Date of Investor Certificates of Any Series .

 

(a)                                  On any Business Day during the Amortization Period with respect to any Series on which the Invested Amount (or such other amount as may be set forth in the related Supplement) of such Series is reduced to an amount equal to or less than the Optional Repurchase Percentage of the Initial Invested Amount (or such other amount as may be set forth in the related Supplement) for such Series as of the day preceding the beginning of such Amortization Period, the Company shall have the option to repurchase the entire Investor Certificateholders’ Interest of such Series, at a purchase price equal to (i) the outstanding Invested Amount of the Investor Certificates of such Series  plus (ii) accrued and unpaid interest through such Business Day (after giving effect to any payment of principal and monthly interest on such date of purchase) plus (iii) all other amounts payable to all Investor Certificateholders of such Series under the related Supplement (such purchase price, the “ Clean-Up Call Repurchase Price ”).  The amount of the Clean-Up Call Repurchase Price will be deposited into the Collection Account for credit to the Series Collection Subaccount for such Series on such Business Day in immediately available funds and will be passed through in full to the applicable Investor Certificateholders.  Following any such repurchase, such Investor Certificateholders’ Interest in the Purchased Loans shall terminate and such interest therein will be allocated to the Exchangeable Company Interest and such Investor Certificateholders will have no

 

51



 

further rights with respect thereto.  In the event that the Company fails for any reason to deposit the Clean-Up Call Repurchase Price for such Purchased Loans, the Investor Certificateholders’ Interest in the Purchased Loans will continue and monthly payments will continue to be made to the Investor Certificateholders.

 

(b)                                  The amount deposited pursuant to subsection 9.02(a)  shall be paid to the Investor Certificateholders of the related Series pursuant to Article III on the Business Day following the date of such deposit.  All Investor Certificates of a Series which are purchased by the Company pursuant to subsection 9.02(a)  shall be delivered by the Company upon such purchase to, and be canceled by (in accordance with the written directions of the Company), the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company.

 

(c)                                   All principal or interest with respect to any Series of Investor Certificates shall be due and payable no later than the Series Termination Date with respect to such Series.  Unless otherwise provided in a Supplement, in the event that the Invested Amount of any Series of Investor Certificates is greater than zero on its Series Termination Date (after giving effect to all transfers, withdrawals, deposits and drawings to occur on such date and the payment of principal to be made on such Series on such date), the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold, in accordance with the directions of, except as otherwise set forth in a Supplement for any Series, the Investor Certificateholders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of such Series (and, if applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) and pay the proceeds to all Investor Certificateholders of such Series pro rata (except that unless expressly provided to the contrary in the related Supplement, no payment shall be made to Investor Certificateholders of any Class of any Series that is by its terms subordinated to any other Class until such senior Class of Investor Certificates have been paid in full) in final payment of all principal of and accrued interest on such Series of Investor Certificates, an amount of Purchased Loans or interests in Purchased Loans up to the Invested Amount of such Series at the close of business on such date; provided , however , in furtherance and without limiting the generality of subsection 8.01(d) , the Trustee shall have the right to obtain, before acting in accordance with any such direction of the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks), such reasonable indemnity from the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) as the Trustee may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred in so acting.  Absent such direction from, except as otherwise set forth in a Supplement for any Series, Investor Certificateholders representing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of such Series (and, if applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) or absent such reasonable indemnity as the Trustee may require in connection with such direction, the Trustee shall continue to hold the Trust Assets in respect of such Series in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements until the Trust Termination Date (or until a majority of the Investor Certificateholders (and, if

 

52



 

applicable, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks) shall otherwise direct the Trustee); provided that the terms of this Agreement, the related Supplement and the Servicing Agreement shall be deemed to remain in full force and effect, except that no additional Purchased Loans shall be allocated with respect to such Series.  The reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Trustee in such sale shall be reimbursable to the Trustee as provided in Section 8.05 . Any proceeds of such sale in excess of such principal and interest paid shall be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest, unless and to the extent otherwise specified in any applicable Supplement.  Upon such Series Termination Date with respect to the applicable Series, final payment of all amounts allocable to any Investor Certificates of such Series shall be made in the manner provided in this Section 9.02 .

 

SECTION 9.03.                                    Final Payment with Respect to Any Series .

 

(a)                                  Written notice of any termination, specifying the Business Day upon which the Investor Certificateholders of any Series may surrender their Investor Certificates for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Series and cancellation, shall be given (subject to at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice from the Servicer to the Trustee containing all information required for the Trustee’s notice or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) by the Trustee to Investor Certificateholders of such Series mailed not later than ten days prior to such final distribution specifying (i) the Business Day upon which final payment of the Investor Certificates will be made upon presentation and surrender of Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein designated and (ii) the amount of any such final payment, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified.  The Servicer’s notice to the Trustee in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be accompanied by a Responsible Officer’s certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 4.03 of the Servicing Agreement covering the period during the then current calendar year through the date of such notice.  The Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to such Investor Certificateholders.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the termination of the Trust pursuant to subsection 9.01(a)  or the occurrence of the Series Termination Date with respect to any Series pursuant to Section 9.02 , all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account (but only to the extent necessary to pay all outstanding and unpaid amounts to Holders) shall continue to be held in trust for the benefit of the Holders and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to the Investor Certificateholders upon surrender of their Investor Certificates in accordance with the terms hereof.  Any Investor Certificate not surrendered on the date specified in subsection 9.03(a)(i)  shall cease to accrue any interest provided for such Investor Certificate from and after such date.  In the event that all of the Investor Certificateholders shall not surrender their Investor Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the above-mentioned written notice, the Trustee shall give a second written notice to the remaining Investor

 

53



 

Certificateholders of such Series to surrender their Investor Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Investor Certificates of such Series shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining Investor Certificateholders of such Series concerning surrender of their Investor Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Collection Account held for the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders.  The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years and neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall be liable to any Investor Certificateholder for such payment to the Company upon its request.  After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

 

(c)                                   All Investor Certificates surrendered for payment of the final distribution with respect to such Investor Certificates and cancellation shall be canceled by the Transfer Agent and Registrar and be disposed of in a customary manner satisfactory to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 9.04.                                    Company’s Termination Rights .  Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.01 and payment to the Trustee (in its capacity as such and/or in its capacity as Successor Servicer) of all amounts owed to it under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall assign and convey to the Company (without recourse, representation or warranty) in exchange for the Exchangeable Company Interest all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Trust Assets, whether then existing or thereafter created, and all proceeds thereof except for amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to subsection 9.03(b) . The Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, representation or warranty (except with respect to the Trustee Liens as set forth below), as shall be reasonably requested by the Company to vest in the Company all right, title and interest which the Trust had in the Trust Assets free and clear of all Trustee Liens.

 

ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 10.01.                             Amendment .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and each Supplement in respect of an outstanding Series (collectively, the “ Pooling and Servicing Agreements ”) may be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Company and the Trustee, without the consent of any Holder (or the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Banks, the Administrative Agent or the Liquidity Banks), to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provisions herein or therein which may be inconsistent with

 

54



 

any other provisions herein or therein or to add any other provisions hereof to change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions with respect to matters or questions raised under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and solely with respect to this Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, pursuant to subsection 6.02(c)  and (d)  of the Servicing Agreement; provided , however , that such action shall not, as evidenced by a Responsible Officer’s certificate of the Company delivered to the Trustee, have a Material Adverse Effect (but, to the extent that the determination of whether such action would have a Material Adverse Effect requires a conclusion as to a question of law, an Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered to the Trustee in addition to such Responsible Officer’s certificate); provided further any amendment that is entered into to provide additional Enhancement for any Outstanding Series or to conform to regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service shall be deemed to have no Material Adverse Effect.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment pursuant to this paragraph or paragraph (b) below which affects the Trustee’s rights, duties or immunities under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or otherwise.

 

(b)                                  Any Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, to the extent provided in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any other agreement relating to the Purchased Loans may also be amended (other than in the circumstances referred to in the preceding paragraph (a)) in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Company and the Trustee with the consent of, except as otherwise set forth in a Supplement for any Series, Investor Certificateholders evidencing more than 50% of the Invested Amount of any Series adversely affected in any material respect by the amendment (or, if any such Series shall have more than one Class of Investor Certificates adversely affected in any material respect by the amendment, more than 50% of the Invested Amount of each such Class) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Pooling and Servicing Agreement or such other agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of Holders of any Series then issued and outstanding; provided , however , that no such amendment shall (i) render any Series of Investor Certificates subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Trust or otherwise adversely discriminate against a Series relative to any other Series under the Trust without the consent of all Investor Certificateholders of the affected Series, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on any Investor Certificate of such Series without the consent of such Investor Certificateholder of such Series; (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way, the amount of, the interest of any Investor Certificateholder of such Series in the assets of the Trust without the consent of such Investor Certificateholder; or (iv) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the Invested Amount of any adversely affected Series or Class the Holders of which are required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of all Investor Certificateholders of each Series adversely affected in any material respect.

 

55



 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.01 to the contrary, the Supplement with respect to any Series may be amended on the terms and with the procedures provided in such Supplement.

 

(d)                                  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder of each Outstanding Series (or with respect to an amendment of a Supplement, to each Investor Certificateholder of the applicable Series), and the Servicer shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment to the Letter of Credit Agent, each Letter of Credit Bank, the Administrative Agent, each Liquidity Bank and each Rating Agency.  No such material amendment (including without limitation, the amendment of any Supplement notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Supplement) shall be effective until the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to each Series adversely affected in any material respect by the amendment and, if Series 2000-1 is so adversely affected, with respect to the Commercial Paper issued by BAFC.

 

(e)                                   It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders under this Section 10.01 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe.

 

(f)                                    In executing or accepting any amendment pursuant to this Section 10.01 , the Trustee shall, upon request, be entitled to receive and rely upon (i) an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized pursuant to a specific provision of a Pooling and Servicing Agreement and complies with such provision, (ii) a certificate from a Responsible Officer of the Company stating that such (A) amendment shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any outstanding Investor Certificates in any material respect except for Holders of the Series whose consent to such amendment has been obtained in accordance with clause (b) of this Section 10.01 and (B) all conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of such amendment shall have been satisfied in full and (iii) a Tax Opinion.

 

SECTION 10.02.                             Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust .  The Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) shall cause each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, all amendments thereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Holders’ and the Trustee’s right, title and interest to the Trust and the Trust Assets to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Trustee hereunder to all property comprising the Trust.  The Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) shall deliver to the Trustee copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as

 

56


 

provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing.  In the event that the Servicer fails to file such financing or continuation statements and the Trustee has received an Opinion of Counsel, at the expense of the Company, that such filing is necessary to fully preserve and to protect the Trustee’s right, title and interest in any Trust Asset then the Trustee shall have the right to file the same on behalf of the Servicer and the Company and the Trustee shall be reimbursed and indemnified by the Company for making such filing.  The Company shall cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth above and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this Section 10.02 .

 

SECTION 10.03.                             Limitation on Rights of Holders .

 

(a)                                  The death or incapacity of any Holder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Holder’s legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them.

 

(b)                                  Except with respect to the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) as expressly provided in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, no Holder (nor the Letter of Credit Banks nor the Liquidity Banks) shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto; nor shall any Holder (nor the Letter of Credit Banks nor the Liquidity Banks) be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof.

 

(c)                                   No Holder (nor the Letter of Credit Banks nor the Liquidity Banks) shall have any right by virtue of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such Holder (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) previously shall have given to the Trustee written request to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to initiate any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by each Holder (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) with every other Holder (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) and the Trustee, that no one or more Holder(s) (nor the Letter of Credit Banks nor the Liquidity Banks) shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of the Interests, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such

 

57



 

Holder (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks), or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all Holders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks).  For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 10.03 , each and every Holder (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

 

(d)                                  By their acceptance of Interests pursuant to this Agreement and the applicable Supplement, the Holders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) agree to the provisions of this Section 10.03 .

 

SECTION 10.04.                             Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT ISSUES OF PERFECTION ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

SECTION 10.05.                             Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy ), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand, or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed to the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee at their respective Notice Addresses, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto.

 

Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Holder shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register or the Exchange Register, as the case may be.  Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

 

SECTION 10.06.                             Severability of Provisions .  If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of such Pooling and Servicing Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or of the Investor Certificates or rights of the Holders.

 

SECTION 10.07.                             Assignment .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except as provided in Section 5.03 of the Servicing Agreement, no Pooling and Servicing Agreement, nor any rights or interests thereunder, may be assigned by the Company or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Trustee acting on behalf of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Invested Amount of each Outstanding Series (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks holding at least 66-2/3% of the Letter of Credit Commitment and the Liquidity

 

58



 

Banks holding at least 66-2/3% of the Aggregate Liquidity Commitment) and without the Rating Agency Condition having been satisfied with respect to such assignment.

 

SECTION 10.08.                             Investor Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid .  It is the intention of the parties to each Pooling and Servicing Agreement that the Investor Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Banks and the Liquidity Banks) shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the interests in the Trust represented by the Investor Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for any reason whatsoever and that Investor Certificates upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.02 are and shall be deemed fully paid.

 

SECTION 10.09.                             Further Assurances .  The Company and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts (including but not limited to the acts required by subsection 2.01(b)  and notifying related Obligors to the extent necessary to perfect the assignment of any Purchased Loan from the Company to the Trust, except to the extent that the relevant UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) permit the Company (or its assignees) to provide such notification subsequent to the applicable Loan Purchase Date without materially impairing the Trust’s ownership or security interest in the Trust Assets and without incurring material expenses in connection with such notification) and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the Purchased Loans for filing under the provisions of the UCC (or other applicable laws) of any applicable jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 10.10.                             No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or the Investor Certificateholders (or, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Agent, any Letter of Credit Banks, the Administrative Agent or any Liquidity Bank), any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

SECTION 10.11.                             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 10.12.                             Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and the Holders and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10.12 and in any Supplement, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

 

59



 

SECTION 10.13.                             Actions by Investor Certificateholders .

 

(a)                                  Wherever in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken or a notice, demand or instruction given by Investor Certificateholders, such action, notice or instruction may be taken or given by any Investor Certificateholders of any Series, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of Investor Certificateholders of a certain Series or all Series.

 

(b)                                  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act by an Investor Certificateholder shall bind such Investor Certificateholder and every subsequent Holder of such Investor Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Company, the Servicer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Investor Certificate.

 

SECTION 10.14.                             Merger and Integration .  Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the Servicing Agreement.  This Agreement and the Servicing Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived, or supplemented except as provided herein.

 

SECTION 10.15.                             Headings .  The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

SECTION 10.16.                             No Setoff .  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Trustee agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker’s lien against, and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds held in the Collection Account for any amount owed to it by the Company, the Servicer, any Holder, the Letter of Credit Agent, any Letter of Credit Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Liquidity Bank.

 

SECTION 10.17.                             No Bankruptcy Petition .  Each of the Trustee (for itself and on behalf of the Holders) and the Servicer hereby covenant and agree that it will not institute against, or join with or assist other Person in instituting against, the Company any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any Applicable Insolvency Laws.

 

SECTION 10.18.                             Limitation of Liability .  It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto that (a) each Pooling and Servicing Agreement is executed and delivered by the Trustee, not individually or personally but solely as Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) except with respect to Section 8.15 hereof the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust are made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by the Trustee, but are made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on the Trustee, individually or personally, to perform

 

60



 

any covenant either expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties who are signatories to this Agreement and by any Person claiming by, through or under such parties; provided , however , the Trustee shall be liable in its individual capacity for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence and for any tax assessed against the Trustee based on or measured by any fees, commission or compensation received by it for acting as Trustee and (d) under no circumstances shall the Trustee be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided further that this Section 10.18 shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

 

Except as otherwise provided hereunder, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, the Trust (for the benefit of the Holders), the Holders, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Banks, the Administrative Agent and the Liquidity Banks (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts, omissions or alleged acts or omissions arising out of, or relating to, activities of the Company pursuant to any Pooling and Servicing Agreement to which it is a party, including but not limited to any judgment, award, settlement, reasonable attorneys’ fees and other reasonable costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any actual or threatened action, proceeding or claim, except to the extent such loss, liability, expense, damage or injury resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of an Indemnified Person or resulted from the performance of any Purchased Loan, market fluctuations or other market or investment risk not attributable to acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Company; provided , however , that any payments to be made by the Company pursuant to this subsection shall be Company Subordinated Obligations.  The indemnification obligations of the Company hereunder shall survive the termination of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the resignation or removal of the Trustee and shall be binding upon the Company, the Servicer and any Successor Servicer.

 

SECTION 10.19.                             Certain Information .  The Servicer and the Company shall promptly provide to the Trustee such information in computer tape, hard copy or other form regarding the Purchased Loans as the Trustee may reasonably determine to be necessary to perform its obligations hereunder.

 

SECTION 10.20.                             Responsible Officer Certificates; No Recourse .  Any certificate executed and delivered by a Responsible Officer of the Company, the Servicer or the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents shall be executed by such Responsible Officer not in an individual capacity but solely in his or her capacity as an officer of the Company, the Servicer or the Trustee, as applicable, and such Responsible Officer will not be subject to personal liability as to matters contained in the certificate.  A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Servicer or the Company shall not have liability for any obligation of the Servicer or the Company hereunder or under any Transaction Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any Transaction Document, unless such claim

 

61



 

results from the gross negligence, fraudulent acts or willful misconduct of such director, officer, employee or shareholder.

 

SECTION 10.21.                             JPMorgan Chase Conflict Waiver .  JPMorgan Chase acts as Depositary, Administrative Agent, Liquidity Bank and may provide other services or facilities from time to time (the “ JPMorgan Chase Roles ”).  Each of the parties hereto (including the holders of the Certificates by purchase thereof) and each Liquidity Bank acknowledges and consents to any and all JPMorgan Chase Roles, waives any objections it may have to any actual or potential conflict of interest caused by JPMorgan Chase’s acting as Administrative Agent, Depositary or as Liquidity Bank hereunder and acting as or maintaining any of the JPMorgan Chase Roles, and agrees that in connection with any JPMorgan Chase Role, JPMorgan Chase may take, or refrain from taking, any action which it in its discretion deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 10.22.                             Conversion of Approved Currencies into Dollars .  Unless the context otherwise requires, any calculation of an amount or percentage that is required to be made by the Trustee or Servicer under the Transaction Documents shall be made by first converting any amounts denominated in Approved Currencies other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange.

 

62



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BUNGE FUNDING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Morris Kalef

 

Name:

Morris Kalef

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.,

 

as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/T.K. Chopra

 

Name:

T. K. Chopra

 

Title:

Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Karon F. Greene

 

Name:

Karon F. Greene

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Bunge Master Trust, Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum

 

The purpose of this memo is to set forth the standard operating procedures to be taken by The Bank of New York, as Trustee under the Bunge Master Trust Pooling Agreement (the “ Pooling Agreement ”), the Servicing Agreement (the “ Servicing Agreement ”), and each Supplement (the “ Supplement ”), (together, the “ Agreements ”) with respect to the Monthly Settlement Statement and Daily Report which are required to be provided to the Trustee by the Servicer pursuant to the Agreements.

 

All defined terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them under the Agreements.

 

1.                                       Procedures to be followed with respect to the Daily Report delivered to the Trustee by the Servicer .

 

a)                                      The following procedures are to be performed with respect to each Daily Report delivered to the Trustee by the Servicer:

 

(i)                                                   Compare the deposits as reported on that day by the Servicer in the Daily Report to the actual amounts deposited to the Collection Account on such date;

 

(ii)                                               With respect to the reconcilement of each of the Trust Accounts set forth in the Daily Report, compare the beginning balance as reported by the Servicer in the Daily Report to the amount on deposit in the Trust Accounts per the accounting records of The Bank of New York;

 

(iii)                                           Compare the Allocated Loan Amount to the Target Loan Amount, as indicated in the Daily Report,

 

(iv)                                             Perform each of the account transfers set forth in the Daily Report, as directed by the Servicer.

 

b)                                      Through the use of an Excel spread sheet prepared in a format which mirrors the Daily Report, the following procedure shall be performed once per each week with respect to the Daily Report delivered by the Servicer:

 

Following the input of required variables and spread sheet execution, compare the resulting figures against those specified in the Daily Report provided by the Servicer.

 

A-1



 

 

2.                                       Procedures to be followed with respect to each Monthly Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer .

 

a)                                      Through the use of an Excel spread sheet prepared in a format which mirrors the Monthly Settlement Statement, the following procedure shall be performed with respect to the Monthly Settlement Statement delivered by the Servicer:

 

Following the input of required variables and spread sheet execution, compare the resulting figures against those specified in the Monthly Settlement Statement provided by the Servicer.

 

(b)                                  With respect to the reconcilement of each of the Trust Accounts set forth on the Monthly Settlement Statement, we will compare the beginning and ending balances as reported by the Servicer on the Monthly Settlement Statement to the amounts which were on deposit in the Trust Accounts per the accounting records of The Bank of New York as of the applicable date.

 

3.                                       Actions to be taken with respect to the discovery of a discrepancy .

 

Upon discovery of any material discrepancy between the amounts reported by the Servicer and the amounts calculated as provided above, the Trustee shall notify the Servicer.  The Servicer shall then have ten business days to resolve such discrepancy before the Trustee shall be obligated to give notice to the Certificateholders (and, if applicable, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent) and each Rating Agency.

 

THIS INTERNAL OPERATING PROCEDURES MEMORANDUM CONSTITUTES CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OF THE BANK OF NEW YORK.  THIS MEMORANDUM SHALL NOT BE DISTRIBUTED OR IN ANY WAY COMMUNICATED TO ANY PERSON NOT A PARTY TO THE AGREEMENT OR THE SUPPLEMENT OR A RATING AGENCY WITHOUT THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK.

 

A-2



 

Schedule 2

 

Identification of Trust Accounts

 

Collection Account #200803

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street

New York, NY 10286

 

S2-1



 

Schedule 3

 

Location of Chief Executive Office and Jurisdiction
of Formation of the Company

 

Chief Executive Office:

 

50 Main Street

 

 

White Plains, New York 10606

 

 

 

Jurisdiction of Formation:

 

Delaware

 

S3-1




Exhibit 10.2

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

BUNGE MASTER TRUST

 

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

 

Dated as of June 28, 2004

 

to

 

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of June 28, 2004

 

Among

 

BUNGE FUNDING, INC.,

as Company

 

BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC.,

as Servicer,

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK

as Administrative Agent,

 

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE
RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK INTERNATIONAL”,

NEW YORK BRANCH

as Letter of Credit Agent,

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Collateral Agent,

 

BUNGE ASSET FUNDING CORP.

as Series 2000-1 Purchaser

 

and

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

as Trustee

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1.01.

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

DESIGNATION OF SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE; PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE

2

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2.01.

Designation

2

 

SECTION 2.02.

The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate

2

 

SECTION 2.03.

Purchases of Interests in the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate

3

 

SECTION 2.04.

Delivery

3

 

SECTION 2.05.

Procedure for Initial Issuance and for Increasing the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount

3

 

SECTION 2.06.

Procedure for Decreasing the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount

5

 

SECTION 2.07.

Interest

6

 

SECTION 2.08.

Indemnification by the Company

6

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

ARTICLE III OF THE AGREEMENT

7

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3A.02.

Establishment of Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount

7

 

SECTION 3A.03.

Determination of Interest

8

 

SECTION 3A.04.

Adjustments to Series 2000-1 Invested Amount

8

 

SECTION 3A.05.

Applications

8

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

DISTRIBUTIONS, REPORTS AND LETTER OF CREDIT DRAWINGS

11

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4A.01.

Distributions

11

 

SECTION 4A.02.

Reports

12

 

SECTION 4A.03.

Statements and Notices

12

 

SECTION 4A.04.

Letter of Credit Drawings

12

 



 

ARTICLE V ADDITIONAL SERIES 2000-1 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

14

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5.01.

Additional Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Events

14

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

SERVICING FEE

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6.01.

Servicing Compensation

16

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

COVENANTS; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

17

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7.01.

Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Servicer

17

 

SECTION 7.02.

Covenants of the Company and the Servicer

17

 

SECTION 7.03.

Negative Covenant of the Company; Covenants of the Servicer

18

 

SECTION 7.04.

Obligations Unaffected

19

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

19

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8.01.

Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Supplement

19

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

24

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9.01.

Ratification of Agreement

24

 

SECTION 9.02.

Governing Law

24

 

SECTION 9.03.

Further Assurances

24

 

SECTION 9.04.

Payments

24

 

SECTION 9.05.

Costs and Expenses

24

 

SECTION 9.06.

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

25

 

SECTION 9.07.

Amendments

25

 

SECTION 9.08.

Severability

26

 

SECTION 9.09.

Notices

26

 

SECTION 9.10.

Successors and Assigns

26

 

SECTION 9.11.

Counterparts

27

 

SECTION 9.12.

Setoff

27

 

SECTION 9.13.

No Bankruptcy Petition; No Recourse

27

 

SECTION 9.14.

Limitation on Addition of Sellers

28

 

SECTION 9.15.

Chase Conflict Waiver

29

 

SECTION 9.16.

Limited Recourse

29

 

ii



 

ARTICLE X

 

 

FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS

30

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10.01.

Certain Distributions

30

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate

 

Exhibit B

Form of Daily Report

 

Exhibit C

Form of Monthly Settlement Statement

 

Exhibit D

Form of Notice of Issuance/Increase

 

 

 

SCHEDULES

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount

 

iii



 

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT dated as of June 28, 2004 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms hereof and in effect from time to time, this “ Supplement ”), among the Company, the Servicer, BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Trustee.  This Supplement amends and restates that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of September 6, 2002, among the Company, the Servicer, BAFC, The Bank of New York, as the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and The Bank of New York, as the Trustee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee are contemporaneously herewith entering into the Fifth Amended and Restated Pooling Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2004 (as in effect on the date hereof and as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Agreement provides, among other things, that the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee may at any time and from time to time enter into supplements to the Agreement for the purpose of authorizing the issuance on behalf of the Trust by the Company for execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication of one or more Series of Investor Certificates; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company, the Servicer, the Trustee and BAFC as the Series 2000-1 Purchaser wish to supplement the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein contained, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby expressly acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

SECTION 1.01.      Definitions .  Capitalized terms used herein shall unless otherwise defined or referenced herein, have the meanings assigned to such terms in Annex X (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified and in effect from time to time, “ Annex X ”) attached to the Agreement which Annex X is incorporated by reference herein.

 

(a)   If any term, definition or provision contained or incorporated by reference herein conflicts with or is inconsistent with any term, definition or provision contained in the Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Supplement shall govern.  All Article, Section, subsection, Exhibit and Schedule references herein shall mean Article, Section or subsection of or Exhibit or Schedule to this Supplement, except as otherwise provided herein.

 



 

(b)   Any reference herein to a Schedule or Exhibit to this Supplement shall be deemed to be a reference to such Schedule or Exhibit as it may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time to the extent that such Schedule or Exhibit may be amended, modified or supplemented (or any term or provision of any Transaction Document may be amended that would have the effect of amending, modifying or supplementing information contained in such Schedule or Exhibit) in compliance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

(c)   Any reference in this Supplement to any representation, warranty or covenant “deemed” to have been made is intended to encompass only representations, warranties or covenants that are expressly stated to be repeated on or as of dates following the execution and delivery of this Supplement, and no such reference shall be interpreted as a reference to any implicit, inferred, tacit or otherwise unexpressed representation, warranty or covenant.

 

(d)   The words “ include ”, “ includes ” or “ including ” shall be interpreted as if followed, in each case, by the phrase “ without limitation ”.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DESIGNATION OF SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE; PURCHASE AND
SALE OF THE SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE

 

SECTION 2.01.      Designation .  The Investor Certificate and interest created and authorized pursuant to the Agreement and this Supplement shall be designated as the “ Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate .”

 

SECTION 2.02.      The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate .

 

(a)   The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall represent a fractional undivided interest in the Trust Assets, consisting of the right of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder  to receive the distributions specified herein out of (i) the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage (expressed as a decimal) of Collections received with respect to the Purchased Loans and all other funds on deposit in the Collection Account and (ii) to the extent such interests appear herein, all other funds on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount and each Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount (collectively, the “ Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder’s Interest ”).

 

(b)   The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, and shall, upon issue, be executed by the Company and delivered by the Company to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery as provided in Section 2.04 hereof and Section 5.02 of the Agreement. The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall not be issued in the form of a single global certificate as provided for in Section 5.01 of the Agreement, but shall instead be issued in the form of one definitive certificate, registered in the name of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser as the holder thereof.

 

2



 

(c)   The Exchangeable Company Interest and any other Series of Investor Certificates outstanding shall represent the ownership interests in the remainder of the Trust Assets not allocated pursuant hereto to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder’s Interest.

 

SECTION 2.03.      Purchases of Interests in the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Supplement, including delivery of notice, if any, required by Section 2.05 , (i) on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser shall purchase a Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate in an amount equal to the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount, and (ii) thereafter, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser shall maintain its Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, subject to increase or decrease during the Series 2000-1 Revolving Period, in accordance with the provisions of this Series 2000-1 Supplement.  Payments by the Series 2000-1 Purchaser in respect of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be made in immediately available funds to the Trust for deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount.

 

SECTION 2.04.      Delivery .  On the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date, the Company shall sign on behalf of the Trust and shall direct the Trustee in writing pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Agreement to duly authenticate, and the Trustee, upon receiving such direction, shall so authenticate the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate in the name of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser in accordance with such written directions.  In so doing, the Company acts as agent of the Trust and shall incur no personal liability in respect of the Investor Certificates.  The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be issued in a minimum denomination of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  The Trustee shall mark on its books the actual Series 2000-1 Invested Amount outstanding on any date of determination, which, absent manifest error, shall constitute prima facie evidence of the outstanding Series 2000-1 Invested Amount from time to time.

 

SECTION 2.05.      Procedure for Initial Issuance and for Increasing the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount .

 

(a)   Subject to subsection 2.05(b) , (i) on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase a Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate in accordance with Section 2.03 and (ii) on any Business Day on which the Servicer delivers a Daily Report during the Series 2000-1 Commitment Period, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Liquidity Banks) and the Letter of Credit Agent (on behalf of the Letter of Credit Banks) hereby agree that the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount may be increased (a “ Series 2000-1 Increase ”), upon the request of the Servicer or the Company on behalf of the Trust (each date on which an increase in the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount occurs hereunder being herein referred to as the “ Series 2000-1 Increase Date ” applicable to such Series 2000-1 Increase); provided , however , that the Servicer or the Company, as the case may be, shall have given the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Agent (with a copy to the Trustee) irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt),

 

3



 

substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, of such request no later than (i) if all or a portion of the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount or Series 2000-1 Increase Amount is to be allocated to a Series 2000-1 CP Tranche, on or prior to the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be or (ii) (x) if the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount or Series 2000-1 Increase Amount is to be funded by a Prime Rate Liquidity Loan, on or prior to the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, or (y) if all or a portion of the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount or Series 2000-1 Increase Amount is to be funded by a LIBOR Liquidity Loan, three Business Days prior to the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be; provided , further , that the provisions of this subsection shall not restrict the allocations of Collections pursuant to Article III.  Such notice shall state (x) the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or the Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be and (y) the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount, or the proposed amount of such Series 2000-1 Increase (the “ Series 2000-1 Increase Amount” ), as the case may be.

 

(b)   The Series 2000-1 Purchaser shall not be required to make the initial purchase of the Series 2000-1 VFC Beneficial Interest on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or to increase its Series 2000-1 Invested Amount on any Series 2000-1 Increase Date hereunder unless:

 

(i)    the related aggregate Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount or Series 2000-1 Increase Amount is equal to  $100,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

(ii)   after giving effect to the Series 2000-1 Initial Invested Amount or Series 2000-1 Increase Amount, (A) the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount (calculated without regard to clauses (d) and (e) of the definition of Series 2000-1 Invested Amount) would not exceed the Series 2000-1 Maximum Invested Amount on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, and (B) the Series 2000-1 Allocated Loan Amount would not be less than the Series 2000-1 Target Loan Amount on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, as set forth in the Daily Report delivered on such date;

 

(iii)  no Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event or Potential Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event under the Agreement or this Supplement shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(iv)  all of the representations and warranties made by each of the Company, the Servicer and each Seller in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, as if made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties are expressly made as of another date).

 

4



 

The Company’s acceptance of funds in connection with (x) the Series 2000-1 Purchaser’s initial purchase of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date and (y) each Series 2000-1 Increase occurring on any Series 2000-1 Increase Date shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Trustee and the Collateral Agent as of the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date or such Series 2000-1 Increase Date, as the case may be, that all of the conditions contained in this subsection 2.05(b)  have been satisfied.

 

(c)   The Servicer shall promptly notify the Company of the Series 2000-1 Increase Date.  If the Series 2000-1 Purchaser funds a Series 2000-1 Increase, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser agrees to pay in immediately available funds the amount of such Series 2000-1 Increase on the related Series 2000-1 Increase Date to the Trust for deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount for distribution to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents.

 

SECTION 2.06.      Procedure for Decreasing the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount .

 

(a)   On any Business Day on which the Servicer delivers a Daily Report during the Series 2000-1 Revolving Period or the Series 2000-1 Amortization Period, upon the written directions of the Servicer or the Company on behalf of the Trust to allocate funds deposited in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount, the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount may be reduced (a “ Series 2000-1 Decrease ”) by the distribution by the Trustee to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser of the funds on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount on such day in an amount not to exceed the amount of such funds on deposit on such day; provided that (i) any such distribution shall be applied in accordance with subsection 3A.05 , (ii) the Servicer shall have given BAFC, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Trustee irrevocable written notice (effective upon receipt) of such Series 2000-1 Decrease, on or prior to the Business Day of such Series 2000-1 Decrease and (iii) no prepayment of any Series 2000-1 Eurodollar Tranche prior to the termination of the related Interest Period may occur unless, concurrently with such prepayment, the Company shall have paid to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser any amounts due and payable by BAFC to the Liquidity Banks pursuant to subsection 4.01(c)  of the Liquidity Agreement.

 

(b)   Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, so long as BAFC or the Collateral Agent is the registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, the Series 2000-1 Accrued Interest and the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount must be reduced in accordance with subsection 3A.05 to the extent of funds available in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount on any Business Day that funds in the Cash Collateral Account are insufficient to remit the amounts required to be remitted pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 6.2 of the Security Agreement by an amount equal to such deficiency.

 

5



 

SECTION 2.07.      Interest .

 

(a)   Interest shall be payable on the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate as specified in subsections 3A.05(a)(ii)  and 3A.05(b)(ii) .

 

(b)   Calculations of per annum rates under this Supplement shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year with respect to interest rates except with respect to interest rates based on ABR, which shall be calculated on the basis of a 365 day year. Each determination of LIBOR Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive and binding upon each of the parties hereto in the absence of manifest error.

 

SECTION 2.08.      Indemnification by the Company .

 

(a)   Without limiting any other rights that BAFC, the Liquidity Banks, the Administrative Agent or the Letter of Credit Agent may have under this Supplement, the Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or under applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify BAFC, the Liquidity Banks, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Letter of Credit Banks and any of their respective agents, officers, directors and employees (collectively, the “ Series 2000-1 Indemnified Parties ”) from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, liabilities, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Series 2000-1 Indemnified Amounts ”) awarded against or incurred by any of them in connection with the entering into and performance of this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents by any of the Series 2000-1 Indemnified Parties, excluding, however, any amounts (i) to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of any Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party or (ii) constituting recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided herein or in any Transaction Document) for Defaulted Loans.

 

(b)   In case any proceeding by any Person shall be instituted involving any Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 2.08 , such Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Company, and the Company, upon request of the Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party to represent the Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party and shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.  In any such proceeding, any Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party unless the Company and the Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel.  It is understood that the Company shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any Series 2000-1 Indemnified Party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all such Series 2000-1 Indemnified Parties and all other parties

 

6


 

indemnified by the Company under the Series Supplement, or any other Transaction Document.  Such firm shall be designated in writing by JPMorgan Chase.

 

(c)           Any payments to be made by the Company pursuant to this Section shall (i) be Company Subordinated Obligations, (ii) be made solely from funds available to the Company that are not required to be applied to Company Unsubordinated Obligations then due and (iii) not constitute a general recourse claim against the Company after satisfying all Company Unsubordinated Obligations then due, except to the extent that funds are available (including, but not limited to, funds available to the Company pursuant to the exercise of its right to indemnity and other payments pursuant to Sections 2.05 and 8.02 of the Sale Agreement) to the Company to make such payments.

 

ARTICLE III

 

ARTICLE III OF THE AGREEMENT

 

Section 3.01  of the Agreement and each other section of Article III of the Agreement relating to another Series shall be read in its entirety as provided in the Agreement. Article III of the Agreement (except for Section 3.01 thereof and any portion thereof relating to another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and shall be exclusively applicable to Series 2000-1:

 

SECTION 3A.02.                 Establishment of Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount .

 

(a)           The Trustee shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser a subaccount of the Collection Account (the “ Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount ”), which subaccount is the Series Collection Subaccount with respect to Series 2000-1 to bear a designation indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser and its assignees.  In addition, in the event that any Purchased Loan is denominated in an Approved Currency other than the Dollar, the Trustee shall cause to be established and maintained in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser and its assignees, a separate subaccount of the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount for each such Approved Currency (each, a “ Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount ” and collectively, the “ Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts ”).  The Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds from time to time on deposit in, and all Eligible Investments credited to, the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and the Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts) and in all proceeds thereof.  The Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and the Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts) shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the exclusive benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser and its assignees.

 

7



 

(b)           All Eligible Investments in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and the Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts) shall be held by the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders; provided , however , that funds on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and the Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts) shall in accordance with subsection 3.01(b)  of the Pooling Agreement, at the direction of the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company), be invested together with funds held in other subaccounts or sub-subaccounts of the Collection Account.

 

SECTION 3A.03.                 Determination of Interest .  The amount of interest distributable with respect to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate (“ Series 2000-1 Accrued Interest ”) on any date of determination shall be the aggregate amount of Series 2000-1 Daily Interest Expense accrued from and including the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date to but excluding such date of determination minus the aggregate amount of interest that has been distributed in accordance with subsection 3A.05(a)(ii)  or subsection 3A.05(b)(ii) .

 

SECTION 3A.04.                 Adjustments to Series 2000-1 Invested Amount .

 

(a)           Reductions to Series 2000-1 Invested Amount .  If, on any Special Allocation Settlement Report Date, the Series 2000-1 Allocable Charged-Off Amount is greater than zero for the related Settlement Period, the Trustee shall (in accordance with the written directions of the Servicer upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) reduce the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount (but not below zero) by such Series 2000-1 Allocable Charged-Off Amount (which shall also be reduced by the amount so applied) and shall allocate such amount to the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount.

 

(b)           Increases to Series 2000-1 Invested Amount .  If, on any Special Allocation Settlement Report Date, the Series 2000-1 Allocable Recoveries Amount is greater than zero for the related Settlement Period, the Trustee shall (in accordance with written directions from the Servicer upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, subject to its obligation to perform the procedures set forth in the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum) increase the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount (but only to the extent of any previous reductions of the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount pursuant to subsection 3A.04(a) ) by the amount of the Series 2000-1 Allocable Recoveries Amount (which shall also be reduced by the amount so applied) and shall allocate such amount to the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount.

 

SECTION 3A.05.                 Applications .

 

(a)           During the Series 2000-1 Revolving Period, the funds deposited in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and each Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount), after giving effect to any deposit resulting from a Series 2000-1 Increase, if any pursuant to Section 2.05 on any Business Day shall be distributed by the Trustee not later than 4:30 p.m., New York City time (but only to the extent that the Trustee has received a Monthly Settlement Statement or Daily Report, as applicable,

 

8



 

which reflects the receipt of the Collections on deposit therein not later than 12:00 (Noon), New York City time, upon which Monthly Settlement Statement or Daily Report, as applicable, the Trustee may conclusively rely, subject to its obligation to perform the procedures set forth in the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum) in accordance with the following priorities (or, if neither BAFC nor the Collateral Agent is the registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, the Trustee shall distribute the amounts required by clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) below in accordance with the payment instructions of any subsequent holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate):

 

(i)            distribute to the Servicer an amount equal to the Series 2000-1 Servicing Fee due and payable as required in subsection 2.05(a)  of the Servicing Agreement (less any amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Agreement, which shall be paid to the Trustee);

 

(ii)           if requested pursuant to subsection 2.06(a)  or if required pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) , transfer to the Cash Collateral Account an amount to be applied (A) first, to pay Series 2000-1 Accrued Interest and (B) second, to reduce the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount (any such reduction, the “ Series 2000-1 Principal Payment ”);

 

(iii)          on each Distribution Date, transfer to the Cash Collateral Account an amount equal to any Series 2000-1 Program Costs due and payable;

 

(iv)          on each Distribution Date, transfer to Bunge Finance and Bunge Finance North America an amount equal to the applicable Solicitation Fee for the immediately preceding Settlement Period; and

 

(v)           on any Business Day, distribute to the Company in accordance with directions contained in the Monthly Settlement Statement or Daily Report, as applicable, or to such accounts or such Persons and in such amounts as the Company (or the Servicer on behalf of the Company) may direct in writing (which directions may consist of standing instructions provided by the Company that shall remain in effect until changed by the Company in writing);

 

provided that the Trustee shall only make the distributions set forth in this subsection 3A.05(a)  if no Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event or Potential Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing to the actual knowledge of the Trustee and only to the extent that if, after giving effect to such distribution, the Series 2000-1 Target Loan Amount would not exceed the Series 2000-1 Allocated Loan Amount as shown on the applicable Daily Report and Monthly Settlement Statement and; provided , further , that if an amount described in this subsection 3A.05(a)  is denominated in a currency that is different from the currency on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount or a Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount, then the Trustee shall first , make such distribution from the applicable Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount or Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount that has funds on

 

9



 

deposit in the applicable Approved Currency, second , to the extent such amount is still due and owing, make such distribution from the currencies on deposit in each of the remaining Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount or Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts using the Rate of Exchange with respect to such currencies to determine the amount that must be distributed pursuant to this subsection 3A.05(a)  and third , to the extent such amount is still due and owing, request payment from the Guarantor under the Guaranty of an amount that is sufficient to make the distribution required to be made in the applicable Approved Currency pursuant to this subsection 3A.05(a) .

 

(b)           During the Series 2000-1 Amortization Period, the Trustee shall, based solely on the information provided to the Trustee by the Servicer in the Monthly Settlement Statement and Daily Report, as applicable (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely, subject to its obligation to perform the procedures set forth in the Internal Operating Procedures Memorandum), apply, on any Business Day, amounts on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and each Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount) in the following order of priority (or, if neither BAFC nor the Collateral Agent is the registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, the Trustee shall distribute the amounts required by clauses (ii) and (iv) below in accordance with the payment instructions of any subsequent holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate):

 

(i)            if any amounts are owed to the Trustee or any other Person, on account of Servicing Fees incurred in respect of the performance of its responsibilities as Successor Servicer, distribute to the Trustee or such other Person an amount equal to the product of (a) the amount so owed to such Successor Servicer and (b) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period and the denominator of which shall be equal to the Aggregate Invested Amount as of the end of the immediately preceding Settlement Period;

 

(ii)           if requested pursuant to subsection 2.06(a)  or if required pursuant to subsection 2.06(b) , transfer to the Cash Collateral Account an amount to be applied (A) first, to pay Series 2000-1 Accrued Interest and (B) second, to make Series 2000-1 Principal Payments;

 

(iii)          if, following the repayment in full of all amounts set forth in clauses (i)-(ii) above, any amounts are owed to the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser or any other Person, on account of its fees, expenses and disbursements incurred in respect of the performance of its responsibilities hereunder or as Successor Servicer (except as otherwise set forth in clause (v) below), transfer such amounts to the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser or such other Person;

 

(iv)          transfer to the Cash Collateral Account an amount equal to any other Series 2000-1 Program Costs due and payable;

 

10



 

(v)           distribute to the Servicer an amount equal to the Series 2000-1 Servicing Fee due and payable as required in subsection 2.05(a)  of the Servicing Agreement (less any amounts payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Agreement, which shall be paid to the Trustee);

 

(vi)          on each Distribution Date, transfer to Bunge Finance and Bunge Finance North America an amount equal to the applicable Solicitation Fee for the immediately preceding Settlement Period; and

 

(vii)         following the repayment in full of all amounts set forth in clauses (i) through (vi) above, the remaining amount on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and any Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount), if any, shall be distributed to the holder of the Exchangeable Company Interest;

 

provided , that if an amount described in this subsection 3A.05(b)  is denominated in a currency that is different from the currency on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount or a Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccount, then the Trustee shall first , make such distribution from the currencies on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount and Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts using the Rate of Exchange with respect to such currencies to determine the amount that must be distributed pursuant to this subsection 3A.05(b) , and second , to the extent such amount is still due and owing, request payment from the Guarantor under the Guaranty of an amount that is sufficient to make the distribution required to be made in the applicable Approved Currency pursuant to this subsection 3A.05(b) .

 

(c)           The allocations to be made pursuant to this Section 3A.05 are subject to the provisions of Sections 2.05 , 2.07 , 7.02 , 9.01 and 9.04 of the Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

DISTRIBUTIONS, REPORTS AND LETTER OF CREDIT DRAWINGS

 

Article IV of the Agreement (except for any portion thereof relating to another Series) shall read in its entirety as follows and the following shall be exclusively applicable to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate issued pursuant to this Supplement:

 

SECTION 4A.01.                 Distributions .

 

(a)           The Trustee shall distribute to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser from the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (and the Series 2000-1 Currency Collection Sub-subaccounts) indicated in Article III the aggregate amount to be distributed to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser pursuant to Article III.

 

11



 

(b)           All allocations and distributions hereunder shall be in accordance with the Monthly Settlement Statement and the Daily Report, as applicable, and shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.04 hereof and subject to subsection 3.01(g)  of the Agreement.

 

SECTION 4A.02.                 Reports .  The Servicer shall provide BAFC and the Trustee with a Daily Report in accordance with Section 4.01 of the Servicing Agreement.

 

SECTION 4A.03.                 Statements and Notices .

 

(a)           Monthly Settlement .  On each Settlement Report Date, the Servicer shall deliver to BAFC, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Trustee a Monthly Settlement Statement in the form of Exhibit C setting forth, among other things, the Series 2000-1 Accrued Interest, the Series 2000-1 Monthly Servicing Fee and the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount.

 

(b)           Annual Certificateholders’ Tax Statement .  On or before January 31 of each calendar year (or such earlier date as required by applicable law), beginning with calendar year 2001, the Company (or the Servicer on its behalf) on behalf of the Trustee shall furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, a statement prepared by the Company (or the Servicer on its behalf) containing the aggregate amount distributed to such Series 2000-1 Purchaser for such preceding calendar year, together with such other information as is required to be provided by an issuer of indebtedness under the Code and such other customary information as the Company (or the Servicer on its behalf) deems necessary to enable the Series 2000-1 Purchaser to prepare their tax return.  Such obligation of the Company shall be deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable information shall have been provided by the Trustee or the Servicer pursuant to any requirements of the Internal Revenue Code as from time to time in effect.  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to prepare tax returns for the Trust.

 

(c)           Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event/Distribution of Principal Notices .  Upon the occurrence of a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event or Potential Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event, the Company or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall give prompt written notice thereof to BAFC, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Trustee.  As promptly as reasonably practicable after its receipt of notice of the occurrence of a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event, the Trustee shall give notice to each Series 2000-1 Rating Agency (which notice shall be given, by telephone or otherwise, not later than the second Business Day after such receipt).

 

SECTION 4A.04.                 Letter of Credit Drawings .

 

(a)           Draws for Defaulted Loans .  If on any Business Day any Loan has become a Defaulted Loan, the Servicer shall (i) notify the Administrative Agent on the

 

12



 

next succeeding Business Day of such fact and the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Defaulted Loan and interest thereon accrued to and including the day prior to the day such Loan became a Defaulted Loan (calculated by converting any Defaulted Loans denominated in Approved Currencies other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange); provided , that if more than one Loan shall become a Defaulted Loan on that date, such notice shall include the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of each such Defaulted Loan and interest thereon accrued to and including the day prior to the day each such Loan became a Defaulted Loan, and (ii) prepare a Servicer’s Certificate (with copies to the Letter of Credit Agent) which shall serve to instruct the Administrative Agent to (A) draw on the Letter of Credit on such Business Day and, if necessary, request the Collateral Agent to withdraw amounts deposited in the Reserve Account on such Business Day in an aggregate amount equal to the lesser of (x) the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Defaulted Loan and accrued and unpaid interest (or discount) thereon to and including the day prior to the day the Loan has become a Defaulted Loan (calculated by converting any Defaulted Loans denominated in Approved Currencies other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange), or (y) the Letter of Credit Amount then in effect, (B) deposit the proceeds of such drawings into the Cash Collateral Account for application in accordance with Section 5.2 and Section 6.2 of the Security Agreement), and (C) instruct the Collateral Agent to reimburse the Letter of Credit Banks for such draw in accordance with the terms of the Letter of Credit Reimbursement Agreement and the Security Agreement.  Each Servicer’s Certificate shall also contain notification to the Administrative Agent of Loans which have become Defaulted Loans since the most recent Daily Report, including the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of such Defaulted Loans plus accrued interest (or discount) thereon to and including the day prior to the day such Loans become Defaulted Loans (calculated by converting any Defaulted Loans denominated in Approved Currencies other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange).  The Servicer shall, on the Business Day on which such Loan has become a Defaulted Loan, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, transmit the Servicer’s Certificate to the Letter of Credit Agent for verification of the Letter of Credit Amount as of the date such Servicer’s Certificate is prepared.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time the Letter of Credit Amount in effect shall be less than the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage of the aggregate principal plus accrued and unpaid interest (or discount) in respect of Defaulted Loans (calculated by converting any Defaulted Loans denominated in Approved Currencies other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange), the Servicer shall include in the Servicer’s Certificate instructions to the Administrative Agent that, upon receipt of notice from the Collateral Agent of payment of the Repayment Amount to the Letter of Credit Agent pursuant to either Section 5.2 or 6.2 of the Security Agreement, or other receipt of notice that the Repayment Amount has been paid, the Administrative Agent shall immediately submit a second draw on the Letter of Credit for the lesser of (x) the amount of such excess principal plus accrued and unpaid interest (or discount) on such Defaulted Loans (calculated by converting any Defaulted Loans denominated in Approved Currencies

 

13



 

other than Dollars into Dollars at the Rate of Exchange) over the Letter of Credit Amount prior to giving effect to the first draw or (y) the Letter of Credit Amount after giving effect to the payment of such Repayment Amount.

 

(b)           Draws upon L/C Expiration Date .  On the fourth Business Day preceding the L/C Expiration Date, the Servicer shall (i) prepare a Servicer’s Certificate (with copies to the Letter of Credit Agent and the Guarantor) to instruct the Administrative Agent to (1) draw on the Letter of Credit on the third Business Day preceding the L/C Expiration Date in an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Amount then in effect and (2) wire transfer the proceeds of such drawing to the Collateral Agent for deposit into the Reserve Account maintained by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 5.7 of the Security Agreement and (ii) on such day, transmit the Servicer’s Certificate to the Letter of Credit Agent for verification of the Letter of Credit Amount.  The Letter of Credit Agent shall make the verification to the Servicer with a copy to the Collateral Agent.

 

ARTICLE V

 

ADDITIONAL SERIES 2000-1 EARLY AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 

SECTION 5.01.    Additional Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Events .  If any one of the events specified in Section 7.01 of the Agreement (after any grace periods or consents applicable thereto) or any one of the following events (each, a “ Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event ”), after grace periods or consents applicable thereto, shall occur during the Series 2000-1 Revolving Period:

 

(a)(i)       failure on the part of the Servicer or the Guarantor to direct any payment or deposit to be made, or failure of any payment or deposit to be made, in respect of interest owing on any Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate within three (3) Business Days of the date such interest is due, (ii) failure on the part of the Servicer or the Guarantor to direct any payment or deposit to be made, or failure of any payment or deposit to be made, in respect of principal owing on the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate on the date such principal is due or (iii) failure on the part of the Servicer or the Guarantor to direct any payment or deposit to be made, or of the Company or the Guarantor to make any payment or deposit in respect of any other amounts owing by the Company, under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement to or for the benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser within three (3) Business Days of the date such amount is due or such deposit is required to be made;

 

(b)(i) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement set forth in subsection 2.06(g)  or 2.06(j)(i)  or (ii)  of the Pooling Agreement; or (ii) failure on the part of the Company duly to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenant or agreement of the Company set forth in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including each covenant contained in Sections 2.07 and 2.08 of the Agreement) that continues unremedied thirty

 

14



 

(30) days after the earlier of (A) the date on which a Responsible Officer of the Company or a Responsible Officer of the Servicer has knowledge of such failure and (B) the date on which written notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the Letter of Credit Agent or Administrative Agent;

 

(c)           any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Company in any Pooling and Servicing Agreement to or for the benefit of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or when deemed made and as a result of such incorrectness, the interests, rights or remedies of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser have been materially and adversely affected; provided , however , that a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event shall not be deemed to have occurred under this paragraph if the incorrectness of such representation or warranty gives rise to an obligation to repurchase or make an adjustment payment in respect of the related Purchased Loans and the Company has repurchased or made an adjustment payment in respect of the related Purchased Loan or all such Purchased Loans, if applicable, in accordance with the provisions of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

 

(d)           a Servicer Default other than any Servicer Default that is within subsection 5.01(a)  above shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e)           a Purchase Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(f)            any of the Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, this Supplement or the Sale Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or the Company, the Servicer, the Sellers, or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, shall so assert in writing;

 

(g)           the Trust shall for any reason cease to have a valid and perfected first priority undivided ownership or first priority security interest in any or all of the Trust Assets (subject to no other Liens other than any Permitted Liens) or any of the Servicer, the Sellers, the Company or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, shall so assert;

 

(h)           a Federal tax notice of a Lien, in an amount equal to or greater than $100,000, shall have been filed against the Company or the Trust unless there shall have been delivered to the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies proof of release of such Lien;

 

(i)            a notice of a Lien shall have been filed by the PBGC against the Company or the Trust under Section 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) of ERISA for a failure to make a required installment or other payment to a plan to which Section 412(n) of the Code or Section 302(f) of ERISA applies unless there shall have been delivered to

 

15



 

the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies proof of the release of such Lien;

 

(j)            one or more judgments for the payment of money (to the extent not bonded or covered by insurance to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent) shall be rendered against the Company (i) in an aggregate amount greater than $100,000 or (ii) that, individually or in the aggregate, have resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(k)           (i) the Credits Outstanding shall exceed the Aggregate Available Liquidity Commitment, (ii) the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount shall exceed the Series 2000-1 Maximum Invested Amount or (iii) the Series 2000-1 Target Loan Amount shall exceed the Series 2000-1 Allocated Loan Amount;

 

(l)            a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(m)          the Aggregate Liquidity Commitment shall have been terminated pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Liquidity Agreement;

 

(n)           the amount available to be drawn under the Guaranty shall be less than the Aggregate Invested Amount;

 

then, in the case of (x) any event described in Section 7.01 of the Agreement, automatically without any notice or action on the part of the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent or the Collateral Agent, an early amortization period shall immediately commence or (y) any event described above, after the applicable grace period (if any) set forth in the applicable subsection, the Trustee may, and at the written direction of the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks, shall, by written notice then given to the Guarantor, the Company, BAFC and the Servicer, declare that an early amortization period has commenced as of the date of such notice with respect to Series 2000-1 (any such period under clause (x) or (y) above, a “ Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Period ”).  Upon the occurrence of a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event or a Potential Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event, the Trustee may, or shall at the written direction of the Letter of Credit Agent or the Administrative Agent, direct each Obligor to make all payments with respect to Purchased Loans directly to the Collection Account.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

SERVICING FEE

 

SECTION 6.01.    Servicing Compensation .  A servicing fee (the “ Series 2000-1 Monthly Servicing Fee ”) shall be payable to the Servicer as specified in subsection 2.05(a)  of the Servicing Agreement.

 

16


 

ARTICLE VII

 

COVENANTS;

REPRESENTATIONS

AND WARRANTIES

 

SECTION 7.01.    Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Servicer .

 

(a)           The Company and the Servicer each hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Series 2000-1 Purchaser that each and every of their respective representations and warranties contained in the Agreement and the Servicing Agreement is true and correct as of the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date and as of the date of each Series 2000-1 Increase.

 

(b)           The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee and the Trust, for the benefit of the Holders, on each Loan Purchase Date that since the Effective Date, no material adverse change has occurred in the overall rate of collection of the Purchased Loans.

 

SECTION 7.02.    Covenants of the Company and the Servicer .  The Company (solely with respect to clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) below) and the Servicer hereby agree, in addition to their obligations under the Agreement and the Servicing Agreement, that:

 

(a)           they shall not terminate the Agreement unless in compliance with the terms of the Agreement and the Supplements relating to each Outstanding Series;

 

(b)           they shall observe in all material respects each and every of their respective covenants (both affirmative and negative) contained in the Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, this Supplement and all other Transaction Documents to which each is a party;

 

(c)           they shall afford BAFC, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Trustee or any of their representatives access to all records relating to the Purchased Loans at any reasonable time during regular business hours, upon reasonable prior notice (and without prior notice if a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event has occurred), for purposes of inspection and shall permit BAFC, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent or the Trustee or any of their representatives to visit any of the Company’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, offices or properties during regular business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested, subject to the Company’s or the Servicer’s, as the case may be, normal security and confidentiality requirements and to discuss the business, operations, properties, financial and other conditions of the Company or the Servicer with their respective officers and employees and with their Independent Public Accountants;

 

17



 

(d)           they shall not waive the provisions of subsections 7.01(d) , (e)(i) , (f), (g)  or (h)  or Sections 2.05 or 8.02 of the Sale Agreement without the consent of the Majority Letter of Credit Banks and the Majority Liquidity Banks; and

 

(e)           the Servicer shall cooperate in good faith to allow the Trustee to use the Servicer’s available facilities and expertise upon the Servicer’s termination or default.

 

SECTION 7.03.    Negative Covenant of the Company; Covenants of the Servicer.

 

(a)           The Company shall not declare or pay any dividend on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any shares of any class of capital stock of the Company, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Company (such declarations, payments, setting apart, purchases, redemptions, defeasance, retirements, acquisitions and distributions being herein called “ Restricted Payments ”) while Series 2000-1 is an Outstanding Series, except (i) from amounts distributed to the Company (x) in respect of the Exchangeable Company Interest, provided that on the date any such Restricted Payment is made, the Company is in compliance with its payment obligations under Section 2.05 of the Agreement or (y) pursuant to subsection 3A.05 ; (ii) in compliance with all terms of the Transaction Documents and (iii) such Restricted Payment is made in accordance with all corporate and legal formalities applicable to the Company; provided that no Restricted Payment shall be made if a Series 2000-1 Early Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing (or would occur as a result of making such Restricted Payment).

 

(b)           The Servicer hereby agrees that it shall observe each and all of its covenants (both affirmative and negative) contained in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement in all material respects and that it shall:

 

(i)            provide to the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, simultaneously with delivery to the Trustee or the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies, all reports, notices, certificates, statements and other documents required to be delivered to the Trustee or the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and furnish to the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent promptly after receipt thereof a copy of each material notice, material demand or other material communication (excluding routine communications) received by or on behalf of the Company or the Servicer with respect to the Transaction Documents; and

 

18



 

(ii)   provide notice to the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent of the appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Servicing Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.04.  Obligations Unaffected .  The obligations of the Company and the Servicer to the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Series 2000-1 Purchaser under this Supplement shall not be affected by reason of any invalidity, illegality or irregularity of any of the Purchased Loans or any sale of any of the Purchased Loans.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

SECTION 8.01.    Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of Supplement .  This Supplement will become effective on the date on which the following conditions precedent have been satisfied:

 

(a)           Transaction Documents .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received an original copy for itself, each executed and delivered in form and substance satisfactory to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, of (i) the Agreement executed by a duly authorized officer of each of the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee, (ii) this Supplement executed by a duly authorized officer or authorized representative of each of the Company, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Series 2000-1 Purchaser and (iii) the other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto.

 

(b)           Corporate Documents; Corporate Proceedings of the Company, the Sellers and the Servicer .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received from the Company, the Servicer and each Seller, complete copies of:

 

(i)            the certificate of incorporation including all amendments thereto, of such Person, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of the jurisdiction of incorporation, as the case may be, and a certificate of compliance, of status or of good standing (or other similar certificate, if any), as and to the extent applicable, of each such Person as of a recent date, from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of such jurisdiction;

 

(ii)           a certificate of a Responsible Officer of such Person dated the Amendment Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the By-laws of such Person in effect as of the Amendment Effective Date, (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the

 

19



 

resolutions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, of the Board of Directors of such Person or committees thereof authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, and that such resolutions have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect on the Amendment Effective Date, (C) that the certificate of incorporation of such Person has not been amended since the last amendment thereto shown on the certificate of the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Person furnished pursuant to clause (i) above and (D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Transaction Documents or any other document delivered in connection herewith or therewith on behalf of such Person; and

 

(iii)          a certificate of another Responsible Officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above.

 

(c)           Good Standing Certificates .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received copies of certificates of compliance, of status or of good standing (or similar certificate, if any), dated as of a recent date from the Secretary of State or other appropriate authority of such jurisdiction, with respect to the Company, the Servicer and each Seller in each jurisdiction where the ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of business requires it to qualify as a foreign corporation, except where the failure to so qualify would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of such Person.

 

(d)           Consents, Licenses, Approvals, Etc.   BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received certificates dated the Amendment Effective Date of a Responsible Officer of the Company, the Servicer and each Seller either (i) attaching copies of all material consents, licenses, approvals, registrations or filings required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Person of the Agreement, this Supplement, the Sale Agreement and/or the Servicing Agreement, as the case may be, and the validity and enforceability of the Agreement, this Supplement, the Sale Agreement, and/or the Servicing Agreement against such Person and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect or (ii) stating that no such consents, licenses, approvals registrations or filings are so required, except for (a) the filing of UCC financing statements (or similar filings) in any applicable jurisdictions necessary to perfect the Company’s or the Trusts’ ownership or security interest in the Purchased Loans; and (b) those that may be required under state securities or “blue sky” laws; provided , that neither the Company, the Servicer nor the Sellers makes any representation or warranty as to whether any action, consent, or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other

 

20



 

action by, any Governmental Authority is or will be required in connection with the distribution of the Certificates and Interests.

 

(e)           Lien Searches .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received the results of a recent search satisfactory to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent of any UCC filings (or equivalent filings) made with respect to the Company and the Sellers (and with respect to such other Persons as BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent or the Administrative Agent deems necessary) in the jurisdictions in which the Sellers and the Company are required to file financing statements pursuant to subsection 8.01(r) , together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such search, and accompanied by evidence satisfactory to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent that any Liens disclosed by such search would be Permitted Liens or have been released.

 

(f)            Legal Opinions .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received (i) opinions of counsel to the Company and the Sellers, dated the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date, as to corporate, bankruptcy, perfection and other matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent and their counsel and (ii) opinions of counsel to the Company, the Servicer, the Sellers and the Guarantor, dated the Amendment Effective Date, as to corporate and other matters, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent and their counsel.

 

(g)           Fees .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received payment of all fees and other amounts due and payable to any of them on or before the Amendment Effective Date.

 

(h)           Conditions Under the Sale Agreement .  A Responsible Officer of the Sellers and of the Company, respectively, shall have certified that all conditions to the obligations of the Sellers and of the Company under the Sale Agreement shall have been satisfied in all material respects.

 

(i)            Company’s Board of Directors .  The composition of the Company’s Board of Directors (including two independent directors) shall be reasonably acceptable to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent.

 

(j)            Financial Statements .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received the consolidated balance sheets and statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of BL and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, audited by and accompanied by a copy of the opinion of Deloitte & Touche, Independent Public Accountants.

 

21



 

(k)           Solvency Certificate .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received a certificate dated the Amendment Effective Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company, in form satisfactory to BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, to the effect that the Company will be Solvent after giving effect to the transactions occurring on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

(l)            Representations and Warranties .  On the Amendment Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Servicer in the Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and this Supplement shall be true and correct in all material respects.

 

(m)          Establishment of Accounts .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee (x) shall have received evidence of the establishment of the Collection Account and the Collateral Accounts (other than the Reserve Account) and (y) shall otherwise be satisfied with the arrangements for collection of the Purchased Loans pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

 

(n)           BAFC Rating .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received a letter from S&P confirming its “A-1” rating of BAFC’s commercial paper and a letter from Moody’s confirming its “P-1” rating of BAFC’s commercial paper.

 

(o)           Daily Report .  BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Trustee shall have received a Daily Report on the Amendment Effective Date.

 

(p)           No Litigation .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received confirmation that there is no pending or, to their knowledge after due inquiry, threatened action or proceeding affecting a Seller, the Servicer,  the Company or any of their Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(q)           Back-up Servicing Arrangements .  BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence that each Seller and the Servicer maintains disaster recovery systems and back-up computer and other information management systems that, in BAFC’s, the Letter of Credit Agent’s and the Administrative Agent’s reasonable judgment, are sufficient to protect such Seller’s and such Servicer’s business against material interruption or loss or destruction of its primary computer and information management systems.

 

(r)            Filings, Registrations and Recordings .

 

22



 

(i)            Each Seller shall have filed and recorded before such Amendment Effective Date, at its own expense, UCC-1 financing statements (or other similar filings) with respect to the Purchased Loans and other Loan Assets (as defined with respect to the Sale Agreement) in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect the Company’s ownership interest thereof under the relevant UCC (or similar laws) and delivered evidence of such filings to BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent on or prior to such Amendment Effective Date, and all other action (including but not limited to notifying related Obligors of the assignment of a Purchased Loan, except to the extent that the relevant UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) permit the Seller (or the Company or its assignees) to provide such notification subsequent to the Amendment Effective Date without materially impairing the Company’s ownership of or security interest in the Purchased Loans and without incurring material expenses in connection with such notification) necessary to perfect under the relevant  UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) in jurisdictions outside the United States (to the extent applicable) the Company’s ownership of or security interest in the Purchased Loans and other Loan Assets (as defined with respect to the Sale Agreement) shall have been duly taken; and

 

(ii)           The Company (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall have filed and recorded before such Amendment Effective Date, at its own expense, UCC-1 financing statements (or other similar filings) with respect to the Trust Assets in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect and maintain perfection of the assignment of the Trust Assets to the Trust and delivered evidence of such filings to BAFC, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent on or prior to such Amendment Effective Date, and all other action (including but not limited to notifying related Obligors of the assignment of a Purchased Loan, except to the extent that the relevant UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) permit the Company (or its assignees) to provide such notification subsequent to the Amendment Effective Date without materially impairing the Trust’s ownership or security interest of the Trust Assets and without incurring material expenses in connection with such notification) necessary to perfect under the relevant UCC and other similar laws (to the extent applicable) in jurisdictions outside the United States (to the extent applicable) the Trust’s ownership of or security interest in the Trust Assets shall have been duly taken by the Company (or by the Servicer on behalf of the Company).

 

(s)            Other Requests .  The Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents as it may reasonably request.

 

23



 

ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 9.01.    Ratification of Agreement .  As supplemented by this Supplement, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this Supplement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 9.02.    Governing Law THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT ISSUES OF PERFECTION ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION.

 

SECTION 9.03.    Further Assurances .  Each of the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee agrees, from time to time, to do and perform any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by BAFC, the Letter of Credit Agent or the Administrative Agent more fully to effect the purposes of this Supplement and the sale of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate and the Series 2000-1 VFC Beneficial Interests hereunder, including, without limitation, in the case of the Company and the Servicer, the execution of any financing or registration statements or similar documents or notices or continuation statements relating to the Purchased Loans and the other Trust Assets for filing or registration under the provisions of the relevant UCC or similar legislation of any applicable jurisdiction, provided that, in the case of the Trustee, in furtherance and without limiting the generality of subsection 8.01(d)  of the Agreement, the Trustee shall have received reasonable assurance in writing of adequate reimbursement and indemnity in connection with taking such action before the Trustee shall be required to take any such action.

 

SECTION 9.04.    Payments .  Each payment to be made hereunder shall be made on the required payment date in Dollars and in immediately available funds, and if such payment is to be made to the Series 2000-1 Purchaser or any Secured Party, such payment shall be deposited in the Cash Collateral Account for distribution in accordance with the Security Agreement.  If neither BAFC nor the Collateral Agent is the registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, such payments shall be made in accordance with the payment instructions from any subsequent registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate.

 

SECTION 9.05.    Costs and Expenses .  The Company agrees to pay all reasonable fees and out-of-pocket costs and expenses of BAFC (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to BAFC) in connection with (i) the preparation, execution and delivery of this Supplement, the Agreement, and the other Transaction Documents and amendments or waivers of any such documents, (ii) the reasonable enforcement by BAFC of the obligations and liabilities of the Company and the Servicer under the Agreement, this Supplement or any related document, (iii) any restructuring or workout of the Agreement, this Supplement or any related document and (iv) any inspection of the Company’s and/or the Servicer’s offices, properties, books and records and any discussions with the officers,

 

24



 

employees and the Independent Public Accountants of the Company or the Servicer; provided , however , that any payments made by the Company pursuant to this Section shall be Company Subordinated Obligations.

 

SECTION 9.06.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser or the Collateral Agent, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

SECTION 9.07.    Amendments .

 

(a)           Subject to subsection (b)  of this Section 9.07 , this Supplement may be amended in writing from time to time by the Servicer, the Company and the Trustee, with ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent, but without the consent of BAFC, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Banks or the Letter of Credit Banks; provided such amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement does not (i) render the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate subordinate in payment to any other Series under the Trust or otherwise adversely discriminate against the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate relative to any other Series under the Trust, (ii) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions which are required to be made on or in respect of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, (iii) change the definition of, the manner of calculating, or in any way the amount of, the interest of BAFC in the assets of the Trust,  (iv) amend subsection (a)  of this Section 9.07 , (v) change the definitions of “Eligible Loans”, “Eligible Obligors”, “Series 2000-1 Allocated Loan Amount”, “Series 2000-1 Invested Amount” or “Series 2000-1 Target Loan Amount” or, to the extent used in such definitions, other defined terms used in such definitions, (vi) result in a Mandatory Liquidation Event, (vii) change the ability of the Trustee to declare the Purchased Loans to be immediately due and payable or the ability of the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Majority Letter of Credit Banks or the Majority Liquidity Banks to directly or indirectly require the Trustee to do so, (viii) increase the Series 2000-1 Maximum Invested Amount, or (ix) effect any amendment that would cause or permit (A) the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount to exceed the Series 2000-1 Maximum Invested Amount, (B) the Series 2000-1 Target Loan Amount to exceed the Series 2000-1 Allocated Loan Amount or (C) the Credits Outstanding to exceed the Aggregate Available Liquidity Commitment.  Any amendment, waiver, supplement or restatement of a provision of this Supplement (including any exhibit hereto) of the type described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (ix) above shall require the written consent of BAFC, the Administrative Agent acting at the direction of the Majority Liquidity Banks, and the Letter of Credit Agent acting at the direction of the Majority

 

25



 

Letter of Credit Banks and the Collateral Agent.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment pursuant to this paragraph that affects the Trustee’s rights, duties or immunities under any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or otherwise.

 

(b)           No amendment to this Supplement shall be effective until (i) if such amendment is material, the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect to the Commercial Paper issued by BAFC and (ii) with respect to all such amendments, prior written notice is given to the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies.

 

SECTION 9.08.    Severability .  If any provision hereof is void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such status shall not affect the validity or enforceability of (i) such provision in any other jurisdiction or (ii) any other provision hereof in such or any other jurisdiction.

 

SECTION 9.09.    Notices .  All notices, requests and demands to or upon any party hereto to be effective shall be given (i) in the case of the Company, the Servicer and the Trustee, in the manner set forth in Section 10.05 of the Agreement and (ii) in the case of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Letter of Credit Agent, each Letter of Credit Bank, each Liquidity Bank, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Series 2000-1 Rating Agencies, in writing (including a confirmed transmission by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered by hand or three days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, at their respective Notice Addresses or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto.

 

SECTION 9.10.    Successors and Assigns .

 

(a)           This Supplement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)           Neither the Company nor the Servicer shall assign or delegate any of its rights or duties hereunder other than to an Affiliate thereof without the prior written consent of the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding any other provisions herein, no transfer or assignment of any interests or obligations of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser hereunder or any grant of participation therein shall be permitted (i) if such transfer, assignment or grant would result in a prohibited transaction under Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 406 of ERISA or cause the Trust Assets to be regarded as “plan assets” pursuant to 29 C.F.R. § 2510.3-101, and (ii) unless the transferee shall deliver to the Trustee, the Company and the Collateral Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of

 

26


 

counsel that such transfer, assignment or grant would not require the Company or the Sellers to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

SECTION 9.11.    Counterparts .  This Supplement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 9.12.    Setoff .  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Series 2000-1 Purchaser provided by law, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser shall have the right, without prior notice to the Company, any such notice being expressly waived by the Company to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Company hereunder or under the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate to setoff and appropriate and apply against any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by the Series 2000-1 Purchaser to or for the credit or the account of the Company.  The Series 2000-1 Purchaser agrees promptly to notify the Company, the Trustee, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Administrative Agent after any setoff and application made by the Series 2000-1 Purchaser; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

SECTION 9.13.    No Bankruptcy Petition; No Recourse.

 

(a)           (i) The Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Banks, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Banks, the Servicer and the Trustee each hereby covenants and agrees that prior to the date which is one year and one day after all Investor Certificates of each Outstanding Series are repaid in full it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other similar proceedings under any Applicable Insolvency Laws.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding anything elsewhere herein contained, the sole remedy of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Banks, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Banks, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, or any other Person in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of the Company under or related to this Supplement shall be against the assets of the Company.  Neither the Collateral Agent, nor the Administrative Agent, nor the Liquidity Banks, nor the Letter of Credit Agent, nor the Letter of Credit Banks, nor the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, nor the Trustee, nor the Servicer, nor any other Person shall have any claim against the Company to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet any such obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished.  A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of

 

27



 

the Servicer or the Company shall not have liability for any obligation of the Servicer or the Company hereunder or under any Transaction Document or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any Transaction Document, unless such claim results from the gross negligence, fraudulent acts or willful misconduct of such director, officer, employee or shareholder.

 

(b)

 

(i)            The Trustee, the Company, the Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Banks, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Letter of Credit Banks, each hereby covenant and agree that prior to the date which is one year and one day after the latest of (A) the last day of the Series 2000-1 Amortization Period, (B) the date on which all Series 2000-1 Aggregate Unpaids are repaid in full, and (C) the date on which all outstanding Commercial Paper of BAFC is paid in full, it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, BAFC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other similar proceedings under any Applicable Insolvency Laws.

 

(ii)           Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of any other Transaction Documents, the sole remedy of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Liquidity Banks, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Letter of Credit Banks, the Servicer, the Trustee or any other Person in respect of any obligation, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement of BAFC under or related to this Supplement or any other Transaction Document shall be against the assets of BAFC.  Neither the Collateral Agent, nor the Administrative Agent, nor any Liquidity Bank, nor the Letter of Credit Agent, nor any Letter of Credit Bank, nor the Servicer, nor the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any claim against BAFC to the extent that such assets are insufficient to meet such obligations, covenant, representation, warranty or agreement (the difference being referred to herein as a “ shortfall ”) and all claims in respect of the shortfall shall be extinguished; provided , however , that the provisions of this Section 9.13 apply solely to the obligations of BAFC and shall not extinguish such shortfall for purposes of the obligations of the Guarantor to any Person under the Guaranty.

 

The provisions of this Section 9.13 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 9.14.    Limitation on Addition of Sellers .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Sale Agreement or the Agreement, the Company shall not consent to the addition of a Seller thereunder unless each of the following conditions shall have been satisfied.

 

(i)            Each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.05 of the Sale Agreement shall have been satisfied and the Trustee shall have received evidence in the form of a Responsible Officer’s Certificate as to that fact.

 

28



 

(ii)           The Company, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Agent, shall have received confirmation that there is no pending or, to its knowledge after due inquiry, threatened action or proceeding affecting such additional Seller before any Governmental Authority (A) that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) that purports to affect the legality, validity or enforceability or this Supplement, the Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

(iii)          The Company, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Agent shall have received evidence that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to the addition of such Seller.

 

(iv)          The Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Agent shall have provided prior written consent to the addition of such Seller to BL.

 

(v)           The Company, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee shall have received Opinions of Counsel of outside counsel addressed to the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee covering matters with respect to such Seller as were covered in the Opinions of Counsel delivered on the Series 2000-1 Issuance Date with respect to the original Sellers.

 

(vi)          The Company, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Letter of Credit Agent shall have received a certificate prepared by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer certifying that after giving effect to the addition of such Seller, the Credits Outstanding shall be equal to or less than the Aggregate Available Liquidity Commitment on the related Seller Addition Date.

 

SECTION 9.15.    JPMorgan Chase Conflict Waiver .  JPMorgan Chase acts as Depositary, Administrative Agent and Liquidity Bank and may provide other services or facilities from time to time (the “ JPMorgan Chase Roles ”).  Each Liquidity Bank and each other party hereto hereby acknowledges and consents to any and all JPMorgan Chase Roles, waives any objections it may have to any actual or potential conflict of interest caused by JPMorgan Chase’s acting as Administrative Agent, Depositary or as Liquidity Bank hereunder and acting as or maintaining any of the JPMorgan Chase Roles, and agrees that in connection with any JPMorgan Chase Role, JPMorgan Chase may take, or refrain from taking, any action which it in its discretion deems appropriate.

 

SECTION 9.16.    Limited Recourse .

 

No recourse under any obligation, covenant or agreement of BAFC contained in the Pooling Agreement shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director,

 

29



 

employee or agent of BAFC or any of their Affiliates (solely by virtue of such capacity) by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise; it being expressly agreed and understood that the Pooling Agreement is solely a corporate obligation of BAFC individually, and that no personal liability whatever shall attach to or be incurred by any incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent of BAFC or any of their Affiliates (solely by virtue of such capacity) or any of them under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants or agreements of BAFC contained in the Pooling Agreement, or implied therefrom, and that any and all personal liability for breaches by BAFC of any of such obligations, covenants or agreements, either at common law or at equity, or by statute, rule or regulation, of every such incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent is hereby expressly waived as a condition of and in consideration for the execution of the Pooling Agreement; provided that the foregoing shall not relieve any such Person from any liability it might otherwise have as a result of fraudulent actions taken or omissions made by them.  The provisions of this Section 9.16 shall survive termination of the Pooling Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

 

FINAL DISTRIBUTIONS

 

SECTION 10.01. Certain Distributions .

 

(a)           Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Distribution Date following the date on which the proceeds from the disposition of the Purchased Loans pursuant to subsection 7.02(b)  of the Agreement are deposited into the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount, the Trustee shall distribute such amounts pursuant to Article III of this Supplement.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Supplement or the Agreement, any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to be a final distribution pursuant to Section 9.03 of the Agreement with respect to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate.

 

30



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, the Servicer, the Trustee, the Series 2000-1 Purchaser, the Collateral Agent, the Letter of Credit Agent and the Administrative Agent have caused this Fifth Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

BUNGE FUNDING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Morris Kalef

 

Name:

Morris Kalef

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC., as Servicer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/T.K. Chopra

 

Name:

T. K. Chopra

 

Title:

Vice President & Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Karon F. Greene

 

Name:

Karon F. Greene

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUNGE ASSET FUNDING CORP.,

 

as the Series 2000-1 Purchaser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Morris Kalef

 

Name:

Morris Kalef

 

Title:

President

 



 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,

 

as the Collateral Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Karon F. Greene

 

Name:

Karon F. Greene

 

Title:

Assistant Vice President

 

 

 

 

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK INTERNATIONAL”, NEW YORK BRANCH,

 

as the Letter of Credit Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Brad Peterson

 

Name:

Brad Peterson

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/Brett Delfino

 

Name:

Brett Delfino

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,

 

as the Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/B.B.Wuthrich

 

Name:

B. B. Wuthrich

 

Title:

Vice President

 



 

SCHEDULE I

SERIES 2000-1 COLLECTION SUBACCOUNT

 

Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount #200805

The Bank of New York

101 Barclay Street

New York, NY  10286

 

SI - 1



 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TO

 

SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

 

BUNGE MASTER TRUST

FORM OF SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE

 

REGISTERED

 

UP TO $600,000,000 SERIES

NO. VFC-[ ]

 

2000-1 INVESTED AMOUNT*

 


*THE SERIES 2000-1 INVESTED AMOUNT OF THIS SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CHANGE AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.

 

THIS SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE AMENDS AND RESTATES THE THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE THAT WAS ISSUED ON FEBRUARY 26, 2002.

 

THIS SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”).  NEITHER THIS SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS.

 

THIS SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE POOLING AGREEMENT AND SUPPLEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate evidences a fractional undivided interest in the assets of the

 

BUNGE MASTER TRUST

 

the corpus of which consists of loans made by Bunge Finance Limited and Bunge Finance North America, Inc. to Affiliates, which loans have been purchased by Bunge Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation, which in turn transferred and assigned such receivables to the Bunge Master Trust.

 

(Not an interest in or recourse obligation of

Bunge Limited (except in its capacity as the Guarantor),

Bunge Funding, Inc. or any of their respective Affiliates)

 

A - 1



 

This certifies that

 

BUNGE ASSET FUNDING CORP.

 

(the “ Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder ”) is the registered owner of a fractional undivided interest in the assets of Bunge Master Trust (the “ Trust ’’) originally created pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2000 (as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified thereafter, the “ Pooling Agreement ”), by and among Bunge Funding, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Bunge Management Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as Servicer (the “ Servicer ”), and The Bank of New York as trustee (in such capacity, the “ Trustee ”) for the Trust, as supplemented by the Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of August 25, 2000 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Supplement ”, collectively, with the Pooling Agreement, the “ Agreement ”), by and among the Company, the Servicer, the Trustee, Bunge Asset Funding Corp. (“ BAFC ”), The Bank of New York, as collateral agent (in such capacity the “ Collateral Agent ”), Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank International”, New York Branch, as letter of credit agent (in such capacity, the “ Letter of Credit Agent ”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).  The corpus of the Trust consists of Purchased Loans and all other Trust Assets referred to in the Agreement.  Although a summary of certain provisions of the Agreement is set forth below, this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement, is qualified in its entirety by the terms and provisions of the Agreement and reference is made to the Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee.  A copy of the Agreement may be requested by a holder hereof by writing to the Trustee at The Bank of New York, 101 Barclay Street, Fl. 21 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Martin Reed.  To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in Annex X attached to the Agreement.

 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder, by virtue of the acceptance hereof, assents and is bound.

 

The Servicer, the Company, the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder and the Trustee intend, for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only (but for no other purpose), that the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate be evidence of indebtedness of the Company secured by the Trust Assets and that the Trust not be characterized as an association or publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation. The Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder, by the acceptance hereof, agrees to treat the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes (but for no other purpose) as indebtedness of the Company; provided , however , that nothing in this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate or in the Transaction Documents shall impose on the Company any personal liability in respect of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate.

 

A - 2



 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate is the Investor Certificate entitled “Bunge Master Trust, Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate” (the “ Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate ”) representing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust Assets, consisting of the right to receive the distributions specified in the Supplement out of (i) the Series 2000-1 Invested Percentage (expressed as a decimal) of Collections received with respect to the Purchased Loans and all other funds on deposit in the Collection Account and (ii) to the extent such interests appear in the Supplement, all other funds on deposit in the Series 2000-1 Collection Subaccount (collectively, the “ Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder’s Interest ”).  The Trust Assets are allocated in part to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder with the remainder allocated to the Investor Certificateholders of other Series, if any, and to the Company.  An Exchangeable Company Interest representing the Company’s interest in the Trust was issued to the Company pursuant to the Pooling Agreement on August 25, 2000.  The Exchangeable Company Interest represents the interest in the Trust Assets not represented by the Investor Certificates of each Outstanding Series.  The Exchangeable Company Interest may be decreased by the Company pursuant to the Pooling Agreement in exchange for an increase in the Invested Amount of a Class of Investor Certificates of an Outstanding Series, or one or more newly issued Series of Investor Certificates, upon the conditions set forth in the Agreement.

 

Distributions with respect to this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be paid by the Trustee in immediately available funds to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder by depositing such funds in the Cash Collateral Account or, if neither BAFC nor the Collateral Agent is the registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, in accordance with the payment instructions from any subsequent registered holder of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate.  Final payment of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be made only upon presentation and surrender of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate at the office or agency specified in the notice of final distribution delivered by the Trustee to the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder in accordance with the Agreement.

 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest in, BL (except in its capacity as the Guarantor), the Company, the Servicer or any Affiliate of either of them.

 

The transfer of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be registered in the Certificate Register upon surrender of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate for registration of transfer at any office or agency maintained by the Transfer Agent and Registrar accompanied by evidence of satisfaction of the transfer restrictions set forth in subsection 9.10(c)  of the Series 2000-1 Supplement and a written instrument of transfer, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, the Company and the Servicer, duly executed by the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder or the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder’s attorney, and duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed, and thereupon one or more new Series 2000-1 VFC Certificates of authorized denominations and of like aggregate Fractional Undivided Interests will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

A - 3


 

The Company, the Trustee, the Servicer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, and any agent of any of them, may treat the person whose name is recorded in the Series 2000-1 Register as the Series 2000-1 Purchaser for all purposes of the Supplement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

 

It is expressly understood and agreed by the Company and the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder that (i) the Agreement is executed and delivered by the Trustee, not individually or personally but solely as Trustee of the Trust, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (ii) the representations, undertakings and agreements made on the part of the Trust in the Agreement are made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by the Trustee, but are made and intended for the purpose of binding only the Trust, (iii) nothing herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability of the Trustee, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied made on the part of the Trust in the Agreement, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties who are signatories to the Agreement and by any Person claiming by, through or under such parties; provided , however , the Trustee shall be liable in its individual capacity for its own willful misconduct or gross negligence and for any tax assessed against the Trustee based on or measured by any fees, commission or compensation received by it for acting as Trustee and (iv) under no circumstances shall the Trustee be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Trust under the Agreement.

 

The holder of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate is authorized to record the date and amount of each increase and decrease in the Series 2000-1 Invested Amount with respect to such holder on the schedules annexed hereto and made a part hereof and any such recordation shall constitute prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information so recorded, absent manifest error, provided that the failure of the holder of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate to make such recordation (or any error in such recordation) shall not affect the obligations of the Company, the Servicer or the Trustee under the Agreement.

 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be treated as a “certificated security” for the purposes of Section 8-102(a)(4) of the New York UCC.

 

This Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without reference to any conflict of law principles.

 

By acceptance of this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate, the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificateholder hereby agrees that it will not institute against, or join with or assist any other Person in instituting against, the Company prior to the date which is one year and one day after all Investor Certificates of each Outstanding Series are repaid in full any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any Applicable Insolvency Laws.

 

A - 4



 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee, by manual signature, this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement, or be valid for any purpose.

 

A - 5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company, as agent of the Trust, has caused this Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate to be duly executed.

 

Dated:  July 11, 2002

 

 

 

 

BUNGE FUNDING, INC.,

 

as agent of the Trust as authorized pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Pooling Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

A - 6



 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This is the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate referred to in the within-mentioned Agreement.

 

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee,

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

A - 7



 

Pay to the order of The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent.

 

 

BUNGE ASSET FUNDING CORP.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

A - 8



 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

TO

 

SERIES 2000-1 VFC CERTIFICATE

 

Date

 

Series 2000-1
Increase in
Series 2000-1
Purchaser
Invested
Amount

 

Series 2000-1
Decrease in
Series 2000-1
Purchaser
Invested
Amount

 

Series 2000-1
Purchaser
Invested
Amount

 

Notation
Made By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A - 9



 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

TO

 

SERIES 2000-1 SUPPLEMENT

 

FORM OF ISSUANCE/INCREASE NOTICE

 

        , 20   

 

BUNGE ASSET FUNDING CORP.

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK,
as Administrative Agent

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee

 

COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK INTERNATIONAL”, NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Letter of Credit Agent

 

Ladies and Gentlemen;

 

Reference is hereby made to the Fifth Amended and Restated Series 2000-1 Supplement, dated as of June 28, 2004 (as amended or supplemented, the “ Supplement ”), among Bunge Funding, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Bunge Management Services, Inc., as Servicer (in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”), Bunge Asset Funding Corp., as Series 2000-1 Purchaser, The Bank of New York, as Collateral Agent and as Trustee, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, and Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank International”, New York Branch, as Letter of Credit Agent.  Capitalized terms used in this Notice and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto or incorporated by reference in the Supplement.

 

This Notice constitutes the notice recruited in connection with [the initial issuance] [a Series 2000-1 Increase] pursuant to subsection 2.05(a)  of the Supplement.

 

The [Servicer] [Company] hereby requests [a purchase in respect of the initial issuance of the Series 2000-1 VFC Certificate] [a Series 2000-1 Increase] be made by the Series 2000-1 Purchaser on          ,          in the aggregate amount of $        .

 

The [Servicer] [Company] hereby represents and warrants, as of the date of such [purchase] [Series 2000-1 Increase] after giving effect thereto, that the conditions set forth in

 

D - 1



 

Section 2.05 of the Supplement with respect to such [purchase] [Series 2000-1 Increase] have been satisfied.

 

D - 2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Notice to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

[BUNGE MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC., as Servicer] [BUNGE FUNDING, INC.]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

D - 3




Exhibit 10.36

 

BUNGE LIMITED BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

DESCRIPTION OF NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS’
COMPENSATION

 

Annual Retainer

 

·                                           $75,000 per year.

 

Lead Independent Director Fees

 

·                                           $20,000 per year.

 

Committee Chairman Fees

 

·                                           $20,000 per year for Audit Committee chair.

·                                           $15,000 per year for each other committee chair.

 

Committee Member Fees

 

·                                           $10,000 per year for Audit Committee membership.

·                                           $0 per year for each other committee membership.

 

Meeting Fees

 

·                                           If the Board of Directors meets more than 10 times per year, each non-employee director will receive a fee of $1,000 for each additional meeting attended.

·                                           If a committee meets more than 10 times per year, each committee member will receive a fee of $1,000 for each additional meeting attended.

 

Equity Awards

 

·                                           Pursuant to the 2007 Non-Employee Directors Equity Incentive Plan, an annual equity award will be granted to each continuing non-employee director as of the date of Bunge’s annual general meeting of the shareholders.  The value and form of award are recommended by the Compensation Committee.

 

·                                           Pursuant to the 2007 Non-Employee Directors Equity Incentive Plan, an equity award will be granted upon a new non-employee director’s initial election or appointment to the Board of Directors.  The award will include a pro rata portion of the awards made to the non-employee directors generally on the immediately preceding date of grant based on the number of days from the date of the director’s initial appointment or election to the next annual general meeting.

 

1




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.1


Statement Regarding
Computation of Ratios of Earnings to
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(US$ in millions except ratios)
  2011   2010   2009   2008   2007  

Earnings (1)

                               

Pretax income before noncontrolling interests (2)

  $ 940   $ 3,050   $ 145   $ 1,537   $ 1,201  

plus : Fixed Charges

    436     465     443     503     449  

Amortization of capitalized interest

    19     15     16     13     11  

Distributed income of equity investees

    5     4     5     4     12  

less : Capitalized interest

    (16 )   (21 )   (26 )   (18 )   (15 )

Preferred stock dividends

    (34 )   (67 )   (78 )   (78 )   (40 )

Earnings:

  $ 1,350   $ 3,446   $ 505   $ 1,961   $ 1,618  

Fixed Charges (1)

                               

Capitalized interest

  $ 16   $ 21   $ 26   $ 18   $ 15  

Expensed interest

    302     298     283     361     353  

plus : Amortized premiums, discounts and capitalized debt expenditures

    23     27     15     6     6  

Estimate of interest within rental expense

    61     52     41     40     35  

Preferred stock dividends

    34     67     78     78     40  

Fixed charges:

  $ 436   $ 465   $ 443   $ 503   $ 449  

Ratio of Earnings/Fixed Charges

    3.10     7.41     1.14     3.90     3.60  

(1)
For the purpose of determining the Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends, earnings are defined as pretax income before noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries plus fixed charges and amortization of capitalized interest less capitalized interest and preferred stock dividend requirements. Fixed charges consist of interest expense (capitalized and expensed), amortization of deferred debt issuance costs, portion of rental expense that is representative of the interest factor and preferred stock dividend requirements of the registrant and consolidated subsidiaries.

(2)
Includes a pretax gain of $2,440 million related to the May 2010 sale of Bunge's Brazilian fertilizer nutrients assets.



QuickLinks

Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF BUNGE LIMITED i

 

U.S.A.

 

Bunge North America (East), L.L.C.

Bunge North America Foundation

Bunge North America, Inc.

Bunge Milling, Inc.

The Crete Mills, Inc.

Bunge Oils, Inc.

Bunge North America (OPD West), Inc.

Bunge Holdings North America, Inc.

Bunge North America Capital, Inc.

Bunge Mextrade, L.L.C.

CSY Holdings, Inc.

CSY Agri-Finance, Inc.

Bunge Chicago, Inc.

International Produce, Inc.

Bunge N.A. Holdings, Inc.

Bunge N.A. Finance L.P.

Bunge Global Markets, Inc.

Bunge Finance North America, Inc.

Bunge Management Services Inc.

Bunge Funding, Inc.

Bunge Asset Funding Corp.

Bunge Limited Finance Corp.

Bunge Canada Investments, Inc.

Bunge Amorphic Solutions LLC

Bunge Latin America, LLC

EGT, LLC

Bleecker Acquisition Corp.

BNA Marine, LLC

HC Railroad, LLC

 



 

Morristown Grain Company, Incorporated

Bunge Global Innovation, LLC

 

CANADA

 

Bunge Alberta I ULC

Bunge of Canada Ltd.

Bunge Canada

Bunge Canada Holdings I ULC

Bunge Canada Holdings II ULC

CF Oils Investments Inc.

Leblanc & Lafrance Inc.

Bunge Ventures Canada GP Inc.

Bunge Ventures Canada L.P.

Bunge ETGO L.P.

Bunge ETGO GP Inc.

 

MEXICO

 

Controladora Bunge, S.A. de C.V.

Servicios Bunge, S.A. de C.V.

Molinos Bunge, S.A. de C.V.

Bunge Comercial, S.A. de C.V.

 

BERMUDA

 

Ceval Holdings Ltd.

Brunello Ltd.

Greenleaf, Ltd.

Bunge Finance Limited

Serrana Holdings Limited

Bunge Global Markets,  Ltd.

Fertimport International, Ltd.

Bunge Alpha, Ltd.

Bunge Central America Ltd.

 

2



 

BARBADOS

 

Bunge Export Sales (Barbados) Corporation

 

CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

Bunge Fertilizantes International Ltd.

Santista Export Limited

Ceval Export Securitization Ltd.

Bunge International Commerce Ltd.

Bunge Trade Ltd.

China Baldrick Investment Holding Limited

 

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS

 

Bunge Investment Management Limited

Bunge Emissions Fund Limited

CCC International Holdings Limited

Baldrick Holdings Limited

 

ARGENTINA

 

Terminal Bahia Blanca S.A.

Bunge Argentina S.A.

Fertimport S.A.

Bunge Inversiones S.A.

Bunge Minera S.A.

 

BRAZIL

 

Serrana Logistica Ltda.

Bunge Alimentos S.A

Bunge Fertilizantes S.A.

Ceval Centro Oeste S.A.

Terminal de Granéis do Guarujá S.A.

Terminal Maritimo do Guaruja S.A. (TERMAG)

Serra do Lopo Empreendimentos e Participacoes S.A.

Fertimport S.A.

 

3



 

Produzir — Fomento Agricola Comercio e Exportacao S.A.

Bunge Food Service Comércio e Serviços Ltda.

Bunge Açucar & Bioenergia Ltda.

Agroindustrial Santa Juliana S.A.

Monteverde Agro-Energetica S.A.

Ramata Empreendimentos e Participações S.A.

Pedro Afonso Açúcar & Bioenergia S.A.

Bunge Comercializadora de Energia Ltda.

Sociedade Energética Itapagipe Ltda.

Usina Moema Açúcar e Álcool Ltda.

Usina Bom Jardim Açúcar e Álcool Ltda.

Usina Ouroeste Açúcar e Álcool Ltda.

Usina Guariroba Ltda.

Usina Frutal Açúcar e Álcool S.A.

Usina Itapagipe Açúcar e Álcool Ltda.

Usina Indiaporã Ltda.

Rio Turia Serviços Logisticos Ltda.

Bunge Asset Management Agropecuária Ltda.

 

Bunge Comercializadora de Etanol Ltda.

 

Etti Holdings Ltda.

BAMA Agropecuária Ltda.

TIJUCO Agropecuária e Empreendimentos Ltda.

GAIA Empreendimentos e Participações S.A.

 

GUATEMALA

 

BCA Servicios, S.A .

BG Commodities Group, S.A.

 

COLOMBIA

 

Soluciones Internacionales SAS

Bunge Colombia S.A.S.

 

4



 

URUGUAY

 

Bunge Uruguay S.A.

Bunge Agritrade S.A.

Bunge Uruguay Agronegocios S.A.

 

PARAGUAY

 

Bunge Paraguay S.A.

 

BOLIVIA

 

Agroindústrias Bunge Bolívia S.A.

 

PERU

 

Bunge Peru S.A.C.

 

DOMINICAN REPUBLIC

 

Bunge Caribe, SRL

A Guarda Investment Company S.A.

 

AUSTRALIA

 

Bunge Agribusiness Australia Pty. Ltd.

Bunge Australia Holdings Pty. Ltd.

 

SOUTH EAST ASIA

 

Bunge Agribusiness Singapore Pte. Ltd.

PT. Bunge Agribusiness Indonesia

Bunge Agribusiness (M) Sdn. Bhd.

Bunge (Thailand) Ltd.

Bunge Agribusiness Philippines Inc.

Grains and Industrial Products Trading Pte. Ltd.

Bunge Indo-China Pte. Ltd.

Bunge Subic Bay Trading Company Inc.

 

5



 

CHINA

 

Bunge (Shanghai) Management Co., Ltd.

Bunge Sanwei Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.

Bunge (Nanjing) Grain and Oils Co.,Ltd.

Taixing Zhenhua Oils & Fats Co. Ltd.

 

Bunge Chia Tai (Tianjin) Grain and Oilseeds Limited

 

Zhongxin (Dalian) Investment Consulting Co., Ltd

Xinhui (Shanghai) Investment Consulting Co.,Ltd

Greystone Ltd.

 

Caprock Capital Ltd.

 

Bunge (Nanjing) Agri-Livestock Ltd.

 

VIETNAM

 

Baria Joint Stock Company of Services for Import Export of Agro-Forestry Products and Fertilizer

Bunge Vietnam Ltd.

Bunge Agribusiness Vietnam Co. Ltd.

 

MAURITIUS

 

Bunge Mauritius Ltd

Bunge Mauritius Holdings Limited

 

INDIA

 

Bunge India Private Limited

 

U.K.

 

Bunge Corporation Ltd.

Bunge UK Limited

Credit and Trading Company Limited

Bunge London Ltd.

 

6



 

SPAIN

 

Bunge Iberica S.A.U.

Estacion de Descarga y Carga S.A. (Esdecasa)

Bunge Investment Iberica S.L.U.

Moyresa Girasol S.L.U.

Bunge Iberica Finance S.L.U.

 

FRANCE

 

Bunge France S.A.S.

Bunge Holdings France S.A.S.

SSI Logistics

 

THE NETHERLANDS

 

Koninklijke Bunge B.V.

Bunge Cooperatief U.A.

Bunge Finance B.V.

Bunge Brasil Holdings B.V.

Bunge Finance Europe B.V.

Bunge Alimentos Holding B.V.

Bunge Canada Coöperatief U.A.

 

FINLAND

 

Bunge Finland Oy

 

SWITZERLAND

 

Bunge S.A.

Oleina S.A.

Ecoinvest Carbon S.A.

Bunge Emissions Holdings S.A.R.L.

 

GERMANY

 

Bunge Deutschland G.m.b.H.

Bunge Handelsgesellschaft m.b.H.

 

7



 

Teutoburger Margarinewerke GmbH

Walter Rau Lebensmittelwerke G.m.b.H & Co KG

Feinkostwerk Kleve G.m.b.H

Butella-Werk G.m.b.H.

 

ITALY

 

Bunge Italia S.p.A.

 

TURKEY

 

Bunge Gida Sanayi ve Ticaret A.S.

 

CYPRUS

 

Bunge Cyprus Limited

 

HUNGARY

 

Bunge ZRT

Natura Margarin Kft.

 

PORTUGAL

 

Bunge Iberica Portugal, S.A.

Taggia LIII

 

LUXEMBOURG

 

Bunge Europe S.A.

 

AUSTRIA

 

Bunge Austria G.m.b.H.

 

UKRAINE

 

Suntrade S.E.

PJSC DOEP

LLC Elevatortrade

Himtrans-Ukraine

Greentour-Ex LLC

 

8



 

ROMANIA

 

SC Unirea S.A.L.

SC Muntenia S.A.

SC Interoil S.A.

Bunge Romania Srl

 

POLAND

 

Z.T. Kruszwica S.A.

Bunge Trade Polska Sp z.o.o.

Walter Rau Polska Sp.z.o.o.

Bunge Polska Sp z.o.o

 

RUSSIA

 

LLC Bunge CIS

Rostov Grain Terminal LLC

LLC Kholmsky

 

BULGARIA

 

Kaliakra A.D.

 

EGYPT

 

Bunge Egypt Agriculture SA

Bunge Egypt Import & Export SAE

 

MOROCCO

 

Bunge Fertilizer Morocco

 

SOUTH AFRICA

 

Bunge Senwes (Pty) Ltd.

 

9



 


(i)            The preceding list may omit certain subsidiaries that, as of December 31, 2011, would not be considered “significant subsidiaries” as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

 

10




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-159918, 333-143529, 333-130651, 333-125426, 333-66594, 333-75762, 333-76938 and 333-109446 on Forms S-8 and Registration Statement No. 333-172608 on Form S-3 of our reports dated February 27, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Bunge Limited and subsidiaries (the "Company") (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company's modification of its application of the presentation and disclosure provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board's Accounting Standard Codification 220, Comprehensive Income ) and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
February 27, 2012
New York, New York




QuickLinks

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1


Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

I, Alberto Weisser, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Bunge Limited (the "registrant");

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2012

 
   
/s/ ALBERTO WEISSER

   
Alberto Weisser
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2


Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

I, Andrew J. Burke, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Bunge Limited (the "registrant");

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a.
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b.
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c.
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d.
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors:

a.
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b.
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 27, 2012

 
   
/s/ ANDREW J. BURKE

   
Andrew J. Burke
Chief Financial Officer and Global Operational Excellence Officer



QuickLinks

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


Certification by the Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act Of 2002

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Bunge Limited, a Bermuda limited liability company (the " Company "), does hereby certify that, to the best of such officer's knowledge:

February 27, 2012

    /s/ ALBERTO WEISSER

Alberto Weisser
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
Board of Directors

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bunge Limited and will be retained by Bunge Limited and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification by the Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act Of 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2


Certification by the Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act Of 2002

        Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Bunge Limited, a Bermuda limited liability company (the " Company "), does hereby certify that, to the best of such officer's knowledge:

February 27, 2012

    /s/ ANDREW J. BURKE

Andrew J. Burke
Chief Financial Officer and Global Operational Excellence Officer

        A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Bunge Limited and will be retained by Bunge Limited and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




QuickLinks

Certification by the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act Of 2002